Skip to main content

Full text of "Bulletin of Wake Forest University"

See other formats


v2P egg C c /> >/ 



BULLETIN OF 
WAKE FOREST UNIVERSITY 



CATALOG ISSUE 



WINSTON-SALEM 



NORTH CAROLINA 










JANUARY 1971 
FOR STUDENTS ENTERING IN 
ACADEMIC YEAR 1971-72 



CORRESPONDENCE 

Inquiries to the University should be addressed as indicated 
below: 

Admissions Director of Admissions 

Alumni Affairs Director of Alumni Affairs 

Athletics Director of Athletics 

Business Administration Dean of Charles H. Babcock 

School of Business 
Administration 

Catalogs Director of Admissions 

Financial Matters Vice President for Business 

and Finance 
General Policy of the 

University President 

Gifts and Bequests President 

Graduate Studies Dean of the Graduate School 

Housing — 

Men Director of Residences 

Women Dean of Women 

Law Dean of School of Law 

Medicine Director of Admissions 

Bowman Gray School of 
Medicine, Winston-Salem, 
N. C. 27103 

Placement Director of Placement 

Public Relations and 

Development Program President 

Scholarships Committee on Scholarships 

Student Affairs Dean of the College 

Summer Session Dean of Summer Session 

Transcripts Registrar 

All addresses, except Medicine, are: 

Wake Forest University, Reynolda Station 

Winston-Salem, N. C. 27109 




z-s»«i.-ml*MiilC&,JnkAlz-.>*A.^i:. J . .;,;: L. -.^ 



Wait Chapel and Plaza 




Air View o 




6 Campus 







o 
o 

o 

CO 

O 

o 

e 



O 



New Series 



January 1971 



Vol. LXVI, No. 1 



BULLETIN OF 



Wake Forest 
University 



\\iiteiV» 






GENERAL CATALOG ISSUE 

ONE HUNDRED THIRTY-SIXTH YEAR 
ANNOUNCEMENTS FOR 1971-1972 



The Bulletin of Wake Forest University is published seven times annually by 

the University at Winston-Salem, North Carolina. Correspondence and 

changes of address notices should be mailed to Wake Forest 

University, Winston-Salem, N. C, 27109 (or 27103 

for Bowman Gray School of Medicine) . 

Second-class postage paid at Winston-Salem, N. C. 27109 







19 


71 










JANUARY 


APRIL 


JULY 


OCTOBER 








S M T W T F S 


S M T W T F S 


S M T W T F S 


S M T W T F S 








1 2 
3 4 5 6 7 8 9 
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 
17 18 19 20 21 22 23 
24 25 26 27 28 29 30 
31 


1 2 3 

4 5 6 7 8 910 

11 12 13 14 15 16 17 

18 19 20 21 22 23 24 

25 26 27 28 29 30 


1 2 3 

4 5 6 7 8 910 

11 12 13 14 15 16 17 

18 19 20 21 22 23 24 

25 26 27 28 29 30 31 


1 2 
3 4 5 6 7 8 9 
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 
17 18 19 20 21 22 23 
24 25 26 27 28 29 30 
31 








FJEBRUARY 


MAY 


AUGUST 


NOVEMBER 








S M T W T F S 


S M T W T F S 


S M T W T F S 


S M T W T F S 








12 3 4 5 6 

7 8 9 10 11 12 13 

14 15 16 17 18 19 20 

21 22 23 24 25 26 27 

28 


1 

2 3 4 5 6 7 8 

9 10 11 12 13 14 15 

16 17 18 19 20 21 22 

23 24 25 26 27 28 29 

30 31 


12 3 4 5 6 7 
8 91011 12 1314 

15 16 17 18 19 20 21 
22 23 24 2526 27 28 

29 30 31 


12 3 4 5 6 
7 8 9 10 11 12 13 
14 15 16 17 18 19 20 
21 22 23 24 25 26 27 
28 29 30 








MARCH 


JUNE 


SEPTEMBER 


DECEMBER 








S M T W T F S 

12 3 4 5 6 

7 8 910 11 1213 

14 15 16 17 18 19 20 

21 22 23 24 25 26 27 

28 29 30 31 


S M T W T F S 

12 3 4 5 

6 7 8 9 1011 12 

13 14 15 16 17 18 19 

20 21 22 23 24 25 26 

27 28 29 30 


S M T W T F S 

12 3 4 

5 6 7 8 91011 

12 13 14 15 16 17 18 

19 20 21 22 23 24 25 

26 27 28 29 30 


S M T W T F S 
12 3 4 
5 6 7 8 9 10 11 
12 13 14 15 16 17 18 
19 20 21 22 23 24 25 
26 27 28 29 30 31 








JANUARY 


19 

APRIL 


72 

JULY 


OCTOBER 








S M T W T F S 


S M T W T F S 


S M T W T F S 


S M T W T F S 








1 
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 
9 10 11 12 13 14 15 
16 17 18 19 20 21 22 
23 24 25 26 27 28 29 
30 31 

FEBRUARY 

S M T W T F S 


1 

2 3 4 5 6 7 8 

9 10 11 12 13 14 15 

16 17 18 19 20 21 22 

23 24 25 26 27 28 29 

30 31 

MAY 

S M T W T F S 


1 

2 3 4 5 6 7 8 

9 10 11 12 13 14 15 

16 17 18 19 20 21 22 

23 24 25 26 27 28 29 

30 31 

AUGUST 

S M T W T F S 


12 3 4 5 6 7 
8 9 10 11 12 13 14 
15 16 17 18 19 20 21 
22 23 24 25 26 27 28 
29 30 31 

NOVEMBER 

S M T W T F S 

12 3 4 

5 6 7 8 9 10 11 

12 13 14 15 16 17 18 

19 20 21 22 23 24 25 

26 27 28 29 30 31 

DECEMBER 

S M T W T F S 

1 2 
3 4 5 6 7 8 9 
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 
17 18 19 20 21 22 23 
24 25 26 27 28 29 30 
31 








12 3 4 5 

6 7 8 91011 12 

13 14 15 16 17 18 19 

20 21 22 23 24.25 26 

27 28 29 

MARCH 

S M T W T F S 


12 3 4 5 6 

7 8 9 10 11 12 13 

14 15 16 17 18 19 20 

21 22 23 24 25 26 27 

28 29 30 31 

JUNE 

S M T W T F S 


12 3 4 5 

6 7 8 9 10 11 12 

13 14 15 16 17 18 19 

20 21 22 23 24.25 26 

27 28 29 

SEPTEMBER 

S M T W T F S 








12 3 4 
5 6 7 8 91011 
12 13 14 15 16 17 18 
19 20 21 22 23 24 25 
26 27 28 29 30 31 


1 2 3 

4 5 6 7 8 910 

11 12 13 14 15 16 17 

18 19 20 21 22 23 24 

25 26 27 28 29 30 


1 2 

3 4 5 6 7 8 9 

10 11 12 13 14 15 16 

17 18 19 20 21 22 23 

24 25 26 27 28 29 30 





















UNIVERSITY CALENDAR 

Fall Term 1971 



Sept. 


2 


Thursday 


9:00 Dormitories open for students 


Sept. 


2 


Thursday 


11:00 Cafeteria open 


Sept. 


2 


Thursday ) 
Monday j 


Orientation for freshmen and transfer 


Sept. 


6 


students 


Sept. 


7 


Tuesday 


Registration of new students 
8:00-5:00 


Sept. 


8 


Wednesday 


Classes begin 


Oct. 


8 


Friday 


I grades of last term become F 


Oct. 


8 


Friday 


Last day for dropping a course without 
penalty 


Oct. 


26 


Tuesday 


Mid-term reports due in Registrar's office 


Nov. 


6 


Saturday 


Homecoming 


Nov. 


25 


Thursday 


Thanksgiving holiday 


Nov. 


26 


Friday 


Classes resumed 


Dec. 


10 


Friday 


Reading Day 


Dec. 


11 


Saturday 


Examinations begin 


Dec. 


18 


Saturday 


Examinations end 


Dec. 
Jan. 


19 
3 


Sunday | 
Monday £ 


Christmas Recess 

Winter Term 1972 


Jan. 


4 


Tuesday 


Classes begin 


Jan. 


29 


Saturday 


Classes end 


Jan. 


30 
i 


Sunday | 


Winter Recess 



Feb. 2 Wednesday 

Feb. 3 Thursday 

Feb. 3 Thursday 

March 3 Friday 

March 6 Monday 

March 24 Friday 



April 2 Sunday ] 
April 9 Sunday | 



April 


10 


Monday 


April 


13 


Thursday 


April 


17 


Monday 


April 

May 


24 
6 


Monday ) 
Saturday | 


May 


6 


Saturday 


May 


16 


Tuesday 


May 


17 


Wednesday 


May 


24 


Wednesday 


May 


26 


Friday 


May 


28 


Sunday 


May 


29 


Monday 



Spring Term 1972 

Registration 8:00-5:00 

Classes begin 

Founders' Day Convocation 

I grades of last term become F 

Last day for dropping a course without 
penalty 

Mid-term reports due in Registrar's 
Office 

* Spring Recess 

Classes resumed 

Senior Testing Day 

Last day for payment of reservation 
deposit for next school year 

Sophomore conferences with major advisers 

Registration for fall semester 1972 8:00-5:00 

Reading Day 

Examinations begin 

Examinations end 

Last Senior grades due in Registrar's office 

Baccalaureate Sermon 

Graduation 



* Spring recess for students registered in Education 251 will coincide with the Easter 
recess of the Public Schools. 



CONTENTS 

Page 

Introductory 7 

The University and Its Equipment 8 

Admission 21 

University Charges and Financial Arrangements 25 

Scholarships, Loan Funds and Student 

Employment 31 

Activities 42 

General Information 50 

Requirements for Degrees 63 

Courses in The College 79 

Charles H. Babcock School of 

Business Administration 154 

Graduate School ■ 162 

School of Law 163 

Bowman Gray School of Medicine 168 

Summer Session 172 

Board of Trustees 174 

Administration and Instruction 175 

Degrees Conferred 209 

Enrollment 226 

Index 231 



INTRODUCING THE UNIVERSITY 

Location 

Wake Forest University is located at Winston-Salem, North 
Carolina, just off North Carolina Highway 67 (which follows 
Reynolda Road at this point), on the western outskirts of the 
city. The University consists of the following divisions: Wake 
Forest College, the School of Law, the Charles H. Babcock 
School of Business Administration, the Bowman Gray School 
of Medicine, and the Graduate School. 

Recognition 

Wake Forest University is a member of the Southern Asso- 
ciation of Colleges and Schools, the Southern University Con- 
ference, and the Association of American Colleges. The Univer- 
sity has chapters of the principal national social fraternities, 
professional fraternities and honor societies, including Phi Beta 
Kappa. 

The School of Law is a member of the Association of Ameri- 
can Law Schools, and is on the approved list of the Council on 
Legal Education of the American Bar Association. 

The Bowman Gray School of Medicine, a four-year medical 
college, is a member of the Association of American Medical 
Colleges, and is on the approved list of the Council on Medical 
Education of the American Medical Association. 

The Charles H. Babcock School of Business Administration is 
a member of the American Association of Collegiate Schools 
of Business. 

The Teacher Education Program is accredited by the Na- 
tional Council for Accreditation of Teacher Education. 

Although Wake Forest was primarily a college for men for 
more than 100 years, women have been regularly admitted to 
all classes and to the professional schools since 1942. 



THE UNIVERSITY AND ITS EQUIPMENT 

Historical Sketch 

Historical Background. The history of the founding of Wake 
Forest College is inseparable from the history of the formation 
of the Baptist State Convention. One of the two main purposes 
which led to the organization of the convention in 1830 was to 
establish an educational institution that would give training 
under Christian influences and provide educated ministers and 
laymen. 

Immediately after the formation of the Baptist State Con- 
vention, Dr. Samuel Wait, serving as agent for the Convention, 
began an intensive four-year educational campaign among the 
Baptists of the State. Two years later, in 1832, the Convention 
purchased from Dr. Calvin Jones a 600-acre farm sixteen miles 
north of Raleigh, to be used as a site for the proposed school. 

Wake Forest Institute. Under the authorization of a charter 
granted by the State Legislature in December 1833, the school 
was opened as Wake Forest Institute on February 3, 1834, with 
Dr. Wait as principal. Although the primary purpose was to 
give collegiate instruction in the arts and sciences, for five 
years the Wake Forest Institute operated as a manual labor 
school, attracting liberal patronage from the large planters of 
the State, who wished their sons to receive practical training in 
agriculture, along with education in the liberal arts. In 1836 
the enrollment had increased from the original 16 to 141. 

The College. The manual labor feature was abandoned at the 
close of the year 1838, and the institution was rechartered in 
December 1838 as Wake Forest College. 

With teachers who were graduates of Columbia College, 
Brown University, and Dartmouth College, and with a liberal 
arts curriculum that was standard for the time, Wake Forest 
College conferred the degree of Bachelor of Arts upon four 
young men in June 1839. 

From 1839 to 1894 the College operated exclusively as a 
college of liberal arts; the School of Law was established in 
June 1894, the School of Medicine in May 1902, the School of 
Business Administration in 1948, the Division of Evening 
Classes in 1957,* and the Division of Graduate Studies (now 
the Graduate School) in 1961. In 1942 the College became co- 
educational. 

* This Division was discontinued June 30, 1964. 



Historical Sketch 



The College has given instruction to many thousands of stu- 
dents and has sent them into varied fields of service. Among 
these have been a large number of ministers, missionaries, 
lawyers, physicians, educators, writers, scientists, businessmen, 
farmers, and influential leaders in governmental affairs. From 
the beginning the College has made marked contributions to 
Christianity, to culture, and to a higher type of citizenship 
generally, in accordance with the original purpose of the found- 
ers of the institution. 

In 1946 the Trustees of the College and the Baptist State 
Convention accepted an offer made by the Z. Smith Reynolds 
Foundation to give the College $350,000 annually in perpetuity 
for operation of the school on condition that it be moved to 
Winston-Salem and that other friends of the College provide a 
campus site and buildings. This decision was made three years 
after the College had undertaken an Enlargement Program to 
provide much needed buildings and other physical facilities on 
the old campus. 

The late Charles H. Babcock and his wife, the late Mary 
Reynolds Babcock, contributed a part of the beautiful Reynolda 
Estate for the new campus. Groundbreaking ceremonies were 
held on October 15, 1951, with the President of the United 
States delivering the principal address. The following spring 
actual construction began. Accompanying the construction was 
intensive fund-raising. In 1955 the Z. Smith Reynolds Founda- 
tion increased its annual payments to the College to $500,000. 
The actual move from Wake Forest to Winston-Salem took 
place in May and June of 1956. The Bowman Gray School of 
Medicine of the College had been moved to Winston-Salem 
in 1941 when it received the resources of the Bowman Gray 
Foundation. 

Summer School opened on the new campus on June 18, 1956, 
the fall term on September 11 and formal dedication exercises 
were held on October 18. The old campus and buildings at Wake 
Forest were sold to the Southern Baptist Convention for use 
of the Southeastern Baptist Theological Seminary, which now 
occupies the campus. 

The University 

By reason of the growth and development of the College, 
and because of the expansion of its program not only in its 

9 



Historical Sketch 



professional and graduate schools but also in the College of 
Arts and Sciences, the name of the College was changed to Wake 
Forest University, effective June 12, 1967. 

Administration and Instruction. The University is governed 
by a Board of Trustees which is elected by the North Carolina 
Baptist Convention. The Board has thiry-six members who 
serve four-year terms, with nine being chosen each year at the 
annual convention. 

During its history of 136 years the College has been headed by 
a total of eleven presidents, the administrations of four of these 
(Dr. Washington Manly Wingate, Dr. Charles E. Taylor, Dr. 
William Louis Poteat and Dr. Thurman D. Kitchin) covering 
a total of 88 years. The complete list of presidents,* with the 
dates of their administrations, follows: 

Samuel Wait, D.D 1834-45 

William Hooper, D.D., LL.D 1845-49 

John Brown White, M.A 1849-54 

Washington Manly Wingate, D.D 1854-79 

Thomas Henderson Pritchard, D.D 1879-82 

Charles Elisha Taylor, D.D., LL.D 1884-1905 

William Louis Poteat, LL.D., Litt.D 1905-27 

Francis Pendleton Gaines, Ph.D., Litt.D., LL.D 1927-30 

Thurman D. Kitchin, M.D., LL.D., F.A.C.P 1930-50 

Harold Wayland Tribble, M.A., Th.M., Th.D., 

Ph.D., D.D., LL.D 1950-67 

James Ralph Scales, M.A., Ph.D 1967- 

The growth and progress of the College are due in no small 
degree to the leadership of its presidentsf and to the faculty 
of instruction, many of whom have rendered distinguished ser- 
vice for 30 years or more. These include: Dr. William Bailey 
Royall, professor of Greek, 62 years; Dr. William Louis Poteat, 
Biology, 55 years; Dr. Benjamin F. Sledd, English, 50 years; 
Prof. Edgar W. Timberlake, Law, 50 years; Dr. J. Hendren 
Gorrell, Modern Languages, 45 years; Dr. Hubert McNeill 
Poteat, Latin, 44 years; Dr. Needham Y. Gulley, Law, 44 years; 
Dr. George W. Paschal, Classical Languages, 43 years; Dr. W. 
R. Cullom, Religion, 42 years; Dr. Ora C. Bradbury, Biology, 36 

* During the years 1832-84, William Bailey Royall, B.A., M.A., D.D. (Professor of 
Greek), served as chairman of the Faculty. 

t Those interested in more specific information are referred to the three-volume History 
of Wake Forest College by Dr. George W. Paschal. 

10 



Purposes and Objectives 



years. Dr. D. B. Bryan served as Professor of Education for 36 
years and Dean of the College for 34 years. Mr. Elliott B. Earn- 
shaw served as Bursar for 45 years. Of the present faculty, eight- 
een have served more than thirty years, including the following 
who became emeriti after serving thirty-five years or more: Prof. 
Hubert A. Jones taught Mathematics for 51 years; Dr. Henry 
Broadus Jones, English, 35 years; Dr. J. Allen Easley, Religion, 
35 years; Prof. Kenneth T. Raynor, Mathematics, 35 years; Dr. 
A. C. Reid, Philosophy, 46 years; Dr. Charles S. Black, Chem- 
istry, 41 years; Prof. Forrest W. Clonts, History, 44 years; Dr. 
Coy C. Carpenter, Medicine, 41 years; and Dr. Harold D. Par- 
cell, French, 35 years. Mrs. Ethel Taylor Crittenden retired in 
1946 after 31 years as Librarian. In a word, the University has 
enlisted and retained throughout their teaching careers men 
who have devoted themselves to the University and to its ideals 
of culture and Christian leadership. 



Purposes and Objectives 

As an institution founded by the Baptist State Convention 
of North Carolina, Wake Forest University seeks to shape its 
goals, policies, and practices by Christian ideals. It seeks to 
help its students become mature, well-informed and responsible 
persons. It seeks to introduce its students to the cultural 
heritage of our times, through a broad study of the humanities, 
the natural and social sciences and mathematics, and through 
a concentration in at least one academic discipline. It seeks to 
develop in its students the ability to think honestly and clearly, 
to use the English language correctly, and to use at least one 
foreign language effectively. It seeks to assist its students in 
building a system of values which takes full account of the 
things of the spirit as well as things material that they may 
become constructive and useful members of society. Finally, 
it seeks to aid its students in achieving for themselves a vital 
and relevant faith. 

These purposes underlie the total academic program of the 
University. Through them the University seeks to prepare its 
students for careers in teaching, the ministry, law, medicine, 
business, research, and other professions. 

11 



Endowment 



Religious Program 

Wake Forest was founded as a result of a religious concern for 
education and missions. That same concern means in part that 
the University undertakes to help individual students become 
authentic, whole persons. 

The religious program seeks to clarify the Christian style of 
life and indicate its cohesion with academic excellence. There 
are twice-weekly worship services, student meetings, and lec- 
tures by faculty and visiting speakers. All such programs, in- 
cluding the weekly worship services, are voluntary. These pro- 
grams are planned by the faculty convocation committee and co- 
ordinated by the Chaplain's office. 

The Chaplain coordinates denominational and interdenomi- 
national programs including discussions and projects designed 
to provide specific opportunities for students to express their 
religious concerns. The year's activities begin with a pre-school 
retreat for all students under the guidance of campus ministers 
who represent the major denominations. Whereas some of them 
have responsibilities at other colleges in Winston-Salem, all of 
them undertake a personal ministry to Wake Forest students 
and encourage them to take advantage of the religious oppor- 
tunities provided by churches in Winston-Salem. 

The Wake Forest Baptist Church is at worship each Sunday 
in Wait Chapel. Its constituency embraces students, faculty, ad- 
ministration, and people from the city of Winston-Salem. This 
relationship between the University and the campus church has 
existed for many years. Although planted in the soil of Baptist 
tradition and associated with larger Baptist bodies, the Wake 
Forest Church has embraced and contributed to the growing 
ecumenism of the University. Its membership and mission are 
open to all who may seek its ministry and may wish to use it as 
an instrument for their mission to the world. 

Endowment, Trust Funds and Foundations 

In 1865 the endowment fund of Wake Forest University 
was $11,700, the remnant from the wreck of war. Under the 
terms of the will of Mr. Jabez A. Bostwick, the endowment 
was increased, in 1923, by stock valued at about $1,500,000. 

12 



Endowmen, 



On August 3, 1939, the resources of the Bowman Gray Founda- 
tion were awarded to Wake Forest College, to be used exclu- 
sively by the School of Medicine. 

Under the terms of the will of Colonel George Foster Hankins 
of Lexington, North Carolina, who died in 1954, the George 
Foster Hankins Foundation was established, the income to be 
used for scholarships. The assets. of the Foundation on June 30, 
1970, were approximately $1,500,000. 

The Ford Foundation in 1956 made two gifts to the endow- 
ment of the College, the sum of $680,500 for the School of Arts 
and Sciences and $1,600,000 for the Bowman Gray School of 
Medicine. 

The Mary Reynolds Babcock Foundation made gifts, in 1958 
and 1962, of the Reynolda Gardens and an endowment with the 
total value of approximately $1,500,000. In 1965 the College 
received an additional gift of land on which a plant of the 
Western Electric Company is located. This gift, valued at 
$3,500,000, is to be used for the support of the Library and the 
Chair of Botany. In December, 1969, an endowment in the 
amount of $2,000,000 was received from the Foundation for the 
use and benefit of the Charles H. Babcock School of Business 
Administration. 

In 1965, 1966, and 1967 a gift totaling $1,000,000, the income 
from which is to be used to support the Library, was received 
from Mrs. Nancy Reynolds. 

From the estate of the late Guy T. Carswell, who died in 
1966, the University received the Guy T. and Clara H. Carswell 
Scholarship Fund. Investments in this fund were approximately 
$1,600,000 at June 30, 1970. 

On June 30, 1970 all endowment funds controlled by the 
University had a book value of $26,008,000 and market value 
of $36,100,000. 

In addition to the endowment funds controlled by the 
Trustees, various trust funds are held by banks for the benefit 
of the University. Among these are the James A. Gray Trust 
Fund, the Mary K. Fassett Trust Fund, and the Lucy Teague 
Fassett Memorial Trust Fund. 

13 



Academic Buildings 



The Trustees of The Z. Smith Reynolds Foundation, Inc. 
and The Trustees of Wake Forest College entered into a con- 
tract on November 16, 1946, whereby the Foundation made 
available to the College income of the Foundation up to 
$350,000 per year in perpetuity, this sum being increased to 
$500,000 in 1955. In 1965, the Foundation announced a match- 
ing grant of $3,000,000 for a period of four years. Upon reaching 
this goal, the Foundation increased the annual grant to $620,000 
in 1968, and also announced an additional $150,000 per year 
for five years. 

Buildings and Grounds 

Wake Forest University is situated on approximately 320 
acres of land, and the physical plant consists of 30 buildings, 
including 12 apartment buildings for faculty and married stu- 
dents. The property was given to the University by the Mary 
Reynolds Babcock Foundation and Mr. Charles H. Babcock, 
and construction of the new campus was begun in 1952. It 
was occupied for the first time during the 1956 summer session. 
The buildings are of modified Georgian architecture and con- 
structed of Old Virginia brick trimmed in granite and limestone. 
Situated on beautifully landscaped hills, the campus is one 
of the most attractive in the South. 

The Reynolda Gardens annex, consisting of 148 acres and 
including Reynolda Woods, Reynolda Village, and Reynolda 
Gardens, is adjacent to the campus on the south. This tract 
includes a formal garden, greenhouses, parking areas, a lake, 
and a wooded area with trails. The formal garden features one 
of the finest collections of Japanese cherry trees in the United 
States. This area of natural beauty was a gift to the College 
from the Mary Reynolds Babcock Foundation through transfers 
made in 1958, 1961, and 1963. 

Academic Buildings 

Wait Chapel. Named in memory of the first President of 
Wake Forest College, Wait Chapel faces toward the south over- 
looking the plaza, with Reynolda Hall in the foreground and 
men's dormitories at right and left. 

Wingate Hall. This building is attached to Wait Chapel and 
is used by the Departments of Music and Religion and Wake 

14 



Academic Buildings 



Forest Baptist Church. Wingate Hall is named in honor of 
Washington Manly Wingate, President of Wake Forest College, 
1854-1879. 

Reynolda Hall. This building serves both as an administra- 
tion building and a student center. Food services are centralized 
in Reynolda Hall and consist of a cafeteria, snack shop, banquet 
room, the Magnolia Room, and other smaller dining rooms. The 
University Computer Center is located in the basement. 

The Z. Smith Reynolds Library. Situated at the center of 
the academic campus, this building contains space for eight 
tiers of book stacks, with a capacity of about one million 
volumes. Surrounding the book stacks are four floors of rooms 
for reading, reference, and various other uses of a modern 
library. The University Theatre is located on the top level of 
the Library. 

Salem Hall. Directly west of the Library, this three-story 
building contains laboratories, classrooms, and offices for the 
Departments of Chemistry and Physics. 

Winston Hall. Located just west of Salem Hall, this building 
was occupied in September 1961. It provides instructional and 
office space for the Departments of Biology and Psychology. 

The W. N. Reynolds Gymnasium. Located just east of Rey- 
nolda Hall, this building is equipped with classrooms for 
instruction in physical education, courts for basketball and 
other indoor sports, a swimming pool, and offices for the Depart- 
ment of Physical Education and the Department of Athletics. 
Surrounding the Gymnasium are sports fields and courts for 
tennis, track, soccer, football, and field hockey. Memorial Coli- 
seum is used for intercollegiate basketball games. The Depart- 
ment of Military Science is also housed in this building. 

Law Building. This is a four-story structure which contains 
classrooms, offices, a moot court, an assembly room, a library, 
a student lounge, and other specific use rooms. 

Harold W. Tribble Hall. This building accommodates the 
social sciences and the humanities and contains instructional 
and office space, a small projection theatre, the philosophy 
library, a curriculum materials center, the Honors seminar room, 
and a main lecture room which seats 200. 

15 



Student Residences 



Charles H. Babcock Business Building. Occupied in Septem- 
ber 1969, this building contains offices and classrooms for the 
Charles H. Babcock School of Business Administration and the 
Department of Mathematics. This building contains a variety 
of instructional spaces, including amphitheatres, seminar rooms, 
a reading room, and a faculty seminar lounge. All classrooms are 
equipped for full audio-visual use. 



Student Residences 

Housing for Men. Bordering the plaza are four quadrangles 
of houses for men with accommodations for 1500 students. The 
houses are named in honor of Charles Elisha Taylor, William 
Louis Poteat, and Thurman Delna Kitchin, former Presidents 
of Wake Forest College, and Egbert Lawrence Davis, a bene- 
factor of the College. Connecting Poteat and Taylor Houses 
with the Chapel are Efird Hall and Huffman Hall, named in 
honor of J. B. Efird of Charlotte, and Frank Huffman of Mor- 
ganton, respectively. Facing the plaza are a number of com- 
mercial shops, including a branch post office and the College 
Book Store. 

Dormitories for Women. Three dormitories for women are 
located on the south end of the campus facing Reynolda Hall. 
These are named in honor of Jabez A. Bostwick, one of the 
early benefactors of the College, Miss Lois Johnson, first Dean 
of Women, and Mary Reynolds Babcock. Mrs. Babcock and her 
husband, the late Charles H. Babcock, were among the chief 
benefactors of the College. A new dormitory which is designed 
to accommodate men, women, and couples is scheduled to be 
completed for fall 1971 occupancy. 

The Power Plant. This building is located on a lower level 
northwest of the athletic fields and is connected by tunnels 
with all buildings on the campus. Modern in design, it furnishes 
heat and hot water for all buildings and is the basis for the air 
conditioning system installed in several facilities. 

The Maintenance Building. Located next to the Power Plant, 
this houses offices and equipment for buildings, grounds, and 
maintenance. 

16 



Libraries 

Libraries 

In its libraries the University holds 402,143 printed volumes, 
distributed as follows: the Z. Smith Reynolds Library (general), 
303,298; the Library of the School of Law, 40,000; and the 
libraries at the Bowman Gray School of Medicine (the Main 
Library and the Allied Health Library), 58,845. Included are 
42,528 volumes of United States Government publications, the 
Z. Smith Reynolds Library being an official, although selective, 
depository. A rapidly growing microtext collection is main- 
tained; there are 11,752 reels of microfilm containing files of 
local, national, and foreign newspapers; and 118,152 pieces of 
microprint, which include such substantial items as the British 
Parliamentary Papers and the Human Relations Area File. 

Since 1970 the library system of the University has included 
an additional unit in the Charles H. Babcock Graduate School 
of Management. This library, now in its beginning stages, will be 
developed to provide facilities for a new graduate program in 
business disciplines. 

The Z. Smith Reynolds Library provides excellent support for 
a liberal arts curriculum and a limited, although expanding, 
graduate program. Moderate emphasis has been placed on North 
Carolina and Southeastern materials. The Ethel Taylor Crit- 
tenden Collection in Baptist History contains more than 7,000 
items which include files of Baptist serials and individual church 
records. 

After sustained effort on the part of a special staff group over 
a period of more than four years, the reclassification of the 
collection in the Z. Smith Reynolds Library was completed in 
the winter of 1969-70. Therefore, with the exception of books in 
a few special areas, the volumes in this library are now classified 
according to the Library of Congress schedules, a situation 
which has produced not only a distinctly more usable and con- 
venient arrangement of the books but also an acceleration in 
book processing. An open-stack policy enables users to consult 
books directly at the shelves, and copying facilities are available 
at nominal cost. Current issues and bound volumes of periodicals 
in chemistry and physics are shelved in Salem Hall for con- 
venience in laboratory research. 

17 



Libraries 

The Z. Smith Reynolds Library receives the income from an 
endowment fund of about $4,500,000, the result of two major 
gifts: a donation of assets worth $3,500,000 by the Mary 
Reynolds Babcock Foundation; and a gift of $1,000,000 made 
in 1967 by Mrs. Nancy Reynolds. This income is applied prin- 
cipally to the purchase of books necessary for graduate studies, 
although portions have been used for much needed changes 
and additions in the Library building. 

Other gifts have enriched the University library collections. 
Mr. Tracy McGregor provided a collection of valuable titles on 
the colonial and early national periods of American history. To 
acquire the important editions of Edmund Spenser and related 
background material, a contribution was made by Dr. Charles 
G. Smith in honor of his wife, Cornelia Marschall Smith. Dr. 
Herman Harrell Home established a fund for the purchase of 
titles of a general nature. 

Dr. Charles Lee Smith of Raleigh bequeathed to the Uni- 
versity his personal library of about 7,000 volumes, rich in first 
editions, while a bequest from his brother, Oscar T. Smith of 
Baltimore, affords additional purchases of similar volumes. 

The Paschal Collection was established Christmas 1950 by 
Dr. George W. Paschal, Jr., Raleigh surgeon, in recognition of 
the interest in the Library manifested by his father, George 
Washington Paschal, and also in memory of his father's twin 
brother, Robert Lee Paschal. The Collection is regularly en- 
larged and, although heteregenous in nature, primarily contains 
material relating to the humanities. The aim of the founder of 
the Collection is to add to the working efficiency of the Library. 
While this Collection is principally supported by the donor, it 
has also received and welcomes contributions from interested 
friends. A special bookplate is used for items acquired for the 
Collection. 

In 1970 the acquisition of an important Mark Twain collec- 
tion was made possible through the generosity of Mrs. Nancy 
Reynolds. The collection contains many variant editions of his 
works, with critical material and memorabilia. From the estate 
of Judge R. Hunt Parker the Library received a well-selected 
collection of more than 3,000 volumes. 

18 



Art Museum 



The Library of the School of Law contains 40,000 volumes, 
including the reports, digests, and statutes required by the 
American Association of Law Schools, together with the leading 
periodicals, encyclopedias, and textbooks. 

Library facilities at the Bowman Gray School of Medicine 
consist of the Main Library and the Allied Health Library. 
Together they contain 58,845 volumes, furnishing the periodi- 
cals, texts, and monographs essential to instruction and research 
in medical theory and practice. 

The Spilman Philosophy Seminar houses carefully selected 
books for the use of advanced students in philosophy. Although 
not supported by library funds, but by an endownment given 
by Dr. B. W. Spilman and by the A. C. Reid Philosophy Fund, 
it forms a valuable part of the book resources of the University. 

The Library of the Military Science Department, located in 
the Gymnasium, has available for student use over 2,000 books 
and periodicals. In addition to major military conflicts involving 
the United States, the material covers such subjects as com- 
munism, the "Cold War," counterinsurgency, anti-guerrilla war- 
fare, foreign policy, nuclear warfare, and space activities. 



Art Museum 

The Museum of Art is made up mainly of the T. J. Simmons 
Collection, presented to the College by the late Dr. Thomas 
Jackson Simmons of Gainesville, Ga., and formally opened to 
the public on June 2, 1941. Including some additions, there 
are about sixty paintings, thirty-five etchings and lithographs, 
five pieces of sculpture, and several other art objects in the 
collection. 

The Museum was enriched in 1957 by three paintings from 
the Hammer Galleries given by Mr. Arnold Kirkeby, and in 
1960 by two paintings given by Mr. Clark Hartwell and three 
by Mrs. April Ruth Akston. Nearly all of the paintings are 
hung in public areas of various buildings on the campus. 

19 



Piedmont University Center 



The Piedmont University Center 

Wake Forest University is a member of the Piedmont Uni- 
versity Center of North Carolina, Incorporated, founded in 
March 1963 as a coordinating agency in the field of higher 
education. Center membership includes twenty liberal arts 
colleges and universities located chiefly in the Piedmont area 
of North Carolina. From the first months of its existence the 
Center's headquarters have been located at Reynolda House 
in Winston-Salem. The Center is headed by an Executive Direc- 
tor, and its Board of Directors consists of the Presidents of the 
twenty member institutions. 

Through programs of interinstitutional cooperation, the Cen- 
ter seeks to assist its member colleges (a) to enrich and expand 
their present educational programs; (b) to increase the effec- 
tiveness of certain services, such as library and audio-visual, and 
(c) to achieve greater economy in the total business operation. 



20 



ADMISSION 

A candidate for undergraduate admission to Wake Forest 
University must furnish testimonials of good moral character, 
must present evidences of educational achievement represented 
by graduation from an accredited public high school or an 
accredited private secondary school, and must present a score 
(senior year preferred) on the Scholastic Aptitude (Morning) 
Test of the College Entrance Examination Board. The record of 
the work done by the applicant in high school or in a private 
secondary school and the recommendations of the school official 
must be sent direct to the Director of Admissions of Wake 
Forest College (division of arts and sciences) by an official of 
the school, and the test scores must be sent from the test 
center. They may not be submitted by the applicant. 

Information about the times and places at which the College 
Board test may be taken and an application for taking the test 
may be secured from the high school or from College Entrance 
Examination Board, Box 592, Princeton, New Jersey 08540. 

Careful consideration will be given to the applicant's academic 
records, scores on tests, and evidences of character, purpose in 
life, and general fitness for college life. The University reserves 
the right to reject any application without explanation. 

An applicant for admission who has attended another college 
must be a graduate of a standard junior college or must furnish 
a certificate of honorable dismissal stating that the applicant is 
eligible in all respects to re-enter the college last attended, and 
must have an overall average of at least C on all college work 
attempted.* These are minimum requirements for consideration. 

The applicant should fill out and return as early as practical 
the student's part of the application, and should then give to 
the high school principal, superintendent, or other appropriate 
school official the other parts to be completed and sent to the 
Director of Admissions of Wake Forest College for the attention 
of the Committee on Admissions. 

An application fee of $15.00 to cover the cost of processing 
the application is required. This should accompany the appli- 
cation and will not be applied to later charges or refunded, in 

* Please see academic requirements for graduation, especially for one who has attended 
more than one college before applying for admission to Wake Forest College. 

21 



Admission 

the event of failure to be admitted or of cancellation of the 
application. 

If possible, the completed application should be sent at least 
eight months prior to the date on which the applicant hopes to 
enroll in Wake Forest College, but not before September 15 
of the applicant's senior year in high school. Except in case 
of emergency, the final date for making application for the 
spring semester is January 15; for the fall semester, August 15. 

The minimum prescribed requirements for admission to all 
degrees are as follows: 

English 4 units 

One Foreign Language 2 units 

History (Social Studies) 2 units 

Mathematics: 

Algebra IV2 or 2 units 

Geometry 1 unit 

Electives to bring the total to 16 units 

A student who is admitted from another college before fully 
meeting the minimum prescribed requirements outlined above 
for entering freshmen must remove the entrance conditions 
during the first year at Wake Forest. 

When an applicant has received notice of acceptance for 
admission or readmission to Wake Forest College, an admis- 
sion deposit of $100.00 must be sent to the Director of Admis- 
sions of Wake Forest College not later than three weeks after the 
notice of acceptance is mailed. (Make checks payable to Wake 
Forest University.) Failure to pay this deposit within three 
weeks will be considered as indicating that the applicant does 
not intend to enter Wake Forest College. This deposit will be 
credited toward the applicant's college fees. It will be refunded, 
if the application for admission or re-admission is cancelled by 
the applicant and a written request for refund is received by 
the Director of Admissions of Wake Forest College not later 
than May 15 for the fall semester or November 1 for the spring 
semester. Refunds will not be made after these dates. 

If a student is accepted for admission or re-admission after 
May 15 for the fall semester or after November 1 for the spring 
semester, the admission deposit is due within two weeks of the 
date of acceptance. Deposits made after May 15 and November 
1 are not refundable. 

22 



Advanced Placement 



No deposit is required of a student who expects to enroll 
for the summer session only. 

The Early Decision Plan 

This plan is available to well qualified high school students 
who at the close of their junior year have definitely decided 
that their first choice college is Wake Forest. An Early Decision 
Agreement is required with each application. 

The application for early decision must be filed in October 
of the applicant's senior year in high school. It must include 
the high school record through the junior year, scores on the 
Scholastic Aptitude Test of the College Entrance Examination 
Board and scores on three achievement tests: (1) English Com- 
position, (2) Mathematics or foreign language, (3) one to be 
chosen by the applicant. Preferably, these tests should be taken 
in March or May of the junior year. 

By early November, the Committee on Admissions will make 
decisions on completed applications. If an applicant is accepted, 
the required deposit must be paid not later than January 1. 
Those not admitted by early decision will be asked to submit a 
senior year Scholastic Aptitude Test score and the first semes- 
ter's grades of their senior year, or they will be advised to apply 
elsewhere. 

Advanced Placement 

Wake Forest University recognizes college-level work done 
in high school by giving credit and placement on the basis of 
Advanced Placement Examinations of the College Entrance 
Examination Board and such pertinent supplementary infor- 
mation as may be available. 

Exceptionally qualified applicants for advanced standing may 
receive exemption from some basic courses with credit on the 
authorization of the department concerned. For the purposes 
of computing quality point ratios, etc., credit gained by ad- 
vanced standing examination is treated as credit transferred to 
Wake Forest College from another college. 

23 



Advanced Standing 



Admission to Advanced Standing 

Courses satisfactorily completed in other accredited colleges 
are accepted under the regulations that have been adopted by 
the faculty for the approval of such courses. In general, how- 
ever, no credit is allowed for courses not found in the curriculum 
of Wake Forest College. All credits allowed for advanced stand- 
ing are held in suspense until the candidate has spent one term 
in residence. The minimum residence requirement for a bacca- 
laureate degree is two academic years — the senior year and 
one other. 



24 



UNIVERSITY CHARGES AND FINANCIAL 
ARRANGEMENTS 

Statements in this Bulletin concerning expenses are not to be 
regarded as forming an irrevocable contract between the student 
and the University. The University reserves the right to change 
without notice the cost of instruction at any time within the 
student's term of residence. 

Charges are due in full 10 days prior to registration. Informa- 
tion concerning payment will be sent to all students prior to 
the beginning of each semester. 

Faculty regulations require that a student's University ac- 
count must be settled in full before he is entitled to receive his 
grades, a transcript of his record, a diploma, or to register fc 
the succeeding semester. 

Wake Forest College 

Charges for the Regular School Year 

MEN Per Semester Per Year 

Tuition $ 825 $1,650 

Activity Fee 1 75 150 

Dormitory Room Rental 

(double room each) 2 155 310 

$1,055 $2,110 

WOMEN Per Semester Per Year 

Tuition $ 825 $1,650 

Activity Fee 1 75 150 

Dormitory Room Rental 

(double room each) 2 165 330 

$1,065 $2,130 

Deduct admission and reservation deposit from above charges. See 
pages 26 and 27. 



1 Part-time students (those enrolled for fewer than 3 courses) are charged $200.00 per 
course, but do not pay the activity fee. Part-time students are not entitled to claim the 
designated scholarships listed on page 37, nor are they granted free admission to athletic 
contests, free receipt of publications or infirmary services. 

2 In addition to the double rooms, there are a limited number of single rooms that rent 
for S25.00 more a semester and a limited number of triple rooms for men that rent for 
S35.00 less than a double room. 

25 



Charges 

The activity fee covers such items as would normally require 
the payment of a fee, namely, libraries, laboratories, admission 
to all intercollegiate athletic contests at Wake Forest Univer- 
sity, and to certain student activities, including religious and 
dramatic organizations, the College Union, cost of student pub- 
lications, Old Gold and Black, The Student, and The Howler. 
It further provides for the attendance of the University phy- 
sician and nurses in the University hospital. 

A cafeteria, soda shop, and table service dining room are 
located in Reynolda Hall. Meals may be purchased individually 
or under an optional board plan. The approximate yearly cost 
individually is $600-$700. Contractual board plan reduces cost 
by about one-third. 

Books and supplies are available at the College Book Store, 
located on the campus. The approximate yearly cost is $125. 

Laundry is arranged for privately. A laundry operated by a 
Winston-Salem firm is located on campus. 

Other College Charges 

Admission Application Fee. Required with each application 
for admission to cover cost of processing. Non-refundable. 

$15.00. 

Admission Deposit. Required of each student entering for 
the first time, or re-entering after a period of non-attendance. 
Must be sent to the Director of Admissions within three weeks 
after acceptance for admission or re-admission. The deposit is 
credited to the student's University charges for the semester for 
which he has been accepted for admission. It is refunded if the 
Director of Admissions is notified in writing prior to May 15 for 
the fall semester and November 1 for the spring semester, of 
cancellation of plans to enter. $100.00. 

Applied Music. Required in addition to tuition of students 
enrolling for individual or class study in applied music as de- 
scribed in the offering of the Department of Music. Payable in 
the Treasurer's office. Fees per semester range from $30.00 to 
$80.00 for class instruction of one hour per week. Practice fees 
are from $5.00 to $14.00. 

26 



Charges 

Dormitory Damages and Repairs. The student is charged for 
damages to his room or university property in accordance with 
Dormitory Rule 4. Appeal may be made to the Board of Dormi- 
tory Damage Appeals. 

Graduation Fee. Required of all students who are candidates 
for degrees. $15.00. 

Hospital Bed and Board Charge. The student is charged when 
confined to the University Hospital. An additional charge is 
made for special services and expensive drugs. University Hos- 
pital charges range from $20.00 to $30.00 a day. 

Since most insurance companies do not cover admissions to a 
university hospital or infirmary, students are urged to arrange 
for the student insurance which covers these charges. The stu- 
dent insurance premium is usually under $35.00 per year. 

Key Deposit. Required for each key issued to a dormitory 
room. Refunded when key is returned. $3.00. 

Late Registration Fee. Charged to students registering after 
the dates set by the faculty. $10.00. 

Library Fines. Charges for overdue and lost books and for 
violation of other Library regulations. Payable in the Library. 

Reservation Deposit. Students enrolled in the spring semester 
who expect to return for the next regular session beginning in 
September are required to pay a reservation deposit at a date 
set by the Treasurer. It is credited to the student's University 
charges and will be refunded under the same conditions specified 
for the admission deposit, except that refunds will be made if 
requested prior to June 15. $100.00. 

Room Change Fees. $5.00 is charged for authorized room 
changes made after October 1 in the fall semester, after Feb- 
ruary 15 in the spring semester. The fine is $20.00 for any un- 
authorized change. 

ROTC Deposit. Required of each student enrolled in ROTC 
before equipment may be issued to him. Refunded at the end of 
the school year, less any loss or damage, fair wear and tear 
excepted, and a $2.00 assessment for the Military Ball. $20.00. 

Special Examination. Required for each special examination 
taken to remove a course condition. $2.50. 

27 



Charges 

Student Apartment Rental. Paid monthly at $60.00 per 
month. 

Traffic Fines. Assessed against students violating parking 
regulations, copies of which are obtainable from the Traffic office. 
May be appealed to the Board of Traffic Appeals. Vehicle 
Registration $20.00. Illegal parking $2.00 each violation. 

Trailer Park Rental. Paid each semester at the rate of $30.00. 

Transcripts. Copies of a student's record are issued for him. 
First copy free, additional copies $1.00 each. 

Summer Session 

A bulletin of the Summer Session is published in March of 
each year and may be obtained by writing the Dean of the 
Summer Session, Wake Forest University, Winston-Salem, N. C. 
27109. 

Management, Law, Medicine and Graduate Schools 

Bulletins for these schools should be consulted for informa- 
tion as to expenses. Requests for the bulletins should be ad- 
dressed to the appropriate Dean, Wake Forest University, Win- 
ston-Salem, N. C. 

Withdrawal 

Students withdrawing must follow the procedure set forth 
on page 55 and must present their identification cards to the 
Treasurer before any claim for refund may be considered. No 
refund of dormitory room rent is made. Refund of tuition and 
activity fee is made according to the following table: 

Percentage of Total Tuition 
Number of Weeks and Activity Fee 

Attendance* to be Refunded 

1 Total tuition less $100 

2 75% 

3 50% 

4 25% 



* Counting from the first day of registration and fractions of a week to count as a full 
week. 

28 



Housing 



Food Services 



Four types of food service are available to students at Wake 
Forest University — cafeteria, grill, table service, and special 
dining service for small parties. The cafeteria menus feature 
multiple choices planned and supervised by a trained home 
economist. Table service is provided in the Magnolia Room and 
gives the students a quiet place to enjoy eating with a menu of 
greater variety, as well as foods prepared to order. Buffets are 
served in the Magnolia Room each Wednesday noon and Thurs- 
day evening. 

Housing 

All unmarried undergraduate students who do not live in or 
near Winston-Salem with their parents must live in University 
residences unless off-campus permission is given in writing by 
the Dean of Men or the Dean of Women. 

Housing for Married Students 

An apartment building containing 56 apartments is located 
on the northwest edge of the campus. A trailer park containing 
55 spaces is located on the east side of the campus. Apartments 
and trailer spaces are available only to bona fide students of 
Wake Forest University. 

Applications for either apartments or trailer spaces should be 
directed to the Director of Residences. Assignments are made 
on the basis of priorities established by the date of application, 
and a lease is executed by the student and the University. 

Housing for Men 1 

The semestral charge for double occupancy is $155.00 per 
student, due and payable with tuition, and may not be de- 
ferred. The charge for a single room is $180.00 per semester 
and for a double room occupied as a single room $205.00 per 
semester. When three persons occupy a room, the charge is 
$120.00 per person per semester. Room rental is not refunded 
upon withdrawal. Room assignments are made by the Dean 
of Men. 



1 See footnote number 2 on page 25. 

29 



Housing 



Housing for Women 1 



Married women students are not ordinarily permitted to live 
in the dormitories. Single women students in the professional 
school may live in quarters approved by the Dean of Women. 

The assignment of rooms is made to women students after 
admission requirements have been satisfied. Notification of 
assignments is made in the summer preceding the opening of 
the session in September. 

The semester charge ranges from $165 to $210 per student, 
due and payable with tuition, and may not be deferred. An 
additional charge of $25 per semester is assessed for a single 
room, and the additional charge for a double room used as a 
single room is $50 per semester. 

Housing Regulations 

Details of regulations and conditions governing occupancy of 
University housing are found in the Student Handbook. 



1 See footnote number 2 on page 25. 

30 



SCHOLARSHIPS, LOAN FUNDS 
AND STUDENT EMPLOYMENT 

By regulation of the Board of Trustees, all financial aid must 
be approved by the Committee on Scholarships and Student 
Aid of Wake Forest College (division of arts and sciences). 
The Committee requires that applications for financial aid be 
made on forms obtainable by addressing the Committee at 
Box 7305, Winston-Salem, N. C. 27109. 

Scholarships supported by funds of the College are not 
granted to students enrolled in the graduate and professional 
schools of the University. 

To receive consideration for financial aid, the applicant must 
either be a registered, full-time student in Wake Forest College 
or must have been accepted for admission. A prospective student 
who is not applying for the Guy T. Carswell Scholarships or 
the George Foster Hankins Scholarships should wait until he 
has heard from the Admissions Committee before requesting 
the appropriate forms to make application for financial aid. 

Need is a factor in the award of virtually all financial aid, 
with the exception of the $1,000 honorary Carswell awards. 
Each applicant must file a financial statement as part of his 
application for financial aid. 

The Committee reserves the right to revoke any financial aid 
for unworthy achievement. 

No financial aid is automatically renewable. Application must 
be made each year. 

Applicants should submit applications sufficiently early so 
that final action will have been taken before the beginning of 
the school year. 

Scholarships 

The Alpha Phi Omega Scholarship. Established by the Kappa 
Theta Chapter of Alpha Phi Omega, National Service Fratern- 
ity, this scholarship is available to a male freshman student 
who presents evidence of need and an excellent high school 
record. A minimum of $200.00 is available. 

31 



Scholarships 



Eliza Pratt Brown Scholarship. Donated by the late Junius 
Calvin Brown of Madison, North Carolina, in honor of his wife, 

Eliza Pratt Brown, the fund shall be used to assist needy, 
worthy, and deserving students from North Carolina, with pre- 
ference being given to students from the town of Madison and 
Rockingham County. The maximum value is $1,200. 

Burlington Industries Scholarship. Donated by Burlington 
Industries Foundation, this scholarship is available to one 
who has junior standing, has done all previous work at Wake 
Forest and has an average of 3.0 or better. Leadership, scholar- 
ship, and need are considered in making the award. The value 
of the scholarship is $1,000.00, with half of this amount avail- 
able in each of the junior and senior years. 

The J. G. Carroll Memorial Athletic Scholarship. A fund 
donated in memory of Professor J. G. Carroll, former Associate 
Professor of Mathematics. The award will be made to some 
deserving athlete who is not on a regular athletic scholarship. 
The value of this scholarship is approximately $100. 

Guy T. Carswell Scholarships. This scholarship program was 
made possible by and established in honor of the late Guy T. 
Carswell and his wife, Mrs. Clara Carswell of Charlotte, North 
Carolina. The scholarships carry an annual value ranging from 
a minimum stipend of $1,000 to a maximum stipend of $3,300. 
Awards for more than $1,000 will be determined on the basis of 
need. A Carswell scholar may be any student applying to Wake 
Forest College who possesses outstanding qualities of intel- 
lect and leadership. Up to twenty-five scholars will be selected 
by the Committee annually. 

College Scholarships. These scholarships, in the amounts of 
$100 to $1,650 each, are available to freshmen and upperclass- 
men presenting satisfactory academic records and evidence of 
need. 

Devotion Foundation Scholarship. Donated by the Devotion 
Foundation, this scholarship is to be used for those needy stu- 
dents who have a keen interest in and high aptitude for the 
subject of mathematics and its related interests. The value of 
this scholarship is up to $2,000. 

32 



Scholarships 



Educational Opportunity Grants. These scholarships are 
available to a limited number of undergraduate students with 
exceptional financial need who require these grants to attend 
college. To be eligible, the student must also show academic 
or creative promise. Grants will range from $200 to $1000 a 
year, and can be no more than one-half of the total assistance 
given the student. The amount of financial assistance a student 
may receive depends upon his need — taking into account his 
financial resources, those of his parents, and the cost of attend- 
ing the college of his choice. 

Ernst & Ernst Scholarship. Ernst & Ernst, Certified Public 
Accountants, present to an outstanding accounting major an 
Accounting Achievement Award. The award is in the amount of 
$500. The recipient for this award will be designated by the ac- 
counting faculty. 

The Lecausey P. and Lula H. Freeman Scholarship. Donated 
by Mr. and Mrs. G. H. Singleton, Raleigh, North Carolina, in 
memory of the parents of Mrs. Singleton. One scholarship is 
available to a student who may be a freshman, sophomore, or 
junior, and whose home is within the West Chowan Baptist 
Association of North Carolina with preference to Bertie County 
students, on the basis of need and ability. If no qualified appli- 
cant appears from the West Chowan Association, then residents 
of the Roanoke Association may be considered. The scholarship 
is renewable on the basis of need and ability for all school years 
except the senior year. The value of this scholarship is approxi- 
mately $200. 

James W. Gill Scholarship. Donated by Mrs. Ruth R. Gill in 
memory of her husband, James W. Gill. The fund provides a 
scholarship for a deserving student, with preference to students 
from Montgomery and Prince George's Counties, Maryland. 
The value of this scholarship is approximately $600. 

Fuller Hamrick Scholarship. Created under the will of the 
late Everett C. Snyder of Wake Forest, North Carolina, in 
memory of Fuller Hamrick. The income from this fund shall 
be used to educate boys and girls from The Mills Home in 
Thomasville, North Carolina. Value of this scholarship is ap- 
proximately $500. 

33 



Scholarships 



George Foster Hankins Scholarships — Freshmen. These 
scholarships were made possible by the late Colonel George 
Foster Hankins of Lexington, N. C. Applicants must be residents 
of North Carolina or children of Wake Forest alumni residing 
in other states. Preference will be given to residents of Davidson 
County, North Carolina. Only high school seniors are eligible 
to compete and must request the necessary application forms 
before December 1 of their senior year. The value of these 
scholarships will range up to $2,900. 

George Foster Hankins Scholarships — Upperclassmen. Up- 
perclassmen are eligible for Hankins Scholarships. However, 
they must have been enrolled in Wake Forest College for at 
least one semester before they may apply as upperclassmen. 
Applications must be on file with the Scholarships Committee 
no later than May 1 of each year for the following school year, 
and preference will be given to applicants from Davidson 
County, North Carolina. The amount of the award will vary 
according to the student's need as determined from the financial 
statement required to be submitted with his application. 

Frank P. Hob good Scholarship. This scholarship, donated by 
Mrs. Kate H. Hobgood of Reidsville, North Carolina, in memory 
of her husband, is available to those who qualify on "the basis 
of character, purpose, intelligence, and need, with preference 
being given to those who plan to enter the ministry, do religious 
work, become teachers, or become lawyers, the preference being 
in the order named." Applicants must be legal residents of the 
city of Reidsville or live within 10 miles of that city and must 
be recommended by the deacons of the First Baptist Church of 
Reidsville. The value of this scholarship is $500. 

Junior College Scholarships. One scholarship is available each 
year to a graduate of each of the junior colleges of the North 
Carolina Baptist State Convention, in the amount of $150. 
The recipient must rank in the upper one-fourth of the junior 
college graduating class. Awarded only on the recommendation 
of the president of the junior college. 

Thurman D. Kitchin Scholarship. Donated by the Interfra- 
ternity Council in memory of the late Thurman D. Kitchin, 
President of Wake Forest College from 1930 to 1950, it is avail- 
able to a male freshman student presenting a high school record 

34 



Scholarships 



of superior grade and evidence of need. The value of this scholar- 
ship is approximately $300. 

Marie Dayton McDonald Scholarship. Donated by Dr. Thane 
McDonald and friends in memory of his wife. The income from 
this fund is available to a deserving and qualified music student. 
The value is approximately $125.00 per year. 

Norfleet Scholarship. Donated by Mrs. Eustace Norfleet of 
Wilmington, North Carolina, in memory of his parents, John 
A. and Mary Pope Norfleet, five scholarships are available in 
the amount of $200 each to "deserving and promising students 
desiring to attend Wake Forest College and needing financial 
assistance." 

North Carolina Scholarships — The Trustees have estab- 
lished a scholarship fund from which awards are made on the 
basis of need to full time students who are bona fide North 
Carolina residents. This fund is designed primarily for those 
students whose need is between $100 and $200 per year. An 
abbreviated application is required rather than the Parents' 
Confidential Statement of the College Scholarship Service. 

Benjamin Wingate Parham Scholarship. This fund was 
donated by Mrs. Kate J. Parham of Oxford, North Carolina, in 
memory of her husband. One full scholarship shall be awarded 
in each school year on the basis of both ability and need. It 
may be renewed for succeeding years. 

Thomas F. Pettus Scholarships. Administered by the North 
Carolina Baptist Foundation, Inc., under the terms of the will 
of the late Thomas F. Pettus of Wilson County, North Carolina, 
this fund makes two or more scholarships available each year in 
memory of Mr. Pettus. These scholarships are to be awarded 
by the college on the basis of merit and need with preference 
to North Carolina Baptist students. 

William Louis Poteat Scholarships. Five scholarships will be 
awarded annually to the graduates of the Baptist junior colleges 
in North Carolina. Each scholarship will range up to $500 
depending on need as determined from a financial statement 
submitted by each applicant with the application. It may be 
renewed for the senior year. 

35 



Scholarships 



Oliver D. and Caroline E. Revell Memorial Scholarship Fund. 
Created under the will of the late Oliver D. Revell of Buncombe 
County, North Carolina, this fund makes available $100 per 
year to one person preparing for the ministry or full-time 
religious work. 

Kate B. Reynolds Memorial Scholarships. Donated in memory 
of the late Mrs. Kate B. Reynolds. Applicants must be residents 
of Forsyth County, North Carolina, who without financial aid 
would be unable to obtain education beyond high school. Pref- 
erence will be given to men. Four scholarships of $1,400 each are 
awarded. 

A. M. Pullen and Company Scholarship. The A. M. Pullen 
and Company, Certified Public Accountants, grants to an out- 
standing upper division accounting major an annual tuition 
scholarship of $600. The recipient, to be designated by the ac- 
counting faculty, is selected on the basis of merit, financial need, 
and interest in public accounting. 

ROTC Scholarship. Two, three and four-year ROTC scholar- 
ships are available to students who are motivated toward the 
Army. Applications for four-year scholarships are submitted by 
high school seniors in the late fall to the Commanding General 
of their respective Army area. ROTC freshmen and sophomores 
at the University apply to the Professor of Military Science for 
two-year and three-year scholarships. Each scholarship recipient 
commits himself by contract to a special military obligation and 
receives full tuition, fees, books and classroom materials for the 
regular school year, and a subsistence allowance of $50 per 
month for the period that the scholarship is in effect. Once 
awarded, scholarships remain in effect throughout the contract 
period subject to satisfactory academic and ROTC performance. 

The Saddye Stephenson and Benjamin Louis Sykes Scholar- 
ship. Donated by Dr. Charles L. Sykes and Dr. Ralph J. Sykes 
in memory of their father and mother. One scholarship will 
be awarded each year on the basis of Christian character, 
academic proficiency, and financial need. Preference will be 
given to freshmen from the State of North Carolina. It may be 
renewable each year. The value of this scholarship is approxi- 
mately $400. 

36 



Scholarships 

Western Electric Scholarship. Donated by the Western Elec- 
tric Fund, this scholarship may be awarded to an undergraduate 
on the basis of leadership, scholastic attainment, and financial 
need. Value, up to $1,200. 

Jesse A. Williams Scholarships. Created under the will of the 
late Jesse A. Williams of Union County, North Carolina, this 
fund provides scholarships in amounts of up to $1,200 per year. 
Preference will be given to deserving students of Union County. 

Charles Littell Wilson Scholarship. Created under the will of 
Mrs. Jennie Mayes Wilson in memory of her husband, the late 
Charles Littell Wilson, this fund makes available one freshman 
scholarship each year ranging from $200 to $600. 

William Luther Wyatt, III, Scholarship Trust. This fund 
was donated by Mr. and Mrs. William L. Wyatt, Jr., of Raleigh, 
North Carolina, in memory of their late son, William Luther 
Wyatt, III. The purpose of this fund is to award one or more 
scholarships in each school year to a student, preferably to a 
male student entering the junior year, who has shown an 
interest and an ability in the field of biology. The award shall 
be based on both the need and the ability of the student. The 
value of this scholarship is approximately $500. 

Designated Scholarships for: 

Ministerial Students. Granted on the following conditions: 
(1) Written recommendation or license to preach authorized 
by the applicant's own church body and (2) signature by the 
applicant of an agreement to pay the amount of the scholarship, 
with interest, in the event that he does not serve five years 
in the pastoral ministry within twelve years from the last date 
of attendance at Wake Forest, subject to cancellation in the 
event of death. Value, up to $300.00. 

Children of Ministers. Awards to those whose fathers make 
their living chiefly by the ministry. Value, up to $150.00. 

Rehabilitation Students. Awarded to physically handicapped 
students who have (1) secured the necessary letter of approval 
from the North Carolina Division of Vocational Rehibilitation, 
Raleigh, and (2) filed application for the scholarship. Value, 
up to $300.00. 

37 



Loan Funds 



Students' Wives. Awarded to wives of students in Wake 
Forest University for not more than four school years or the 
equivalent. Becomes void if the husband ceases to be enrolled. 
Value, up to $150.00. 

Loan Funds 

James E. and Mary Z. Bryan Foundation Student Loan Plan. 
Established by Mary Z. Bryan, in 1953, as a memorial to her 
husband and administered by the College Foundation, Inc., in 
Raleigh. North Carolina students may borrow up to $1,000.00 
per academic year. 

Bushnell Baptist Church Loan Fund. Established in 1945 
with funds supplied by the Bushnell Baptist Church of Fontana 
Dam, North Carolina, for needy students. 

Council Fund. Established in 1935 by Mr. C. T. Council of 
Durham, North Carolina, for the aid of senior students. 

James W. Denmark Loan Fund. This fund was originated 
by the late James William Denmark of Dudley, North Carolina, 
in 1875, and is available to qualified students after at least one 
semester's work in the University. Preference is given to stu- 
dents from North Carolina. The amount available does not 
exceed $800 each year and $2,400 during the entire period of 
enrollment. 

Olivia Dunn Student Loan Fund. Established under the will 
of Miss Birdie Dunn of Wake County, North Carolina, in 
memory of her mother, to be used as a loan fund for worthy 
students. 

Duplin County Loan Fund. This loan fund was donated in 
1942 by friends of the College who wish to remain anonymous 
and is limited to students from Duplin County, North Carolina. 

Elliott B. Earnshaw Loan Fund. Established by the Board 
of Trustees of Wake Forest College as a memorial to the late 
E. B. Earnshaw, Bursar of Wake Forest College. 

Friendly Student Loan Fund. This fund was established in 
1948 by Miss Nell E. Stinson of Raleigh, North Carolina, in 
memory of her sister, Mary Belle Stinson Michael, for the 
benefit of worthy students who need financial aid. 

38 



Loan Funds 



Grover Carroll Loan Fund. Donated by Lt. Col. and Mrs. 
Robert C. Wells in memory of the late James Grover Carroll, 
Associate Professor of Mathematics at Wake Forest College, 
the sum of $1,000 is available, the principal and interest of 
which may be loaned at 4% interest to worthy students who 
would otherwise be unable to finance completely a college 
education. 

George Foster Hankins Loan Fund. Established under the 
will of the late Colonel George Foster Hankins of Lexington, 
North Carolina, with preference to be given to applicants from 
Davidson County, North Carolina. 

Harris Memorial Loan Fund. Established by the late J. P. 
Harris of Bethel, North Carolina, in memory of his first wife, 
Lucy Shearon Harris, and his second wife, Lucy Jones Harris, 
for students who have demonstrated ability to apply educa- 
tional advantages to the rendition of enriched and greater 
Christian service in life and whose circumstances require 
financial assistance in order to prevent disruption in their edu- 
cational program. 

Thomas M. Hunter, Jr., Memorial Scholarship. Established 
in 1948 by Mr. and Mrs. Thomas M. Hunter of Fayetteville, 
North Carolina, as a loan scholarship in memory of their son. 
The loan scholarship is available for students enrolled in the 
Bowman Gray School of Medicine who are preparing to become 
medical missionaries. 

Edna Tyner Langston Fund. This fund, established in 1942 
by Dr. Henry J. Langston of Danville, Virginia, in memory 
of his wife, is available to a student agreed upon by the donor 
and the college. 

The National Defense Student Loan Program. This fund, 
created under the National Defense Education Act of 1958, 
makes available loans up to $1500 per year for students in need 
of financial assistance. The law further provides that special 
consideration in the selection of loan recipients be given to all 
students with a superior academic background. 

North Carolina Bankers Student Loan Plan. Established by 
the North Carolina Bankers Association, in 1962, at the request 
of Governor Terry Sanford and administered by the College 

39 



Exchange Scholarship 



Foundation, Inc., in Raleigh. North Carolina students may 
borrow up to $500.00 per academic year. 

Watts Norton Loan Fund. Established in 1949 by Mr. 
L. Watts Norton of Durham, North Carolina. For the benefit 
of worthy young people enrolled in the Department of Religion 
who need financial assistance. 

The Powers Fund. This fund was endowed by Dr. Frank P. 
Powers of Raleigh, North Carolina, in 1944 as a memorial to 
his parents, Frank P. and Effie Reade Powers, and is for the 
benefit of needy students, with preference given to orphans. 

Grover and Addy Raby Loan Fund. Established in 1945 by 
Dr. J. G. Raby of Tarboro, North Carolina, in memory of his 
parents. Preference is given to applicants from the First Baptist 
Church of Tarboro. 

James F. Slate Loan Fund. Established in 1908 by the late 
J. F. Slate of Stokes County, North Carolina, and is available 
for ministerial students who have been licensed to preach. 

Ministerial Aid Fund 

The Ministerial Aid Fund was established in 1897 through a 
bequest from the estate of the late J. A. Melke and has been 
added to from time to time. 

Funds are available to ministerial students on either a loan 
or a grant basis. Written application must be made to the 
Committee on Scholarships and Student Aid on form obtainable 
from that committee. Awards are made on the basis of merit 
and need and, particularly in the case of grants, academic 
achievement. Five annual grants in the amount of $200 each 
are regularly available, in addition to such others as the 
Committee may award. 

German Exchange Scholarship 

In 1959 a student exchange program was established between 
Wake Forest and the Free University of Berlin. At present 
one scholarship is available to an eligible Wake Forest Univer- 
sity student. It provides (1) 400 German marks a month 
for ten months at the Free University of Berlin; (2) remission 
of all registration and insurance fees; (3) 200 German marks 
a semester for the purchase of books; (4) free accommodation 
in the Studentendorf (student village) comprising a single 

40 



Student Employment 



room, use of kitchen, bath, electric light and linen. Candidates 
must have had at least two years of German at the college level 
or equivalent and must have acquired junior standing by the 
end of the semester in which they apply. Candidates may major 
in any of the fields offered at Wake Forest University with the 
permission of the chairman of the department in question. 

Spanish Exchange Scholarship 

In 1964 a student exchange program was established between 
Wake Forest University and the University of the Andes, at 
Bogota, Colombia. At present the scholarships available to 
eligible Wake Forest students are: two scholarships of one 
semester's study each; or, one scholarship of two consecutive 
semesters. It is left to the discretion of Wake Forest University 
whether one or two students are selected annually to study 
during any given academic year at the University of the Andes. 
The scholarships provide: (1) remission of tuition and fees; 
(2) board and lodging; (3) textbooks. Candidates must have 
had at least two years of Spanish at the college level or the 
equivalent. Candidates may pursue studies in any of the fields 
offered at Wake Forest University with the permission of the 
department in question. 

Church Choir Work Grants 
These work grants are given by Wake Forest University and 
Wake Forest Baptist Church in order to encourage outstanding 
voice and University Choir students to participate in the Church 
Choir program. They are awarded on the basis of talent, relia- 
bility, and interest in the Church. The selection of recipients is 
made upon the joint recommendation of the Music Committee 
of the Church and the Department of Music of the University. 
There are 15 awards, each values at $300. 

Student/ Student Wife Employment 

The Personnel Office assists students to locate either on- or 
off-campus, part-time employment. A maximum of 20 hours 
work per week is suggested for full-time students. Applications 
for part-time employment, as well as for summer jobs, may be 
obtained in Room 120, Reynolda Hall. Wives of University 
students may be referred by the Personnel Office to on-campus 
jobs or employment opportunities in the community. 

41 



ACTIVITIES 

Student Government 

The two chief agencies of student government are the Student 
Legislature and the Student Honor Council. 

The Student Legislature is composed of sixty-three student 
representatives, the vice-president of the student body serving as 
Speaker. It is the duty of the Student Legislature to perform all 
acts necessary in the exercise of its powers as the legislative 
branch of student government. The Legislature also sets up 
student committees to work parallel with faculty committees 
on matters concerning students. 

The Student Honor Council, which tries violators of the 
Honor System, is composed of sixteen members from the senior, 
junior, and sophomore classes. 

The Honor System 

The Honor System is an expression of the concern of Wake 
Forest University that its students shall be dominated by ideals 
of honor and integrity. The Honor System is an integral part 
of the Student Government of the College as adopted by 
the students and approved by the faculty. The essence of 
the Honor System is that each student's word can be trusted 
implicitly and that any violation of a student's word is an 
offense against the whole student community. The Honor Sys- 
tem binds the student in such matters as the following: he 
must neither give nor receive aid upon any examination, quiz or 
other pledge work; he must have complete respect for the prop- 
erty rights of others; he must not give false testimony or pass 
a worthless check knowing it to be such; he must report to 
the Honor Council any violation of the Honor System that 
comes under his observation. 

A student accused of violating the Honor System will be 
given a hearing before the Honor Council. If he is found guilty 
of cheating, he may be suspended from the College. Such stu- 
dent shall be re-admitted to the College only on the approval 
of the Faculty or its Executive Committee, and during the 
period of suspension his record shall not be subject to transfer 

42 



Forensic Activities 



to another college without a notation of his suspension. The 
penalty for stealing, giving false testimony, or knowingly pass- 
ing a worthless check may also be suspension. The penalty for 
failing to report to the Honor Council all violations of the Honor 
System which may come to a student's knowledge shall be in 
the discretion of the Honor Council. 

Any student who has been convicted of violation of the 
Honor Code is ineligible to represent the University in any 
manner whatsoever until the period of his punishment, be it 
suspension, probation, or any other form, is completed and 
the student is returned to good standing. 

Students in enforcing the Honor System are protecting the 
integrity of their student community and their own individual 
rights and reputation. They thereby enjoy the confidence of 
one another, the Faculty, the Administration and the public. 

Men's Judicial Board 

The Men's Judicial Board, a student-faculty committee, rules 
on violations of the conduct regulations listed in Statute II of 
the Constitution of the Student Body (see the student hand- 
book) and those conduct regulations established by the faculty 
which are included in this catalog. A student who violates one 
of these regulations or who behaves in such a way as to bring 
reproach upon himself or upon the University is subject to 
whatever penalty the Board deems appropriate. 

Senior Orations 

On the second Monday in April the faculty selects four 
members of the senior class as speakers for commencement 
day. The nominations are made by the Student Affairs Com- 
mittee of the faculty after consultation with the Department 
of Speech. The speakers selected are required to present their 
commencement addresses, limited to one thousand words, to 
the committee for approval before May 16. 

Forensic Activities 

Wake Forest has always stressed participation in debating 
and allied speech activities, and the University holds member- 
ship in a number of state and national speech organizations, 

43 



Speech Institute 



including Delta Sigma Rho-Tau Kappa Alpha, national hon- 
orary forensic fraternity. Representatives of the University 
engage in state, regional, and national tournaments, and take 
part in debates, oratorical contests, and many other forms of 
competitive speaking. 

All undergraduate students in good standing are eligible to 
participate in forensics and to represent the University in inter- 
collegiate competition. 

Debate and Speech Tournaments 

A. Novice Tournament 

In the fall of each year the University sponsors a debate 
tournament to which are invited college novice debaters. 
Awards are given to the winning schools at the end of the 
tournament. The tournament is open to college students who 
have never previously participated in intercollegiate debating. 

B. Dixie Classic Varsity Tournament 

In the late fall, the University sponsors a national debate 
tournament to which are invited colleges and universities who 
excel in debate. Trophies are given to the winning schools. 

C. High School Invitational Tournament 

In the winter of each year, the University chapter of DSR- 
TKA sponsors a high school debate tournament to which are 
invited high school debaters from throughout the Southeast. 
Awards are given to the winning schools. 

D. Wake Forest University Speech Festival for 

High School Students 
In the spring of each year, the University sponsors a speech 
festival, to which are invited the high schools of North Caro- 
lina. Awards are given to the winning schools and individuals 
in oral interpretation, radio announcing, extemporaneous 
speaking, oratory, after-dinner speaking and duet acting. 

Speech Institute 

High school students are invited to participate in the Summer 
Speech Institute, which is held for four weeks during the regular 
summer session, and which is open to students from all states. 
Specialized training in debate, public speaking, theatre, oral 

44 



Medals 

interpretation and radio is offered, and students are given an 
opportunity to debate the national debate query in advance 
of the regular debate season. 

University Theatre 

The Wake Forest University Theatre, located on the 7th 
and 8th levels of the Z. Smith Reynolds Library, presents four 
major productions annually. The University Theatre offers a 
meaningful, creative outlet for all students at the University. 
Any student enrolled in the University is eligible to try out 
for the casts and to work with the production staffs. 

The Wake Forest Chapter of the National Collegiate Players, 
honorary dramatic fraternity, was formed in the Spring of 1963. 
Eligibility for membership is determined by a student's scholas- 
tic average and an accumulation of points acquired through 
participation in University Theatre activities. 

University Radio Station — WFDD-FM 

The University Radio Station, WFDD-FM, broadcasts year- 
round to the campus and throughout Piedmont North Carolina. 
The station is fully licensed by the Federal Communications 
Commission. Programs include music, news, sports, lectures, dis- 
cussions, interviews, documentaries and drama. The station pro- 
vides an opportunity for students to learn all phases of radio 
production while actually participating as announcers, inter- 
viewers, directors, newscasters, sportscasters, actors, and writers. 

Participation is open to all students. Several financial assis- 
tantships, as well as summer jobs, are available each year for 
qualified students. 

Publications 

The Student, a literary magazine, Old Gold and Black, a 
weekly newspaper, and The Howler, the University annual, are 
published by the students. 

Medals and Other Awards 

The A. D. Ward Medal is awarded annually to the senior 
making the best address on commencement day. 

45 



Medals and Other Awards 



The Lura Baker Paden Medal, established in 1922 by Dean 
S. Paden (B.A., 1918), is awarded annually to the senior who 
has obtained the highest average grade on the courses taken 
by him in the School of Business Administration. 

The F. B. Currin Medal is awarded annually for the best 
oration on the general topic of Christ in Modern Life. 

The Carolina Award is presented to the major in Biology 
who writes the best paper on a subject selected by the National 
Biology Society. Given by the Carolina Biological Supply Com- 
pany of Elon College, N. C. 

The Biology Research Award is presented to the major in 
Biology who does the best piece of original research during 
the year. Given by the Beta Rho Chapter of Beta Beta Beta 
of Wake Forest University. 

The Poteat Award is presented to the student in Biology 
111-112 who is adjudged the most outstanding, and plans to 
major in the department. Given by the Will Corporation of 
Georgia, and sponsored by Beta Beta Beta. 

The William E. Speas Memorial Award is presented each year 
to the outstanding graduating senior in the Department of 
Physics. 

The Delta Sigma Pi Scholarship Key is presented to the 
graduating senior in the School of Business Administration who 
has earned the highest average during the seven semesters prior 
to the semester in which graduation occurs. 

The A. M. Pullen and Company Medal is presented each year 
during commencement to the graduating accounting major who 
has reached the highest achievement in accounting studies. 

The North Carolina Association of Certified Public Account- 
ants Medal is awarded each spring to the outstanding senior 
accounting major. 

The Wall Street Journal Medal and one year's subscription 
to the Journal are received each year by the graduating senior 
who has been most outstanding in finance courses. 

The Tom Baker Award In Debate is given to the senior who 
has made the most outstanding contribution in the field of inter- 
collegiate debating. 

46 



Honor Societies 



The Tom Baker Award In Publications is given to the senior 
who has made the most outstanding contribution in the field of 
student publications. 

The Claud H. Richards Award in Political Science is pre- 
sented annually to the outstanding graduating senior in the De- 
partment of Political Science. 

Fraternities 
The following social fraternities have been established: Alpha 
Sigma Phi, Delta Sigma Phi, Kappa Alpha, Kappa Sigma, 
Lambda Chi Alpha, Pi Kappa Alpha, Sigma Chi, Sigma Phi 
Epsilon, Sigma Pi, Theta Chi. 

The Interfraternity Council, under the supervision of the 
Faculty Committee on Student Life, is the governing body 
of the social fraternities. The Council endeavors to maintain a 
high standard of conduct and scholarship. The Council offers 
a cup to the fraternity whose members made the highest class 
grades. By order of the faculty, students who are on probation 
for any reason may not be initiated into any fraternity until 
the end of their probationary period. 

The following professional fraternities have been established: 
Alpha Kappa Psi (business), Delta Sigma Pi (business), Phi 
Alpha Delta (law), Phi Delta Phi (law), Phi Epsilon Kappa 
(physical education) and Phi Mu Alpha Sinfonia (Music). 
There is also a chapter of Alpha Phi Omega, national service 
fraternity. 

Honor Societies 
The following honor societies have been established: Alpha 
Epsilon Delta (pre-medicine), Beta Beta Beta (biology), Delta 
Kappa Alpha (ministry), Delta Phi Alpha (German), Delta 
Sigma Rho-Tau Kappa Alpha (forensic), Eta Sigma Phi 
(classics), Gamma Sigma Epsilon (chemistry), Kappa Mu 
Epsilon (mathematics), National Collegiate Players (drama- 
tics), Pershing Rifles (military), Phi Alpha Theta (history), 
Phi Sigma Iota (Romance languages), Pi Gamma Mu (social 
science), Rho Tau Sigma (radio), Scabbard and Blade (mili- 
tary), Phi Beta Kappa, Omicron Delta Kappa, and Mortar 
Board. There is also a Wake Forest University Student Section 
of the American Institute of Physics. 

47 



Recreational Activities 



Phi Beta Kappa, an honor society founded at the College of 
William and Mary in 1776 and having chapters in many Amer- 
ican colleges and universities, each year invites to membership 
a limited number of students who have displayed personal quali- 
ties of high character and who particularly have distinguished 
themselves in fields of liberal scholarship. 

Outstanding junior and senior students enrolled in the Charles 
H. Babcock School of Business Administration may be elected 
to membership in Beta Gamma Sigma, the national honorary 
society in business. 

Omicron Delta Kappa, an intercollegiate honor society which 
has as its purpose the recognition and encouragement "of intel- 
ligent, democratic leadership among college men," elects 
annually on the basis of character and eminence in one or 
more of the following five phases of campus life: "scholarship; 
athletics; student government, social and religious activities; 
publications; and forensic, dramatic, musical and other cultural 
activities." 

Mortar Board is an intercollegiate honor society for women. 
Its purpose is "to advance the spirit of service and fellowship 
among university women, to promote and maintain a high stand- 
ard of scholarship and to recognize and encourage leadership, 
and to stimulate and develop a finer type of college woman." 
Membership is based on service, scholarship, and leadership. 

Recreational Activities 

Recognizing the importance of physical recreation in main- 
taining the well-being of students, the University provides 
extensive athletic and recreational facilities and a faculty of 
trained supervisors to direct activities in these fields. Each 
student is given the opportunity to develop his individual 
interest and skill in physical education and recreational classes. 
In addition to these classes, the Department of Physical Educa- 
tion undertakes a broad intramural sports program consisting 
of tournaments and organized club activities. 

In order to provide for a recreational program for all students, 
the University maintains athletic fields, tennis courts, and a 
combination athletic, physical education and recreation building 

48 



Intercollegiate Athletics 



which includes a swimming pool, handball and squash racquet 
courts, rhythm studio, recreational area, corrective rooms, a 
gymnastic and wrestling room, and four separate gymnasiums 
including a women's gym, a varsity basketball gym, and two 
men's intramural gyms. 

The College Union 

The College Union at Wake Forest College is a union of all 
the students. Its purpose is to coordinate, increase and develop 
social, recreational, and educational activities available to Wake 
Forest College students, both on and off campus. 

Students who pay the activities fee are members of the Col- 
lege Union. All others must pay $10.00 per year to join. 

The program of the College Union can best be presented by 
listing its eight committees: (1) Lecture Committee, (2) Rec- 
reation Committee, (3) Small Socials Committee, (4) Major 
Functions Committee, (5) Publicity Committee, (6) Movies 
Committee, (7) Travel Committee, (8) Arts Committee. 

Intercollegiate Athletics 

The Director of Athletics has general supervision of intercol- 
legiate athletic activities. 

The University is a member of the National Collegiate 
Athletic Association and the Atlantic Coast Conference. Rules 
and Regulations of the N.C.A.A., of the Conference, and of the 
University apply to all intercollegiate sports and eligibility of 
players. 



49 



GENERAL INFORMATION 

During the spring of 1970 the Undergraduate Faculties of 
Wake Forest University adopted a new calendar and a number 
of important changes in the curriculum, to become effective in 
1971-72. The academic calendar, usually referred to as the 
4-1-4, includes a four-month fall semester ending before Christ- 
mas, a one-month winter term in January, and a four-month 
spring semester. The University Calendar for 1971-72 appears in 
the first pages of this bulletin. For the details of the new curri- 
culum, consult the section on "Requirements for Degrees," be- 
ginning on page 63. 

Degree Credit 

Credit toward a degree is calculated not according to semester 
hours, but according to courses. Most subjects of study will be 
divided into full courses. Certain studies and activities, however, 
will count as half-courses, either for one semester's work or 
for two. 

Normal Credit Load 

A student's normal credit load is four full courses each 
semester. The maximum for one semester is four and one-half 
courses, except that under unusual circumstances a superior 
student may be allowed a slightly heavier load. Three courses 
per semester, the minimum registration without special per- 
mission, constitute full-time status. 

A student elects one course for study during the winter 
term. For the years 1971-72 and 1972-73 all full-time students 
are required to participate in the winter term program. (See 
page 64.) 

Classification 

The requirements for classification after the freshman year 
are as follows: 

Sophomore — the removal of all entrance conditions and the 
completion of not fewer than seven courses toward a degree, 
with a minimum of 14 quality points; Junior — the completion 

50 



Auditing of Classes 



of not fewer than 15 courses toward a degree, with a minimum 
of 30 quality points; Senior — not fewer than 26^ courses 
toward a degree, with a minimum of 53 quality points. 

Procedure in Registering 

There are five steps in registration: (1) securing from the 
Registrar's Office a permit to register and a summary of prior 
record; (2) the payment of fees to the Treasurer; (3) consul- 
tation with an adviser, who gives such assistance as may be 
necessary in regard to the program of work; (4) sectioning of 
classes by departmental representatives; (5) appearance before 
the Registrar for approval of program and assignment to classes. 

No student is allowed to enter any class until he has com- 
pleted his registration. 

Registration After the Freshman Year 

During each spring semester before an announced date (see 
Calendar) students who plan to return for the fall semester must 
make a reservation deposit. An undergraduate student who fails 
to pay the deposit at the required time is not eligible to register 
for the fall semester. 

Auditing of Classes 

A student regularly enrolled on a full-time basis may audit 
classes without charge, provided that the permission of the in- 
structor is obtained. A person other than a regularly enrolled 
full-time student may audit classes at a charge of $50.00 per 
course with the permission of the dean of the appropriate school 
and the instructor. An auditor is listed on the class roll as such 
and is subject to the usual attendance regulations and to what- 
ever additional requirements the instructor may impose. If 
these conditions are properly fulfilled, a notation "audit" is 
entered in lieu of a grade on the instructor's final grade report. 
For the regularly enrolled student, this notation is also entered 
on his permanent record card. An auditor may receive no grade 
or credit for the course. 

Each instructor shall report to the Registrar the presence of 
any student not registered regularly or as an auditor. 

51 



Grade of E 

An audit course may not be changed to a credit course, and 
a credit course may not be changed to an audit course. 

Examinations and Grades 

All examinations are conducted in accordance with the honor 
system adopted by the students and approved by the Faculty. 
Under this system the student is expected not only to refrain 
from unfairness in any form but also to report to the Honor 
Council anyone whom he knows to be guilty of cheating. Exam- 
ination papers are accompanied by a signed statement that no 
aid has been given or received. 

Grades in each course are assigned by the instructor as 
follows: A, exceptionally high achievement; B, superior; C, satis- 
factory; D, passing but unsatisfactory; E, conditional failure; 
F, failure. 

Grades are assigned quality points as follows: for each full 
course of A, 4 points; of B, 3 points; of C, 2 points; of D, 1 point; 
and of E and F, no points. The quality point ratio is calculated 
by dividing the total number of quality points earned by the 
total number of courses attempted, whether passed or not. 

Grade of I 

The grade of I (incomplete) may be assigned only when 
on account of illness or some other emergency a student does 
not complete the work of his course. If the work recorded as I 
is not completed within thirty days after the student enters 
for his next semester, the grade automatically becomes F. 

Grade of E 

A student who makes a grade of E on any course may be 
re-examined at any regular examination period within a year, 
or during the first week of the fall semester. The re-examination 
permit is secured from the Registrar's Office a few days in 
advance. No grade higher than D may be assigned as a result 
of a re-examination. A student who does not remove a con- 
ditional failure by one re-examination must repeat the course 
to secure credit. 

52 



Class Attendance 



Pass-Fail Grades 

A student during his junior and senior years is permitted to 
elect up to 4 full courses (but no more than one course in a 
given semester), with the stipulation that grades for these 
courses will be recorded as Pass (P) or Fail (F) only and that 
these grades will not be counted in computing the student's 
quality point ratio. A grade of Pass carries full academic credit; 
a grade of Fail carries no academic credit. A student must indi- 
cate at the time of registration that he is choosing to take a 
course under this arrangement, and he may not change it to a 
letter-grade basis after the first two weeks of classes. In pre- 
paring his class roll the instructor will indicate which students 
are registered on a Pass-Fail basis. 

Courses selected for Pass-Fail grades must be other than 
those submitted by the student to satisfy the basic and divi- 
sional course requirements or those in the student's major. 

Repetition of Courses 

A student may not repeat for credit a course on which he has 
already received a grade of C or higher. 

Class Attendance 

The attendance regulations specifically place the responsi- 
bility for class attendance upon the individual student. He is 
expected to attend classes regularly and punctually. A student 
should recognize that one of the most vital aspects of a resi- 
dential college experience is attendance in the classroom and 
that the value of this academic experience cannot be fully 
measured by testing procedures alone. 

The members of the student body are considered sufficiently 
mature to appreciate the necessity of regular attendance, to 
accept this personal responsibility, and to demonstrate the kind 
of self-discipline essential for such performance and, converse^, 
to recognize and accept the consequences of failure to attend. 
An instructor is privileged to refer to the Office of the Dean 
of the College for suitable action students who in his opinion 
are causing their work or that of the class to suffer because 
of absences or latenesses. Any student who does not attend 

53 



Dropping A Course 



classes regularly, or who demonstrates other evidence of aca- 
demic irresponsibility, is subject to such disciplinary action as 
the Executive Committee may prescribe, including immediate 
suspension from the College. 

The Office of the Dean of the College maintains a list of 
students who have been absent from class ( 1 ) because of illness 
(when certified by the University Health Service) or other 
extenuating circumstances or (2) as authorized representatives 
of the University (when their names have been submitted by 
appropriate University officials forty-eight hours in advance of 
the hour when the absences are to commence). Such absences 
are considered "excused," and a record of them is available to 
the student's instructors upon request. An instructor determines 
whether work the student has missed (including quizzes) may 
be made up. 

Enforcement of Regulations 

The enforcement of all regulations pertaining to academic 
matters is regarded as a function of the faculty, or representa- 
tives of the faculty. A well-organized Student Government as- 
sumes responsibility, in co-operation with the Office of the Dean, 
for the regulations of the honor system and various other mat- 
ters involving personal conduct. In general, the regulations of 
the University are adapted to and intended for those who have 
reached such maturity that they may exercise self-control. All 
students are expected to be faithful in work, to be prompt and 
regular in attendance upon all their college duties, and to refrain 
from practices injurious to others. Those who neglect their work, 
or engage in conduct that brings reproach upon themselves and 
upon the University, or disregard the rights and the welfare 
of their students are required to withdraw from the University. 

Dropping a Course 

The last day for dropping a class without the grade of F is 
listed in the University calendar on page 6 of this Catalog. A 
student who wishes to drop any course before this date must 
consult the Registrar and his faculty adviser. After this date, 
if he wishes to drop a course, he must consult his faculty adviser, 
his instructor, and either the Dean of the College or the Director 

54 



Minimum Academic Requirements 



of the B.B.A. Program, as appropriate. If the Dean approves 
the request, he authorizes the student to discontinue the course. 
Except in the case of an emergency, the grade in the course will 
be recorded as F. 

If, at any time, a student shall drop any course without 
prior, written approval of the Dean, a grade of F for that course 
shall be reported by the instructor to the Registrar, and the 
student will be subject to academic probation for the following 
semester or to such other penalties as the Executive Committee 
of the faculty may impose. 

Withdrawal from College 

A student who finds it necessary to withdraw from the College 
is required to do so through the Office of the Dean of the College. 
If in the judgment of the dean the withdrawal is justified and 
the student is otherwise in good academic standing, no grades 
will be recorded on the student's permanent record for that 
semester. However, the student's standing in his courses at the 
time of withdrawal will be taken into consideration should he 
at a later date seek readmission to the College. If the with-' 
drawal is for academic reasons, failing grades may be assigned 
in all courses in which the student is not doing satisfactory work. 

If a student leaves the College without officially withdrawing, 
he will be assigned failing grades in all his current courses and 
his unofficial withdrawal will be indicated on his record. 

Minimum Academic Requirements for Continuation 

Each student is expected to be aware at all times of his 
academic status and to be responsible for knowing whether he 
has met the College's minimum academic requirements for 
continuation as outlined below. 

On the basis of their cumulative records at the end of the 
spring semester, the following students are academically in- 
eligible to enroll for the following fall term: 

(1) Those students who, having attempted 13 or fewer 
courses in all colleges attended, have an over-all quality 
point ratio" of less than 1.35 on work attempted at Wake 
Forest. 



* The quality point ratio is obtained by dividing the quality points earned by the number 
of courses attempted. 

55 



Minimum Academic Requirements 



(2) Those students who, having attempted no fewer than 
14 and no more than 24 courses in all colleges attended, have 
an over-all quality point ratio of less than 1.65 on work 
attempted at Wake Forest. 

(3) Those students who, having attempted no fewer than 
25 and no more than 33 courses in all colleges attended, have 
an over-all quality point ratio of less than 1.85 on work at- 
tempted at Wake Forest. 

(4) Those students who, having attempted 34 or more 
courses in all colleges attended, have an over-all quality point 
ratio of less than 1.90 on work attempted at Wake Forest. 

In the determination of quality point ratio, non-credit courses 
are not counted. 

Ordinarily a student who is ineligible under the minimum 
requirements above may attend the first summer term at Wake 
Forest; if he is successful in raising his over-all quality point 
ratio on work attempted at Wake Forest to the required mini- 
mum, he may enroll for the fall semester. If he is unsuccessful 
by the end of the first summer term, he may attend the second 
term in Wake Forest; if he is successful then in raising his 
quality point ratio to the required minimum, he may apply 
for readmission no earlier than for the following spring semester. 
If he is unsuccessful in meeting the minimum requirements by 
the end of the second summer term, he may apply for read- 
mission no earlier than for the following summer session. 

Requirements for continuation are to be determined by the 
catalog under which the student expects to be graduated. 

Under exceptionally extenuating circumstances beyond the 
control of the student, and after consultation with the student's 
dean, an appeal from the foregoing eligibility requirements may 
be considered by the Executive Committee of the faculty. 

The Executive Committee of the faculty may also suspend 
from college at the end of any term any student whose record 
for that term has been unsatisfactory, particularly with regard 
to the number of courses passed and failed, or who has not 
attended class regularly or has otherwise ignored the rules and 
regulations of the College. 

56 



Senior Conditions 



Requirements for Readmission 

Any student seeking readmission to Wake Forest University 
must meet the minimum academic requirements for contin- 
uation for students in his category of courses attempted (see 
page 55), except that 

(1) a student who has not met these requirements may 
apply for admission to the summer school only; 

(2) a student may apply for readmission if he has been 
away from Wake Forest continuously for at least a year and 
a half and has spent that time constructively; 

(3) a student may apply for readmission after less than the 
year and a half if he has been enrolled in another college or 
if his failure to have the required average at the time of 
his suspension was due to exceptionally extenuating circum- 
stances beyond his control. 

It should be understood by the student and his parents that 
meeting the requirements set forth above does not insure that 
the student will be readmitted to the University. 

Probation 

A student is responsible at all times for knowing his academic 
standing. 

Any student who at the end of the fall semester does not 
have the grade average which he will be required to have at 
the end of the spring semester will be automatically on academic 
probation. 

Any student who is placed on probation because of honor 
code or conduct code violations shall also be placed on such 
special academic probation as the Executive Committee of 
the faculty shall impose. In addition, the Executive Committee 
may at any time place on probation any student whose academic 
performance or social behavior is inconsistent with what the 
Committee deems to be the best interests of the student or the 
University. 

Senior Conditions 

A candidate for graduation in his final semester who receives 
a grade of E at the close of the previous semester may apply 

57 



Graduation Distinctions 



to the Registrar for re-examination 30 days after the opening 
of the final semester and not less than 30 days before its close. 

All conditions must be removed 30 days before the end of 
the last term of the student's graduation year. The name of a 
candidate for graduation who has a condition after that date 
is dropped from the roll of the class. 

If a student receives a grade of E in a course in the final term 
of his graduation year, he is not allowed a re-examination before 
the next examination period. 

Reports 

A mid-term report is given to the student and a copy is sent 
to the parent or guardian of each student who is doing unsatis- 
factory work. At the end of each term a final report of grades 
is given to the student, and a copy is sent to the parent or 
guardian. 

The Dean's List 

The Dean's List will be issued at the end of each semester 
by the Dean of the College and the Director of the B.B.A. 
Program and will include all full-time students who have made 
a quality point ratio of 3.0 for the semester. Grades earned dur- 
ing a summer session are not considered in the preparation of 
the List. 

Graduation Distinctions 

Under the quality point system, graduation distinctions are 
determined as follows: 

A candidate for a baccalaureate degree who is credited with 
quality points which give him a ratio of not less than 3.80, 
in relation to the total number of courses attempted, shall be 
graduated with the distinction summa cum laude; not less than 
3.50, magna cum laude; not less than 3.00, cum laude. The 
entire record of a student is considered, with the understanding 
that a transfer student may receive no distinction which requires 
a quality point ratio greater than that earned in Wake Forest 
University. 

58 



Experiment in International Living 



Transcripts of Student Records 

The first copy of a student's record is issued for him without 
charge. Requests for subsequent copies should be made to the 
Registrar, and should be accompanied by a remittance of one 
dollar for each copy desired. No transcript will be issued without 
the authorization of the owner of the record. 

Summer Session Elsewhere 

A student who desires to attend summer session in another 
college must secure the advance approval of the Registrar and 
the chairman of the department concerned. 

A transcript of the record is required for posting at the close 
of the summer session. 

Study Abroad 

To be granted the privilege of studying abroad a student 
who plans to return to Wake Forest must plan a program of 
study relevant to his degree program at the University and 
must secure in advance the approval of the chairman of his 
major department and the dean of the school in which he is 
enrolled. He must then file an approved Study Abroad Appli- 
cation with the Registrar. 

Maximum credit for a full year program (nine courses) may 
be granted upon evidence of a satisfactory evaluation by the 
University of the work taken. 

Students are encouraged to study under one of the established 
programs sponsored by American colleges and universities. In 
some cases independent study at foreign universities may be 
approved. A transcript of the record is required for posting 
after completion of approved foreign study. 

Experiment in International Living 

The Independent Study Program of The Experiment in 
International Living, Putney, Vermont 05346, is recognized by 
the University. This is a semester program, available in any 
one of several counties either semester. To participate in this 
program, a student must be a regularly enrolled student plan- 
ning to return to the University upon completion of the semester 

59 



Student Health Service 



abroad. The program of study must be approved in advance by 
the chairman of the student's major department, the chairman 
of such other departments as may be involved and the dean of 
the school in which the student is enrolled. The program carries 
a maximum credit of three or four courses upon satisfactory 
completion, subject to evaluation by the Wake Forest Faculty. 

Reading Improvement Program For University Students 

A reading improvement course is available on the Wake 
Forest University campus to all students. It is designed to help 
students read and study more effectively to achieve a greater 
measure of success in the many different areas of university 
work. Instruction centers around increasing the speed of com- 
prehension and improving comprehension, vocabulary, and 
study skills. Group diagnostic tests are given to determine 
specific weaknesses of students. The class meets twice each 
week (one hour periods) in the afternoons and is offered both 
semesters. The charge for the course is $65.00, which includes 
fees for materials and use of the reading machines. 

Center for Psychological Services 

The Center provides specialized services in educational- 
vocational testing and counseling, and in personal adjustment 
counseling. These services provide evidence of the student's 
aptitudes, interest, and achievements and assist him in making 
the most of his opportunities for academic and personal develop- 
ment while in college. The Center, with offices in Efird Hall, 
is staffed by professionally trained psychologists. There is no 
charge to the full-time student for Center services. 

Student Health Service 

The Student Health Service provides those services necessary 
to students in the maintenance of their health. Utilizing the 
medical report from a student's family physician, the Health 
Service physicians evaluate the student's health status when 
he is admitted. Any health problems present then, or arising 
later, are treated in the University Clinic and Hospital. The 
facilities and personnel of the Bowman Gray School of Medicine, 
the North Carolina Baptist Hospital, and the Forsyth Memorial 

60 



Placement Office 



Hospital are also used if needed. The Health Service also works 
closely with the Center for Psychological Services on mental 
health problems. 

In the Clinic a minimum charge is made for medications and 
laboratory tests, but none for office visits. When it becomes 
necessary to refer patients to specialists or for studies elsewhere, 
all costs must be assumed by the student. 

The Church and Industry Institute 

The Church and Industry Institute provides learning oppor- 
tunities for clergy of all religious groups to understand industry. 
Since its establishment in 1966, it has placed clergy in educa- 
tional centers operated by industry and in continuing educa- 
tion centers operated by universities for industry and has con- 
ducted summer programs for seminarians in industry. In addi- 
tion to consulting services, it also designs conferences for de- 
nominational groups and seminaries. The Institute publishes a 
quarterly of reprints for clergy. 

Urban Affairs Institute 

The Wake Forest Urban Affairs Institute, established in 1968, 
serves as the means to channel the resources of the University 
into problem areas of the urban community. It also serves as a 
communications focal point for agencies and individuals outside 
the University. In the pursuit of its responsibilities the Institute 
engages in programs of education, research and community 
service utilizing the resources of both the faculty and student 
body. 

Placement Office Services 

The Placement Office arranges on-campus, career interviews 
with business firms, government agencies, school systems, and 
other organizations, for graduating students at Wake Forest 
University. Career information may be found in the Placement 
Office, Room 118, Reynolda Hall. The Director of Placement 
is available during regular office hours for consultation on 
career matters. 

61 



Veterans 

Navy ROC Program 

The United States Navy offers a Reserve Officer Candidate 
(ROC) program whereby a Wake Forest student may complete 
his military requirements for a commission as Ensign in the 
United States Naval Reserve by attending weekly drills (op- 
tional) at the Winston-Salem Naval Reserve Training Center, 
930 Brookstown Avenue, and by attending ROC schools during 
the summers following his junior and senior years (required). 
Further information is available through the Commanding Offi- 
cer of the Training Center or Dr. Carlton Mitchell of the Wake 
Forest faculty. 

Veterans 

Applicants who need information concerning educational 
benefits for veterans and children of veterans should consult 
the nearest regional office of the Veterans Administration. This 
office for North Carolina is located in the Wachovia Building, 
Winston-Salem, North Carolina. 



62 



REQUIREMENTS FOR DEGREES 

The degrees conferred are Bachelor of Arts, Bachelor of 
Science, Bachelor of Business Administration*, Master of Arts, 
Juris Doctor, Doctor of Philosophy; and Doctor of Medicine, 
Master of Science and Doctor of Philosophy in the Bowman 
Gray School of Medicine. 

The basic and divisional requirements for the Bachelor of 
Arts and the Bachelor of Science degrees are the same. 

The degree of Bachelor of Science is conferred only upon those 
students who (1) complete a major in Accountancy, Business, 
Chemistry**, Mathematics, Physical Education, Physics, or 
Education with State teacher's certification in Science; (2) 
complete the degree requirements in Medical Sciences, Medical 
Technology, Medical Record Administration, or the Physician 
Assistant Program; or (3) complete the requirements for the 
combined degree in Dentistry, Engineering, or Forestry. 

The degree of Bachelor of Arts is conferred upon those stu- 
dents who (1) complete a major in Biology, Chemistry**, Clas- 
sical Languages, Economics, English, German, History, Music, 
Philosophy, Political Science, Psychology, Religion, Romance 
Languages, Sociology and Anthropology, or Speech Communi- 
cation and Theatre Arts. 

Each student is responsible for acquainting himself with the 
requirements for graduation, and for meeting the requirements 
as stated. 

A student who has been graduated from Wake Forest Uni- 
versity with the degree of Bachelor of Arts or Bachelor of 
Science may not thereafter receive the other of these two 
degrees. 

The Undergraduate Curriculum 

The new undergraduate curriculum that becomes effective in 
September, 1971, is intended to offer students greater latitude 
in planning the first two years of their college work. Apart from 
a year of physical education, only three specific courses are 

* In the absence of extenuating circumstances, the B.B.A. will not be awarded after 
June 1973. 

** Under certain conditions, a student majoring in Chemistry may receive either a B.S. 
or a B.A. degree. For details, see the introduction to course offerings in Chemistry. 

63 



Academic Requirements 



required — one in English Composition and two in a foreign 
language. Even these may sometimes be waived under certain 
conditions. To round out their preparation for more specialized 
work in a major field, students select three courses in each of 
four divisions: I. Language, Literature, and the Arts; II. Natural 
Sciences and Mathematics; III. History, Religion, and Philos- 
ophy; and IV. Social and Behavioral Sciences. By the spring of 
the sophomore year students should have decided on a major 
field of concentration. Ordinarily a large part of the work of the 
junior and senior years is devoted to the major field. 

The Winter Term 

Perhaps the most striking change in the undergraduate 
program for 1971-72 is the short winter term scheduled in 
January between the regular semesters. Ideally, each winter 
term course should be new, original, and exciting, an opportunity 
for professors and students alike to break away from the usual 
pattern of academic subjects and methods. The more creative 
student, like the more imaginative faculty member, should find 
opportunity in the winter term for following his own genius. 
Both professor and student will concentrate on one course only 
during the winter term. A number of courses will require travel 
away from the campus in this country and abroad. 

Academic Requirements 

For the degree of Bachelor of Arts or Bachelor of Science 
the student must complete (1) the basic and divisional course 
requirements, (2) a course of study approved by his major 
department, and (3) elective courses to make a total of 35 ^ 
courses. At least 32 full courses must be included in the 35^ 
courses required for graduation. 

Of the full courses, at least three must be completed during 
the winter terms. At least two of the winter-term courses 
selected must be designed especially for the winter term, one 
in the student's major and one outside his major. 

In addition to the above requirements for graduation, the 
student must earn a C average on all full courses attempted and 
a C average on all courses attempted, whether full or half- 
courses. 

64 



Divisional Course Requirements 



A student who transfers from another institution or takes 
any work in other institutions must earn a C average on all full 
courses attempted in Wake Forest College, a C average on all 
work (full and half -courses combined) attempted at Wake 
Forest, and a C average on all work attempted at all colleges. 

Of the 35^ courses required for graduation, 17 must be 
completed in Wake Forest College, including the work of the 
senior year. An exception to this rule is made in the case of 
combined degrees. 

A student has the privilege of graduating under the require- 
ments of the catalog under which he enters provided that he 
completes his course within six years. After the interval of six 
years he is expected to conform to the requirements specified 
for the class with which he is graduated. 

Basic Course Requirements 

All students enrolled in Wake Forest College must complete 
three required basic courses. However, any or all of these courses 
may be waived through procedures established by the depart- 
ments concerned. In ease of such waivers, no substitutes are 
required. The courses are: 

English 110 (English Composition) 
Foreign Language 153 (Intermediate)* 
Foreign Language (Literature) [one course] 

French or Spanish 215 

Russian 215 or 218 

German 211 

Greek 211 

Latin 211, 212, or 216 

Divisional Course Requirements 

All students are required to select 3 courses from each of 4 
major divisions of the curriculum, as follows (except that quali- 
fied applicants for "Advanced Placement" may be exempt from 
these courses and may under certain conditions receive college 
credit for them without being required to make substitutions) : 

* No student may repeat for credit of any kind the first year of any language which 
he had in high school unless, after taking the language placement test, he is given per- 
mission to do so by his adviser and by a committee composed of one faculty member from 
each of the three language departments. If a student begins a foreign language in college, 
he receives elective credit for the first year. 

65 



Divisional Course Requirements 



I. Language, Literature, and the Arts: 3 courses to be chosen from 
among the following (no more than one may be chosen from 
each category) 

1. English Literature 
English 160 or 165 

2. American Literature 
English 170 or 175 

3. Foreign Literature II 

a. Classical Languages 
Greek 212 or 231 

'• Latin 212, 216, 221, 225 or 226 

Classics 253, 254, 263, 264, 265 or 272 

b. German 212 

c. Romance Languages 

French or Spanish 216, or any course in French or Spanish 

above 224 
Russian 217 

d. Humanities 213, 214, 215 or 216 

4. Fine Arts 
Humanities 111 

II. Natural Sciences and Mathematics: 3 courses to be chosen from 
among the following (the 3 courses are to be selected from only 
2 departments, or the requirement may be satisfied by the three- 
course sequence in the Natural Sciences) 

1. Biology 

Biology 111, 112, 151, 152 [If one course, either Biology 111 or 
151; if two courses, either Biology 111-112 or Biology 151-152] 

2. Chemistry 

Chemistry 111, 112 [If the student has had no chemistry; other 
courses for those with advance preparation] 

3. Physics 

Physics 111, 112 (1 or both courses) 

4. Physics-Chemistry sequence 

Physics 117 — Chemistry 118 [replaces either Physics 111-112 
or Chemistry 111-112. May not be taken after Physics or 
Chemistry 111-112.] 

5. Mathematics 

Mathematics 111, 112, 115, 116 [If one course only, may be any 
one of the four. If two, may be any pair other than Math 
111-116] 

III. History, Religion, and Philosophy: 3 courses (no more than one 
to be chosen from each category) 
1. History [any one course] 

History 111, 112, 113, 215, 216, 315, 341, 342, 345, 346, 349, 350 

66 



Physical Education Requirement 



2. Religion [any one course] 

Any course except 237, 240, 281, 282, 292, 318, 346, 362, 378 

3. Philosophy [any one course] 
Philosophy 151, 171, 172 

IV. Economics, Political Science, Psychology, Sociology, and Anthro- 
pology: 3 courses to be chosen from among the following (no more 
than 2 may be selected from any one department) 

1. Economics 

Economics 111, 151, 152 [If one course only, Economics 111 or 
151. If two courses, Economics 151-152; however, Economics 
111 and any other Economics course may be taken by per- 
mission of the department.] 

2. Political Science 

Political Science 111, 112, 113 [If one course only, any of those 
listed. If 2 courses, any 2 listed or one of those listed and any 
other in the department.] 

3. Psychology 

Psychology 151 [required as first course] 

If a second course, normally from among: Psychology 266, 
273, 344, 362. [But, under special circumstances, second course 
may be chosen from among: 321, 323, 331, 332, 338, 352, 356] 

4. Sociology and Anthropology 

Sociology 151 or Anthropology 162 [required as first course] 
If two courses are chosen: a) after Sociology 151, either An- 
thropology 162 or any other Sociology course except 371 and 
380; b) after Anthropology 162, either Sociology 151 or any 
300-level Anthropology course. 

Physical Education Requirement 

All students must complete one half-course (two semesters) 
in Physical Education — Course 111-112. 

Completion of Course Requirements 
The basic and divisional course requirements, along with the 
Physical Education requirement, are to be completed, where 
possible, by the end of the sophomore year. Some students will 
find it necessary to postpone some of these requirements until 
the junior year in order to begin certain courses essential to 
the major field; but a minimum of three full courses from among 
the requirements must appear on the student's program each 
semester until such requirements have been met. 

No course requirements may be set aside or replaced by 
substitutes except through regular procedures already estab- 

67 



Upper Division 



lished by the faculty, or through a specific vote of the faculty 
in regular session. An important exception to this rule is des- 
cribed below. 

The Open Curriculum 

The Open Curriculum is an experimental program that gives 
a limited number of freshmen the opportunity to design their 
own program of study under faculty supervision. A student in 
the Open Curriculum may enroll in some basic and divisional 
courses but bypass others. If his qualifications are adequate, 
he may proceed at once to some of the more advanced courses. 
The Open Curriculum is administered by a Faculty committee 
under the basic principle that a liberal education entails work 
in a number of areas representing the humanities, the natural 
sciences, and the social sciences. 

Admission to the Upper Division 

The work in the lower division, as specified in the preceding 
pages of this section, is intended to give the student an intro- 
duction to the various fields of knowledge and to lay the founda- 
tion for concentration in a major subject and related fields 
during the junior and senior years. 

Before applying for admission to the upper division and be- 
ginning work on the major subject, a student should have 17 
courses and 34 quality points in the lower division. In no case 
will a student be admitted to the upper division with fewer than 
15 courses and 30 quality points. 

All students at the end of the sophomore year or at the be- 
ginning of the junior year are required to pass a proficiency test 
in the use of the English language. 

Course of Study for the Upper Division 

Thirty days before the end of his sophomore year each stu- 
dent is required to indicate to the Registrar and to the depart- 
ment or school concerned his selection of a major subject in 
which he wishes to concentrate during his junior and senior 
years. Before this selection is formally approved by the Regis- 
trar, however, the student must present to him a written state- 
ment from the authorized representative of the department or 

68 



Maximum Number Courses 



school 'in which he wishes to major that he has received the per- 
mission of that department or school. The student will also at 
this time be assigned a specific adviser from the department or 
school to assist him in planning his work for the junior and 
senior years. 

A department which rejects a student as a major will file 
with the Dean of the College a written statement including the 
reason (s) for the rejection. 

After the beginning of the junior year a student may not 
change from one major to another without the approval of the 
departments concerned. 

The student's course of study for the junior an,d senior years 
includes the minimum requirements for the departmental major, 
together with such other courses as he shall select and his 
adviser shall approve. 

For specific course requirements in the various fields of study, 
consult the introductory statements for each department in 
the selection of the catalog where course offerings are listed. 

At least half of the major must be completed in Wake Forest 
College. 

Students preparing for the ministry are advised to elect three 
courses in religion beyond the course included in the divisional 
requirements. 

Fields of Study 

The following fields of study are recognized: Accountancy, 
Anthropology, Biology, Business, Chemistry, Economics, Edu- 
cation, English, French, German, Greek, History, Latin, Mathe- 
matics, Music, Philosophy, Physical Education, Physics, 
Political Science, Psychology, Religion, Sociology, Spanish, 
Speech Communication and Theatre Arts. 

Maximum Number of Courses in a Department 

A maximum of ten (10) semester courses and two (2) winter- 
term courses in a single field of study (as in the para- 
graph above) are allowed within the thirty-five and one-half 
(35^2 ) courses required for graduation. [This means that a 

69 



Senior Testing Program 



student may apply as many as 10 semester courses from one 
department toward the 35*4 "courses" for graduation. This 
excludes required related semester courses from other depart- 
ments.] 

For Dual-Major departments, twelve (12) semester courses 
and two (2) winter- term courses are allowed in any department 
authorized to offer two fields of study. Elementary foreign 
language in the major field of study is excluded. 

These limits of ten (10) and twelve (12) courses may only be 
exceeded in unusual circumstances by action of the Dean of 
the College. 

Senior Testing Program 

All seniors are required to participate in a testing program 
designed to provide objective evidence of educational develop- 
ment while in college. The program will employ measures of 
academic achievement such as selected portions of the Graduate 
Record Examination and/ or other tests deemed appropriate 
by the Executive Committee of the faculty. The tests are given 
in late spring, and relevant results are made available to the 
student for his information. The primary purpose of the pro- 
gram, however, is to provide the college with information that 
will facilitate the assessment of the total educational process. 
(This program does not supplant the regular administrations 
of the Graduate Record Examination for those students apply- 
ing for admission to graduate schools.) 



70 



COMBINED DEGREES 

Degrees in the School of Law 

A combined course makes it possible for a student in Wake 
Forest University to receive the two degrees of Bachelor of Arts 
and Juris Doctor in six academic years or their equivalent 
instead of the seven years required if the two curricula are 
pursued independently. The first three years of the combined 
course are in Wake Forest College and the last three are in the 
School of Law. 

A student pursuing this plan must fulfill the following re- 
quirements: 

1. Complete the basic and divisional course requirements of 
Wake Forest College (see pp. 65) and become qualified 
for admission to the upper division. 

2. Initiate an application for admission to the School of 
Law, and secure through the Law School Adviser, who 
is a member of the Law faculty, permission to pursue the 
combined course plan. (Admission to the School of Law 
is based on the applicant's entire undergraduate record, 
Law School Admission Test scores, and other criteria. 
Therefore, permission to pursue the combined degree 
program does not constitute admission to the School of 
Law.) 

3. Perform the junior year of study in Wake Forest College 
under the supervision of the Law School Adviser. 

4. Complete at least 27 courses in Wake Forest College (in- 
cluding two courses taken in winter terms, one of which 
must be designed for the winter term) with a minimum 
average of C and the first full year of Law in the School 
of Law with an average sufficient for him to remain in the 
School of Law. 

At least one year of the required college academic work must 
be taken at Wake Forest College. A student who transfers from 
another institution at the end of his first or second year must 
maintain a minimum average grade of C on all academic work 
undertaken during his residence at Wake Forest College. 

71 



Medical Sciences 



A student who completes this program successfully will be 
eligible to receive the Bachelor of Arts degree at the end of the 
first full year in the School of Law. The Juris Doctor degree 
will be awarded the student who, having received the B. A. 
degree, also fulfills requirements for the J. D. degree as de- 
scribed on page 166. 

The quantitative and qualitative academic requirements set 
forth herein are minimum requirements for the successful com- 
pletion of the combined degree program. Satisfying the require- 
ments of the three-year program in the College does not neces- 
sarily entitle an applicant to admission to the School of Law. 
Admission requirements for the School of Law are given in detail 
on page 164 and in the Bulletin of the School of Law. 

Degrees in Medical Sciences 

A limited number of students, by taking advantage of the 
special arrangement explained here, may receive the B.S. degree 
with a major in Medical Sciences. 

Under this plan the student fulfills the requirements for the 
degree by completing three years of work in Wake Forest Col- 
lege with a minimum average grade of C, and by satisfac- 
torily completing the first full year of Medicine (at least 30 
semester hours) as outlined by the faculty of the Bowman 
Gray School of Medicine, with a record entitling him to promo- 
tion to the Second Year Class. At least one year (9 courses) 
of the required academic work must be completed in Wake 
Forest College. 

Candidates for the B.S. degree with a major in Medical 
Sciences must complete the following courses in Wake Forest 
College before entering the School of Medicine for their fourth 
year of work:* 

The basic course requirements listed on page 65. 

The divisional course requirements in Divisions I, III, and IV 
(see pages 65-66). 

The physical education requirement (see page 67). 
Biology 111, 112 or 151, 152 (2 courses) 

* See pages 169-170 and the special bulletin of the Bowman Gray School of Medicine for 
further information. 

72 



Medical Technology 



Biology (2 courses) selected from the following: 312, 320, 
321, 326, 351, 360, 370 

Chemistry 111, 112 (2 courses) 
Chemistry 221, 222 (2 courses) 
Physics 111, 112 (2 courses) 
Mathematics (1 course) 
Electives (to make a total of 27 courses) 

The completion of the prescribed academic subjects does 
not necessarily admit any student to the School of Medicine. 
All other factors being equal, applicants who have done all their 
college work in Wake Forest College are given preference. 

Degree in Medical Technology 

Students may qualify for the Bachelor of Science degree in 
Medical Technology by completion of the academic require- 
ments outlined below with a minimum average grade of C, and 
by satisfactory completion of the full program in Medical Tech- 
nology offered by the Division of Allied Health Programs of 
Bowman Gray School of Medicine with at least a grade of C in 
all courses taken in the program of Medical Technology. At least 
one year (nine courses) of the required academic work must 
be completed in Wake Forest College. Candidates for the degree 
must complete the following three-year course at Wake Forest 
before beginning study in the Division of Allied Health Pro- 
grams, f 

The basic course requirements listed on page 65. 

The divisional course requirements in Divisions I, III, and IV 
(see pages 65-66). 

The physical education requirement (see page 67). 

Biology 111, 112 (2 courses) 

Biology 151, 152 (2 courses) 

Biology 326 (1 course) 

Chemistry 111, 112 (2 courses) 

Chemistry 221, 222 (2 courses) 

Mathematics (1 course) 

Electives (to make a total of 27 courses) 

f For further information write to the Division of Allied Health Programs of the Bowman 
Gray School of Medicine. 

73 



Microbiology 



Degree in Medical Record Administration 

Students may qualify for the Bachelor of Science degree in 
Medical Record Administration by completion of three years 
(27 courses) in college with a minimum average grade of C 
and by satisfactory completion of the full twelve-month course 
in Medical Record Administration offered by the Division of 
Allied Health Programs of the Bowman Gray School of Medi- 
cine. At least one year (9 courses) of the required academic 
work must be completed in Wake Forest College. Candidates 
for the degree must complete the basic course requirements, 
the divisional course requirements, and the physical education 
requirement, as outlined on pages 65-67 of this catalog. They 
must take at least 4 lecture-and-laboratory courses in biology, 
including 2 courses in anatomy and physiology, and at least 
4 courses in the social sciences (sociology, psychology, and 
economics are recommended). A course in statistics is also rec- 
ommended. 

Degree in the Physician Assistant Program 

Students may qualify for the Bachelor of Science degree in 
the Physician Assistant Program by completion of three years 
(27 courses) in college with a minimum average grade of C and 
by satisfactory completion of the full 24 -months course in the 
Physician Assistant Program offered by the Division of Allied 
Health Programs of the Bowman Gray School of Medicine. At 
least one year (9 courses) of the required academic work must 
be completed in Wake Forest College. Candidates for the degree 
must complete the basic course requirements, the divisional 
course requirements, and the physical education requirement, 
as outlined on pages 65-67 of this catalog. They must take at 
least 4 lecture-and-laboratory courses in biology, including one 
course in microbiology, and at least 4 courses in the social 
sciences (sociology, psychology, and economics are recom- 
mended). A course in statistics and 1 or 2 courses in chemistry 
and physics are also recommended. 

Degree in Microbiology 

Students may qualify for the Bachelor of Science degree in 
Microbiology by completion of three years (27 courses) in 

74 



Engineering 

college with a minimum average grade of C and by satisfactory 
completion of a 32-hour major in Microbiology at the Bowman 
Gray School of Medicine. At least one year (9 courses) of the 
required academic work must be completed in Wake Forest 
College. Candidates for the degree must complete the basic 
course requirements, the divisional course requirements, and the 
physical education requirement as outlined on pages 65-67 of 
this catalog. 

The major in Microbiology must include Microbiology 301, 
302, 308, 311, and 312 and Biology 370. In some cases Biology 
326 may be substituted for Microbiology 301. Two additonal 
courses must be chosen from among: Microbiology 309, 310, 
313, and 314 and Biology 321. Required related courses are 2 
courses in Physics and at least 2 courses in Organic Chemistry. 
Additional chemistry and mathematics courses may be sug- 
gested by the major adviser for students progressing towards 
advanced work in Microbiology. 

For further information about the Department of Micro- 
biology see the Bulletin of the Graduate School. 

Degree With Major in Dentistry 

A student may fulfill the requirements for a B.S. degree with 
a major in Dentistry by completing three years of work in Wake 
Forest College with a minimum average grade of C, and by satis- 
factorily completing the first two years of work in one of certain 
approved dental schools designated by Wake Forest University, 
with a record entitling him to advancement to the Third Year 
Class. 

For this degree the requirements in Wake Forest College are 
the same as outlined above for the B.S. degree with a major in' 
Medical Sciences. 

Degrees in Engineering 
The 3-2 Engineering Program 

Wake Forest University now cooperates with North Carolina 
State University in offering a broad course of study in the arts 
and sciences combined with specialized training in engineering. 

75 



Engineering 

The program, for outstanding students, covers five years of 
study including three initial years on the campus of Wake 
Forest University and two full years of technical training in one 
of the fields of engineering. Depending upon the field chosen, 
it may be necessary for a student to take an additional summer's 
work in engineering. 

Upon successful completion of the five years of study the 
student will receive the degree of Bachelor of Science from 
Wake Forest University and the degree of Bachelor of Science 
in one of the specialized engineering fields from North Carolina 
State University. 

By obtaining the first degree from Wake Forest University 
and the second from an engineering college, the graduate will 
be well suited for positions of higher responsibility where public 
relations and technical knowledge are combined. This combina- 
tion plan is recognized by nationally known educators as a wise 
program in allowing the student a broad background in the 
liberal arts in addition to the specialized and technical training 
involved in the engineering degree. 

The curriculum for the first three years must include all the 
basic course requirements for the Bachelor of Science degree, 
as outlined on pages 65-67 of this catalog. A suggested program 
follows: 

Freshman Year 

1st semester 2nd semester 

English 110 Eng. Lit 160* 

Physics 117 Chem. 118 

Math 111 Math 112 

Foreign Language For. Lang. 211 or 215 

Physical Education 111 Physical Ed. 112 (Y 2 course) 

Sophomore Year 

Amer. Lit. 170* Humanities 111* 

Physics 151 Physics 211 

Math 113 Math 251 

Philosophy 151** Religion** 

Plus V2 course 

* Foreign Literature is also an option for any one of these. 
** Several options are allowed in each of these disciplines. 

76 



Forestry 

Junior Year 

History** Science Elective 

Science Elective Elective 

Math 311 Econ. 152 

Econ. 151 

Psychology, Sociology or 
Political Science 

Plus l /z course 

This is a rigorous curriculum, demanding even for students 
with an aptitude for science and mathematics. The electives are 
chosen in consultation with the engineering adviser in the De- 
partment of Physics. 

Degrees in Forestry 

Wake Forest University now cooperates with Duke University 
in an academic forestry training program. A student in this 
program devotes three years to study in the arts and sciences 
at Wake Forest University. [At least two years (18 courses) 
must be completed in Wake Forest College.] He spends the 
summer between his junior and senior years and the two follow- 
ing years in the Duke University School of Forestry. Upon the 
successful completion of this five-year course of study he receives 
the degree of Bachelor of Science from Wake Forest University 
and the degree of Master of Forestry from the Duke School of 
Forestry. 

A student who wishes to qualify for this program must make 
formal application for admission to the Duke School of Forestry 
not later than the end of the first semester of his third year 
in college. To qualify for admission he must have followed a 
planned course of study as outlined below, must have the official 
recommendation of Wake Forest University, and must have an 
over-all quality point ratio of at least 2.5. 

Candidates for the degrees in forestry must complete the fol- 
lowing three-year course before beginning study in the Duke 
School of Forestry: 

The basic course requirements listed on page 65. 

** Several options are allowed in each of these disciplines. 

77 



Forestry 

The divisional course requirements in Divisions I, III, and IV 
(see pages 65-67). 

The physical education requirement (see page 67). 

Biology 111, 112 or 151, 152 (2 courses) 
Economics 151, 152 (2 courses) 
Chemistry 111, 112 (2 courses) 
Mathematics 111, 112 (2 courses) 
Physics 111, 112 (2 courses) 

2 courses beyond the first year introductory courses in any 
one of the biological, physical, or social sciences. 

Electives (to make a total of 27 courses) 

(Suggested electives: Biology, Chemistry, Logic, Mathe- 
matics, Speech) 

Students in this program will be advised in the Department 
of Biology. 



78 



COURSES IN THE COLLEGE 

Course Numbers 

The numbers of the semester courses offered by the various 
departments are explained as follows: courses 1-99 carry no 
credit; courses 101-199 are primarily for freshmen and sopho- 
mores; courses 201-299, primarily for juniors and seniors; 
courses 301-399, for advanced undergraduate and graduate stu- 
dents; and courses 401-499, for graduate students. The letter S 
used as a prefix to a course number indicates that the course is 
offered during the summer session only. (Winter term courses 
are listed in a separate catalog and have their own numbering 
system). 

Courses with odd numbers are regularly given in the fall 
term; courses with even numbers, in the spring term. However, 
introductory or basic courses in many departments will be 
offered every term so that students may arrange their work in 
regular sequence, according to the time of entrance. Accord- 
ingly, revised class schedules will be distributed each term, 
containing the name of each instructor and the time and 
location of each class. 

Credit; Laboratory Courses 

All credit is granted in terms of courses, whether full or half 
courses. A semester course and a winter term course are con- 
sidered equivalents for credit purposes. In the course listings 
below, each course listed carries one full course of credit unless 
it is specifically designated as a half course. A course listing that 
carries credit of a half course for one semester is designated 
"14 per sem." A listing that carries credit of a half course for 
two semesters is designated "^ per 2 sem." The course descrip- 
tion of a course that includes laboratory work indicates the 
number of hours per week normally spent in the laboratory, 
as "Lab.— 3 hrs." 

Prerequisites and Corequisites 

The prerequisite for a course is indicated, for example, as 
P-153, meaning that course 153 in the department under con- 

79 



Honors Program 



sideration will be required for admittance to the desired course. 
When a prerequisite is in another department, the name of 
the department is given. A corequisite is indicated, for example, 
as C-151. 

Interdisciplinary Honors Program 

Wake Forest University offers an interdisciplinary honors 
program for a limited number of highly qualified students. 
Participation is with the approval of the Faculty Committee 
on Honors. 

During their first three years in college, participants will 
schedule at least three interdisciplinary honors seminars (nor- 
mally including two courses in the Lower Division and one 
course in the Upper Division). Many students will probably 
not participate formally in the interdisciplinary program 
beyond the third year, but will choose instead to concen- 
trate on departmental honors work in their major fields. Stu- 
dents, however, who are not candidates for departmental honors 
and who have completed four interdisciplinary seminars with a 
superior record may elect Honors 281 (directed study culmi- 
nating in an honors paper and an oral examination). Those 
whose work in this course is superior and who have achieved 
an over-all quality point ratio of at least 3.0 in all college work 
will be graduated "with Honors in the Arts and Sciences." 
Those students, on the other hand, who have chosen to be 
candidates for departmental honors may not also be candidates 
for "Honors in the Arts and Sciences." 

The courses described below (except for Honors 281) are 
designed to supplement the usual general education of the fresh- 
man and sophomore years and the more specialized work of the 
junior year. Honors 281 will normally be scheduled' in the first 
semester of the senior year. 

The Honors program is supervised by a Faculty Committee 
on Honors. Faculty participants in the interdisciplinary courses 
are drawn from various academic departments of the College. 

Honors 131, 132. Approaches to Human Experience (I). An inquiry 
into the nature and interrelationships of several approaches to man's 
experience, represented by the work of three such men as Leonardo da 
Vinci, St. Augustine, Dante, Newton, Gandhi, Confucius, Dostoyevsky 

80 



Honors Program 



Mozart, Jefferson, and Einstein. Seminar discussion based on primary 
and secondary sources, including musical works and paintings. Written 
reports and a term paper required. 
(Offered in alternate years) 

Honors 133, 134. Approaches to Human Experience (II). A parallel 
course to Honors 131, 132, concentrating on the work of a different set 
of figures such as Buddha, Galileo, Tolstoy, Pascal, Camus, Picasso, 
Tagore, Sophocles, and Bach. 
(Offered in alternate years) 

Honors 233. Darwinism and the Modern World. A study of the Dar- 
winian theory of evolution and the impact of evolutionary thought on 
fields such as economics, politics, psychology, literature and the other 
arts, and philosophy. 
(Offered in alternate years) 

Honors 235. The Ideal Society. Man's effort to establish or imagine the 
ideal community, state or society, principles of political and social organi- 
zation, changing goals and values. Study of historical communities such 
as those of the pre-Christian Essenes, Geneva under John Calvin, 
Fourierite and Owenite communities of the 19th century. Reading in 
such works as Plato's Republic, Augustine's The City of God. Mores 
Utopia, Bacon's The New Atlantis, Rousseau's Emile, Orwell's 1984, and 
Skinner's Walden Two. 
(Offered in alternate years) 

Honors 237. The Scientific Outlook. An exploration into the origins and 
development of the scientific method and into some of its contemporary 
applications in the natural and social sciences and the humanities. 
(Offered in alternate years) 

Honors 238. Romanticism. Romanticism as a recurrent characteristic 

of mind and art and as a specific historical movement in Europe and 

America in the late 18th and 19th centuries. Emphasis upon primary 

materials in such fields as philosophy, history, literature, music and 

painting. 

(Offered in alternate years) 

Honors 239. Man and the Irrational. The phenomenon of the irrational, 
with emphasis on its 20th century manifestations but with attention also 
to its presence in centuries and cultures other than our own. Such areas 
as philosophy, religion, literature, and psychology, politics and the arts 
will be explored. 
(Offered in alternate years) 

Honors 242. The Comic View. The theory of comedy in ancient and 
modern times; the expression of the comic spirit in literature, art, music, 
the theater and the motion picture. 
(Offered in alternate years) 

Honors 244. Man and the Structure of the Universe. An investigation of 
various conceptions of the universe and of their implications for man. 



81 



Art 

Study will not necessarily be limited to the cosmologies of Ptolemy, 
Copernicus, and their modern successors, but may also include theories 
like the Babylonian, Mayan, and Taoist. 
(Offered in alternate years) 

Honors 246. Man and His Environment. An interdisciplinary examina- 
tion of man and his society in relation to his environment. 
(Offered in alternate years) 

Honors 281. Directed Study. Readings on an interdisciplinary topic 
approved by the Faculty Committee on Honors; preparation of a major 
research or interpretative paper based on these readings, under the 
direction of a member of the Faculty; and an oral examination on the 
topic, administered by the faculty supervisor and the Committee on 
Honors. Eligible students who wish to take this course must submit a 
written request to the Committee on Honors by the end of the junior 
year. (Not open to candidates for departmental honors.) 

Departmental Honors Programs 

A number of departments in the College offer specialized 
honors programs for highly qualified majors, who may be gradu- 
ated "with Honors" in their major field. Details are given by 
the departments concerned. 

ART 

Professor Aycock 

Associate Professor Boyd (Chairman) 
Instructor Griffin 
Artist-in-residence Prohaska 

An art major is not offered at the present time, but students 
interested in this area of study should consult the Chairman of 
the Department. 

Art History 

Courses listed below are open to qualified freshmen and soph- 
omores with permission of the instructor. 

221. Art of India. A survey of Architecture, Painting, and Sculpture 
from the earliest times to 1200 A.D., with particular attention given to 
the aesthetic considerations, religious ideas, and ritual needs of Hinduism, 
Buddhism, and Jainism. Mr. Gokhale 

231. American Art. A survey of American Painting and Sculpture from 
1600 to 1900, with primary emphasis on painting. Mr. Boyd 

82 



Biology 

233. American Architecture. A survey of American Architecture from 
1600 to 1900, with particular emphasis on the Eighteenth and Early Nine- 
teenth centuries. Mr. Boyd 

241. Ancient Art. A survey of Painting and Sculpture of the Prehistoric 
and Ancient periods, with particular emphasis on Egyptian, Greek, and 
Roman Art. Mrs. Wilkiemeyer 

252. Medieval Art. A survey of Painting and Sculpture in Europe 
from 300 A.D. to 1400 A.D. Mrs. Wilkiemeyer 

269. Italian Renaissance Art. A survey of Italian painting and sculpture 
from 1400 to 1600. 

270. Northern Renaissance Art. A survey of painting in the Nether- 
lands, Germany, France, and England from 1400 to 1600. Mr. Boyd 

272. Baroque Art. A survey of European painting and sculpture from 
1600 to 1700. 

281. Modern Art to 1900. A survey of European painting and sculpture 
from 1700 to 1900, emphasizing the nineteenth century. Mrs. Griffin 

282. Modern Art after 1900. A survey of European and American paint- 
ing and sculpture from 1900 to the present. P-Art 281. Mrs. Griffin 

294. Architecture Survey after 1700. A survey of European and Ameri- 
can architecture from 1700 to the present, emphasizing the twentieth 
century. Mrs. Griffin 



Art Studio 

111, 112. Introduction to Painting. A basic course in drawing and paint- 
ing, in the media of charcoal, pastel, watercolor, acrylic, and oil. Ill is 
prerequisite for 112. Mr. Prohaska 

201, 202. Advanced Painting. A course of independent study with 
faculty guidance. P-lll, 112. 



BIOLOGY 

Professors Allen, Cocke, Flory 

Associate Professors Amen (Chairman), Dimmick, Esch, 

McDonald, Olive, Sullivan, Wyatt 
Assistant Professors Becker, Dimock, Kuhn, Weigl 
Research Associate Phillips 

A major in Biology consists of seven semester courses plus 
one winter term course beyond the Introductory Course and 
must include Biology 151-152, Biology 391 and 393 or Biology 
397, one from Biology 327, 328, 325, 338, and one from Biology 

83 



Biology 

320, 321, 331, 333, 334. A minimum grade average of C on all 
full courses in Biology attempted is required for graduation. 
Prospective majors and other qualified students generally begin 
with Intermediate Biology. Other required semester courses for 
the major are four full courses in the physical sciences. 

Advanced work in many areas of Biology may require addi- 
tional full courses in mathematics, the physical sciences, and 
biology. The major advisor will call these to the attention of 
majors, depending on their individual needs. All 300 level 
semester courses presume a background equivalent to Intro- 
ductory and Intermediate Biology, e.g. Biol. 111-112 and Biol. 
151-152. 

Highly qualified majors are invited by the Department to 
apply for admission to the Honors Program in Biology. They 
must meet certain preliminary requirements, earn a QPR of 
not less than 3.0 on all college work and 3.3 on all work in 
Biology, complete Biol. 391, 393 and pass a comprehensive oral 
examination. They are then graduated with the distinction 
"Honors in Biology." For additional information, members of 
the Biology staff should be consulted. 

111-112. Introductory Biology. Fundamental ideas of the structure and 
activity of living systems. Lab — 3 hrs. Ill prerequisite for 112. 

151-152. Intermediate Biology. Physiological, developmental, genetic and 
ecological principles common to a wide range of living systems, with 
emphasis on molecular and cellular aspects. Prerequisite or corequisite, 
one year of physical science. Lab — 3 hrs. 151 prerequisite for 152. 

5301. Biological Diversity. A course for secondary school teachers de- 
signed to illustrate selected taxonomic and ecologic principles. Not for 
majors. 

5302. Biological Unity. A course for secondary school teachers designed 
to illustrate important physiologic and genetic principles. Not for majors. 

S305. Teaching of Modern and Advanced Biology. Cooperative project 
between the University and Public Schools. Participation limited to ex- 
perienced teachers of Biology. 

312. Genetics. A study of the principles of inheritance and their applica- 
tion to plants and animals, including man. Laboratory work in the 
methods of breeding some genetically important organisms and of com- 
piling and presenting data. Lab — 3 hrs. 

314. Evolution. Analysis of the theories, evidences, and mechanisms of 
evolution. 

84 



Biology 

318. Economic Botany. A survey of the plant kingdom giving considera- 
tion to both the positive and negative importance of plants of all groups 
to man. 

320. Chordates. A study of chordate animals with emphasis on com- 
parative anatomy and phylogeny. Dissection of representative forms in 
the laboratory. Lab — 4 hrs. 

321. Parasitology. A survey of protozoan, helminth, and arthropod 
parasites from the standpoint of morphology, taxonomy, life-histories, 
and host-parasite relationships. Lab — 4 hrs. 

325. Plant Anatomy. A study of comparative anatomy of the vascular 
plants with emphasis on phylogeny and anatomical microtechniques. 
Lab — 4 hrs. 

326. Microorganisms. A study of the more important groups of micro- 
organisms, with emphasis on bacteria and their activities. Lab — 4 hrs. 

327. Non-vascular Plants. An examination of representative non-vascu- 
lar plants, with emphasis on morphology and phylogeny. Lab — 4 hrs. 

328. Vascular Plants. A comparative survey of the vascular plants with 
emphasis on structure, reproduction, classification and phylogeny. Lab — 
4 hrs. 

331. Invertebrates. Systematic study of invertebrates with emphasis on 
functional morphology, behavior, ecology, and phylogeny. Lab — 3 hrs. 

333. Vertebrates. Systematic study of vertebrates with emphasis on 
evolution, physiology, behavior, and ecology. Laboratory devoted to sys- 
tematic, field, and experimental studies. Lab — 4 hrs. 

334. Entomology. A study of insects with emphasis on structure, de- 
velopment, taxonomy, and phylogeny. Lab — 4 hrs. 

338. Plant Taxonomy. A study of the classification of seed plants with 
emphasis on a comparative study of orders and families. Lab — 4 hrs. 

340. Ecology. Inter-relationships among living systems and their en- 
vironments. Structure and dynamics of major ecosystem types. Con- 
temporary problems in ecology. Lab — 4 hrs. 

341. Marine Biology. An introduction to the physical, chemical, and 
biological parameters affecting the distribution of marine organisms. 
Lab — 3 hrs. 

351. Physiology. A study of the physiological activities of all types of 
organisms. Emphasis on intermediary metabolism and regulatory mech- 
anisms. Lab — 4 hrs. 

360. Development. A study of development inculding aspects of verte- 
brate, invertebrate, and other developmental systems emphasizing the 
regulation of differentiation. Lab — 4 hrs. 

370. Biochemistry. A lecture and laboratory course in biochemistry, in- 
cluding principles of biochemistry, chemical composition of living sys- 
tems, intermediary metabolism, enzyme kinetics, biochemical techniques, 
and biochemical energetics. Lab — 3 hrs. 

85 



Business and Accountancy 



391, 393. Special Problems in Biology. (V2 per sem.) Independent 
library and laboratory investigation carried out under the supervision of 
a member of the staff. Permission of the instructor required. Completion 
of both 391, 393 satisfies seminar requirement for the major. 

397. Seminar in Biology. Consideration of major biological topics 
through intensive reading and discussions. Specific topics to be em- 
phasized in any particular term will be listed in the schedule for that 
term. Satisfies the seminar requirement for a major. 

Courses for Graduate Students* 

401-408. Topics in Biology 

411, 412. Directed Study in Biology 

420. Genetics (Cytogenetics) 

430. Invertebrate Zoology 

440. Physiological Ecology 

450. Cell Biology 

460. Developmental Biology 

480. Biosystematics 

BUSINESS AND ACCOUNTANCY 

Professors Hylton, Owen, Scott 
Associate Professor Cook 
Instructors Luckie, Faulhaber 
Visiting Lecturer Norman 

General requirements for both the B.S. in Business and the B.S. 
in Accountancy. 

For each degree, the student must make the following selec- 
tions from these required course categories: 

(a) from Natural Sciences and Mathematics: at least one, 
preferably two courses must be selected from Mathe- 
matics; work in the computer area is encouraged. 

(b) from the Social Sciences: at least one course must be 
selected in the Economics Department. 

The requirements for additional work in each degree are 
stated in the following descriptions: 

* For course descriptions, see the Graduate Bulletin. 

86 



Business 

Business 

For the major in Business, eight semester courses and one 
winter term course are required in the Department of Business 
and Accountancy. Required courses are: Accountancy 111 and 
112; Business 211, 221, 231, 261, and 271 or 272. 

The degree, B.S. in Business, is offered for the student who 
anticipates a career in the business world. The curriculum is 
designed to equip the student with basic tools and knowledge 
which should enable him to perform adequately in his first 
position and to advance to more responsible positions in the 
management hierarchy. 

211. Management Policy. Explanation of the policies involved in the 
performance of the basic functions of planning, organizing, actuating, and 
controlling modern business organizations. 

212. Advanced Management. A study of the techniques of decision mak- 
ing utilizing case analyses, problem-solving, and report writing procedures 
based on extensive readings. P-211. 

221. Marketing Management. Survey of marketing concepts and be- 
havior. Study of managerial decisions necessary in the distribution of 
goods and services. 

222. Marketing Decisions. A study of the management of marketing 
activities, the interrelationship of these activities, and their relationship 
to the other functions of the firm. P-221. 

231. Financial Management. Analysis of financial decision making at 
the level of the individual business enterprise. P- Accountancy 111. 

232. Advanced Financial Management. Management decision-making 
applied to the financial function, including credit, investment, and related 
problems. P-231 and Accountancy 112. 

241. Labor Policy. Theories of wage determination, employment, and 
income distribution with emphasis on labor units and the collective bar- 
gaining process. P-211. 

261. Legal Environment, of Business. Study of the legal environment 
within which business decisions must be made. 

271. Quantitative Seminar in Business. Individual research and appli- 
cation of statistical and mathematical concepts in administrative decision 
making. 

272. Behavioral Seminar in Business. Individual research and study of 
environmental factors influencing business decisions and operations. 

281. Reading and Research. An advanced course devoted to individual 
reading and research in the field of Business. P-Permission of Instructor. 

87 



Accountancy 



Accountancy 

The major in Accountancy requires ten semester courses and 
one winter term course in Accountancy and Business. Re- 
quired courses are: Accountancy 111, 112, 151, 152, 252, 261, 
271, and 273; Business 231, 261 and winter term income tax 
course. 

The B.S. in Accountancy is offered to those students who 
expect to pursue a career in the accounting profession. The 
curriculum is designed to equip the student for staff and 
managerial positions in public accounting, industrial account- 
ing, and similar positions in non-profit institutions. One who 
completes the B.S. in Accountancy is qualified to sit for the 
CPA examination in North Carolina. 

It is recommended that the student interested in a career in 
accounting begin his accountancy study during his freshman 
year. 

111. Basic Financial Accounting. The accounting equation and account- 
ing cycle. Preparation and interpretation of financial statements. 

112. Basic Managerial Accounting. Cost-profit-volume analysis, cost ac- 
counting concepts and capital budgeting. P-lll. 

151. Intermediate Accounting. A detailed analysis of theory and related 
problems for typical accounts on published financial statements. P-112. 

152. Intermediate Accounting. Continuation of Accounting 151. P-151. 

252. Budgeting and Control. Preparation and use of budget for control 
purposes, including extensive study of standard costs. P-112. 

253. Accounting Information Systems. A study of functions performed 
by an adequate information system, and methods and procedures neces- 
sary to supply useful data. P-252. 

261. Advanced Accounting Problems. A study of the more complex 
problems found in business operations-business combinations, reorgani- 
zation, and dissolution. P-151. 

271. Income Tax Accounting. Accounting for purposes of complying 
with the Internal Revenue Code. Preparation of personal and business 
tax returns. P-151. 

273. Auditing. Designed to familiarize the student with the CPA pro- 
fession, with particular emphasis on the attest function. P-152 and 252. 

275. CPA Review. An intensive study of CPA-type problems found on 
the Accounting Practice and Accounting Theory sections of the CPA 
exam. P-252 and 261. 

278. Reading and Research. Directed study in specialized areas of 
accountancy. P-Permission of Instructor. 



Chemistry 



CHEMISTRY 



Professors Nowell, P. J. Hamrick, Miller 
Associate Professors Baird, Blalock, Gross 
Assistant Professors Hegstrom, Noftle 

The B. A. Degree in Chemistry must include Chemistry 111- 
112 or 118, 221-222, 341-342, 344, 361; Mathematics through 
112; and Physics 111-112 or its equivalent. 

The B. S. Degree in Chemistry must include Chemistry 111- 
112 or 118, 221-222, 341-342, 344, 361, 363-364, 371, 373; Math- 
ematics through 112; and Physics 111-112 or its equivalent. 
Any student may substitute Chemistry 363-364 for the labo- 
ratory portion of Chemistry 221. 

An average of C in the first two years of chemistry is required 
of students who elect to major in this Department. Admission 
to any class is contingent upon satisfactory grades in prerequi- 
site courses, and registration for advanced courses must be ap- 
proved by the Department. 

The Department is on the list of departments certified by 
the American Chemical Society. 

Prospective majors are urged to take the Physics 117 — Chem- 
istry 118 sequence in the freshman year. For B. S. majors the 
following schedule of chemistry and closely related courses is 
strongly recommended: 

Freshman Year Sophomore Year 

Physics 117 — Chemistry 118 Chemistry 341-342 and 344 

Mathematics 111-112 Mathematics 121-251 

Junior Year Senior Year 

Chemistry 221-222 Chemistry 371 

Chemistry 361 Chemistry, Mathematics or 

Chemistry 363-364 Physics Electives 
Physics 161-162 

111, 112. College Chemistry. Fundamental chemical principles. Labora- 
tory covers basic quantitative analysis. Lab — 3 hrs. 

118. Principles of Chemistry. Fundamental chemical principles with 
emphasis on structural concepts. Laboratory work in basic quantitative 
analysis. A student receiving credit in either Chemistry 111 or Chemistry 
112 may not have credit for this course. Lab — 4 hrs. P-Physics 117. 

221. Organic Chemistry. Principles and reactions of organic chemistry. 
A student may substitute Chemistry 363-364 for the laboratory in this 
course. Lab — 4 hrs. P-112. 

89 



Chemistry 

222. Organic Chemistry. Continuation of principles and reactions of 
organic chemistry. P-221. 

S301, S302. Principles of Chemistry. Further study of fundamental 
chemical principles. For public school teachers. Lab — 3 hrs. P-112. 

S305. Introductory Organic Chemistry . Introduction to principles and 
reactions of organic chemistry. For public school teachers. Lab — 3 hrs. 
P-112. 

323. Organic Analysis. The systematic identification of organic com- 
pounds. Lab — 4 hrs. P-222. 

324. Chemical Synthesis. (V2 or 1). A library, conference and laboratory 
course. Lab — 4 or 8 hrs. P-222. 

341, 342. Physical Chemistry. Fundamentals of physical chemistry. 
Lab — 3 hrs. P-112, Math 112; C-Physics 111-112 or 118. 

344. Physical-Analytical Laboratory. (Y 2 ). Lab — 8 hrs. 

361. Inorganic Chemistry. Principles and reactions of inorganic chemis- 
try. C-341. 

363-364. Inorganic-Organic Laboratory. (}/i per 2 sems.) A two-semester 
unified laboratory built upon the various techniques of synthesis, separa- 
tion and identification. Lab — 4 hrs. C-221, 222, 361. 

371. Introductory Quantum Chemistry. Application of quantum theory 
to topics in chemistry. 

373. Chemical Instrumentation. A laboratory course in chemical instru- 
mentation. Offered in winter term. P-112. 

381, 382. Chemistry Seminar. Discussions of contemporary research. 
Attendance required of all graduate students and all chemistry majors. 
No credit. 

391, 392. Senior Research. (Y 2 per sem.) Library, conference and lab- 
oratory work. Lab — 6 hrs. 

Courses for Graduate Students* 

421,422. Advanced Organic Chemistry. 

441. Molecular Structure. 

445. Thermodynamics. 

446. Chemical Kinetics. 

447. Chemical Bonding. 

462. Advanced Inorganic Chemistry. 
491, 492. Thesis Research. 



For course descriptions, see the Graduate Bulletin. 

90 



Classical Languages 



CLASSICAL LANGUAGES AND LITERATURE 

Professors Earp, C. V. Harris 
Assistant Professors Andronica, Hash 
Instructors Heatley, Templeton 

The Department of Classical Languages offers two majors: a 
major in Greek and a major in Latin. 

A major in Greek requires eight semester courses and a winter 
term course in the department beyond the elementary courses 
(111, 112). Seven of these semester courses must be in the 
Greek language. 

For those who begin Latin at Wake Forest with the course 
111 or 113, a major requires eight semester courses and a winter 
term course in the department beyond the elementary courses 
(111, 112, 113). Seven of these semester courses must be in the 
Latin language. 

For those who begin with Latin 153 at Wake Forest a major 
requires eight semester courses and a winter term course in the 
department. Seven of these semester courses must be in the 
Latin language. 

For those who begin with Latin 211 at Wake Forest a major 
requires seven semester courses and a winter term course in the 
department. Six of these semester courses must be in the Latin 
language. 

Teacher certification. The requirements for certification to 
teach Latin in high school are the same as the requirements for 
a major in Latin. 

Highly qualified Latin or Greek majors are considered by the 
Department of Classical Languages for admission to the honors 
program in Latin or Greek. To be graduated with the designa- 
tion of "Honors in Latin" or "Honors in Greek", the student 
must earn a QPR of not less than 3.0 on all college work and 
3.3 on all work in Latin and Greek, complete an honors research 
project and pass an oral comprehensive examination. At least 
two of the semester courses counted toward the major must be 
seminar courses. 

91 



Latin 



I 

Greek Language and Literature 

111, 112. Elementary Greek. Greek grammar; selections from Greek 
prose writers and poets. 

153. Intermediate Greek. Grammar and Xenophon's Anabasis. Thor- 
ough drill in syntax. 

211. Plato. Selections from the dialogues of Plato. 

212. Homer. Selections from the Iliad and Odyssey. 

221, 222. Selected Readings. Intensive reading courses designed to meet 
individual needs and interests. 

231. The Greek New Testament. Selections from the Greek New Testa- 
ment. 

241. Greek Tragedy. Euripides: Medea. This course will include a study 
of the origin and history of Greek tragedy, with collateral reading of 
selected tragedies in translation. Seminar. 

242. Greek Comedy. Aristophanes: Clouds. This course will include a 
study of the origin and history of Greek comedy, with collateral reading 
of selected comedies in translation. Seminar. 

291-292. Honors in Greek. (V2 per sem.) Directed research for honors 
paper. 

II 

Latin Language and Literature 

111, 112. Elementary Latin. Introduction to Latin grammar. 

113. Elementary Latin. Introduction to Latin grammar. Not open to 
students who have had Latin 111 or 112. 

153. Intermediate Latin. Grammar review and selected readings. 

211. Vergil. Intensive readings from the Aeneid, with emphasis on 
literary values. 

212. Roman Historians. A reading of the works of Sallust and Livy, 
with attention to historical milieu and the norms of ancient historiogra- 
phy. Fall semester. 

V213. Selections from Sallust and Catullus. This course will be given 
in Venice during the fall term 1971 and the spring term 1972. It may 
be substituted for any other course in Latin. 

216. Roman Lyric Poetry. An interpretation and evaluation of lyric 
poetry through readings from a wide variety of the poems of Catullus 
and Horace. Spring semester. 

221. Tacitus. A reading and critical analysis of the works of Tacitus. 

92 



Classics 

225. Roman Epistolography. Selected readings from the correspondence 
of Cicero and Pliny the Younger and the literary epistles of Horace 
and Ovid. 

226. Roman Comedy. Reading of selected comedies of Plautus and 
Terence with a study of literary values and dramatic techniques. 

241. Satire. Selected readings from Lucilius, Horace and Juvenal. At- 
tention will be given to the origin and development of the genre. Seminar. 

242. Satire. Readings from Petronius and the Ludus de Morte Claudii. 
Seminar. 

243. Latin Readings. A course designed to meet individual needs and 
interests. 

250. Prose Composition. 

261. Lucretius. Readings from the De Rerum Natura, with attention 
to literary values and philosophical import. 

262. Cicero. Readings from Cicero's philosophical essays, together with 
a survey of Greek Philosophical antecedents. 

265. The Elegiac Poets. Readings of Tibullus, Propertius, and Ovid, 
along with the study of the elegiac tradition. Seminar. 

291-92. Honors in Latin. (V2 P e r sem.) Directed research for honors 
paper. 

Ill 

Classics 

253. Greek Epic Poetry in Translation. Oral epic poetry with primary 
emphasis on the Iliad and the Odyssey of Homer and the later develop- 
ment of the genre. Offered Fall 1972 and alternate years thereafter. 

254. Roman Epic Poetry in Translation. A study of the Latin treatment 
and development of the literary form, with emphasis on Lucretius, Vergil, 
Ovid, and Lucan. Offered spring 1973 and alternate years thereafter. 

V254. Roman Epic Poetry in Translation. A study of the Latin treat- 
ment and development of the literary form, with emphasis on Lucretius, 
Vergil, Ovid and Lucan. Offered in Venice, fall term of 1971 and spring 
term, 1972. 

263. Tragic Drama in Translation. A study of the origins and develop- 
ment of Greek tragedy and its influence on Roman writers, with readings 
from Aeschylus, Sophocles, and Euripides. Offered fall 1971 and alternate 
years thereafter. 

264. Greek and Roman Comedy in Translation. Representative works 
of Aristophanes, Menander, Plautus, and Terence, with attention to the 
origins and development of comedy. Offered spring 1972 and alternate 
years thereafter. 

93 



Economics 



265. A Survey of Greek Literature in Translation. A study of selections 
from Greek literature in English translation. A knowledge of the Greek 
language is not required. 

270. Greek Cvilization. Lectures and collateral reading upon those 
phases of Greek civilization which have particular significance for the 
modern world. A knowledge of the Greek language is not required. 

271. Roman Civilization. This course consists of lectures and collateral 
reading upon the general subject of Rome's contributions to the modern 
world. A knowledge of the Latin language is not required. 

V271. Roman Civilization. Lectures and collateral readings. A knowledge 
of the Latin not required. Given at Venice fall term 1971 and spring 
term 1972. Trips to various Roman sites. This course will not be con- 
sidered a repetition of Latin 271. 

272. A Survey of Latin Literature in Translation. A study of selections 
from Latin literature in English translation. A knowledge of the Latin 
language is not required. 

ECONOMICS 

Associate Professor Wagstaff 

Assistant Professors Cage, Himan, Moorhouse 

The objectives of the economics program at Wake Forest Uni- 
versity are to help prepare students for effective participation 
in the decision-making processes of society, to develop analytical 
skills in solving economic problems, to promote a better under- 
standing of alternative economic systems, and to provide a 
balanced curriculum that will prepare students for graduate 
study or positions in industry and government. 

The major in Economics requires 8 semester courses and one 
winter term course in the field of Economics, including Eco- 
nomics 151, 152, 201, and 202.* The remaining courses for a 
major in Economics and courses in related fields are selected by 
the students and the Economics advisor. 

Highly qualified majors in Economics may be considered for 
admission to the honors program in Economics. Such candidates 
must meet certain preliminary requirements, earn a QPR of 
not less than 3.0 on all college work and 3.3 on all work in 
Economics, complete a satisfactory economics research project, 
and pass a comprehensive oral examination on such project, 
and complete Economics 281 or 287 and Economics 288. They 

* Economics 111 will satisfy the requirement for Economics 151 and 152 by permission 
of the department. 

94 



Economics 

are then graduated with the designation of "Honors in Eco- 
nomics." 

111. Introduction to Economic Analysis. A one semester survey of the 
discipline. Elementary supply and demand analysis is considered in 
addition to more general topics involving the formation of national eco- 
nomic policy. Credit not granted for this course and Economics 151 or 152. 

151. Principles of Economics. A study of individual economic units in 
a market economy with some attention given to monopoly, labor unions, 
and poverty. 

152. Principles of Economics. Attention is focused on the functioning of 
the economy as a whole with particular reference to unemployment, in- 
flation, economic growth and policy. P-151. 

201. Microeconomic Theory. Develops the theory of consumer behavior 
and the theory of the firm with emphasis on price and output determina- 
tion under various market conditions. P-151, 152. 

202. Macroeconomic Theory. A study of Keynesian and post-Keynesian 
theories about the determination of the level of national income, employ- 
ment and economic growth. P-151, 152. 

203. Introduction to Econometrics. Economic analysis through quanti- 
tative methods, with emphasis on model construction and empirical re- 
search. 

221. Public Finance. An examination of the economic behavior of gov- 
ernment. Includes principles of taxation, spending, borrowing, and debt 
management. P-151, 152. 

222. Monetary Theory and Policy. A rigorous development of the theory 
of supply and demand for money plus the inter-relationship among 
prices, interest rates, and aggregate output. P-151, 152. 

242. Labor Economics. Theories of wage determination, employment, 
and income distribution and the economic roles of unions and government 
in the labor market. P-151, 152. 

244. Industrial Organization. An analysis of market structure with 
particular reference to organization practices, price formation, efficiency, 
and public regulation. P-151, 152. 

251. International Economics. A study of international trade theory, 
balance of payments, foreign exchange, trade restrictions and commercial 
policies. P-151, 152. 

252. Economics of Underdeveloped Areas. A study of the peculiar prob- 
lems of economic growth in the underdeveloped countries of the world, 
including assistance programs of the more developed countries and inter- 
national agencies. P-151, 152. 

255. Comparative Economic Systems. An objective examination of the 
theory and practices of various economic systems, including capitalism, 
socialism, and communism. P151, 152. 

95 



Education 



256. Regional Economics. Analysis of the spatial distribution of economic 
activity with special attention given to the economic structure of urban 
areas. P-151, 152. 

261. American Economic Development. The application of economic 
theory to problems and issues in American economic progress. P-151, 152. 

262. History of Economic Thought. A historical survey of the main 
developments in economic thought from the biblical period to the twen- 
tieth century. P-151, 152. 

281. Contemporary Economic Problems. An economic analysis of current 
issues, with emphasis placed upon the research that precedes policy for- 
mation. P-151, 152. 

287. Senior Readings. A student-faculty seminar in which selected publi- 
cations are analyzed and discussed. Admission by permission of the 
Department. 

288. Economic Research. Independent study and research supervised by 
a member of the economics staff. P-201, 202. 

EDUCATION 

Professors Parker, Memory, Preseren 

Associate Professors Elmore, Hall, Reeves, Syme 

Assistant Professor Hood 

Ordinarily, teacher education students major in the academic 
area in which they plan to teach. Only students planning to be 
certificated in the broad areas of Science or Social Studies are 
permitted to major in Education. A major in Education requires 
five semester courses in Education and the courses listed as 
academic requirements for the Science or Social Studies certifi- 
cate. 

Institutional Policy. The University recognizes that the 
educational profession is important to society and that the 
welfare of mankind is largely determined by the quality of 
educational leadership. One of the major objectives of Wake 
Forest University has been and continues to be the preparation 
of teachers and other professional school personnel. This com- 
mitment was reemphasized by vote of the faculty on November 
18, 1963. 

Wake Forest is committed to a high quality teacher education 
program, as evinced by selective admission to the program; a 
wide range of approved courses of professional instruction; and 

96 



Education 



a closely supervised practicum suitable to the professional needs 
of the students. 

In addition to the professional program, the Department of 
Education provides elective courses open to all students, in- 
cluding those not in teacher education programs. Such courses 
supplement the work of other departments and provide generally 
for the liberal education of all students. 

Teacher Certification. The North Carolina State Department 
of Public Instruction issues the Professional Class A teacher's 
certificate to graduates of the University who have completed 
an Approved Program, including the specified courses in their 
teaching field (s) and the prescribed courses in Education, and 
who receive recommendations from the designated official (s) 
of their teaching area(s) and from the Chairman of the Depart- 
ment of Education. 

Special students not completing an Approved Program are 
required to secure an analysis of their deficiencies for the Class 
A certificate from the Division of Teacher Education of the 
North Carolina State Department of Public Instruction. The 
Wake Forest Department of Education will then plan a program 
to remove these deficiencies. 

Certification requirements for other states should be secured 
from the State Department of Public Instruction in the state 
where certification is sought. The Wake Forest Department of 
Education will then assist in planning a program to meet certi- 
fication requirements of that state. 

Admission Requirements. Admission to the teacher education 
program occurs normally during the sophomore year. Admission 
involves filing an official application with the Department of 
Education, being screened by a faculty committee, and being 
officially approved by the Department of Education. 

Course Requirements. Junior standing is a general pre- 
requisite for all courses in Education. Psychology 151 and 
Speech 151 are recommended electives. 

The Approved Program of Teacher Education requires can- 
didates to complete successfully Education 201, 211, 251, 291, 
and 331. Education 201 is taken prior to the other required 
courses. The remaining work in the teacher education program 

97 



Education 



is taken simultaneously during one semester of the senior year, 
according to availability of programs. 

While enrolled in the block semester, the student will not be 
allowed to take courses concurrently that would interfere with 
being in an assigned student teaching situation for the regular 
public school day (generally 8:00 a.m. to 3:45 p.m.) nor allowed 
to take more than one course occurring outside the regular 
school day. 

Student Teaching. Prerequisites for registering for Student 
Teaching include: 

1. Senior or graduate standing or classification as a graduate- 
level special student. 

2. A grade average of at least C on all courses taken at Wake 
Forest. 

3. A grade average of at least C on all courses taken in the 
area of certification or, in case of two or more fields of certi- 
fication, in each of the areas. 

4. Approval for admission to the Teacher Education Program. 

5. Successful completion of Education 201. 

6. Approval by a Student Teaching Screening Committee. 

Students are assigned to Student Teaching opportunities on 
the basis of available positions and professional needs of the 
students. The University does not assume the responsibility for 
transportation to the schools during Student Teaching. 

Academic Requirements 

English — 8 semester courses, including: one course numbered 160-175; 
323; 390; and at least four additional semester courses numbered 300- 
399. One winter term course in English. 

French — 8 semester courses and 1 winter term, including French 151, 
152, 215, 221, 222, 224, or their equivalents; at least 2 courses in litera- 
ture beyond 215. 

German — 8 semester courses, including German 153, 211, 212; 2 courses 
chosen from German 217, 218, 219, 220; at least 3 courses in literature 
beyond 212. 

Latin — Based on 2 high school units, 9 courses in the Department of 
Classics, 7 of which must be in the Latin language. 

98 



Education 



Spanish— 8 semester courses and 1 winter term, including Spanish 151, 
152, 215, 221, 223, or their equivalents; 2 courses chosen from 224, 225, 
226, and at least 1 course in literature beyond 215. 

Mathematics — 9 semester courses and 1 winter term course, including 
Mathematics 111, 112, 121, 221, 231, 332, and at least 2 other 300-level 
courses. 

Music — 15 courses plus 1 winter term, including 5 courses in applied 
music (including a keyboard proficiency equivalent to Piano 124a). For 
further information consult the Music Department section of this 
catalog or the chairman of the Music Department. 

Physical Education and Health — 9 courses, including 220, 221, 222, 224, 
252, 353, 357, 360, and 363, and Biology 111 and 112. 

Science — 11% to 13 semester courses, consisting of 2 semester courses 
each in Biology, Chemistry, Physics and Mathematics, plus additional 
courses in Biology (4 courses), or Chemistry (5 courses), or Physics 
(3V2 courses). 

Biology — 6 semester courses. 

Chemistry — 7 x /2 semester courses including the first year of Chemistry. 

Physics — 5Y 2 semester courses. 

Social Studies — 12 courses, including 6 courses in History with at least 
2 courses in U. S. History and 2 courses in World (European) History; 
5 courses from Politics, Sociology, Anthropology, or Economics with no 
more than 2 courses in any one area; and a course in Geography. 

Economics — 6 courses. 

Government — 6 courses. 

History — 6 courses with at least 2 courses in U. S. History and 2 courses 
in World (European) History. 

Sociology — 6 courses. 

Speech — 10 courses, including 121, 151, 161, 231, 252, and 261. 

Required Courses 

These courses are required for a teaching certificate. 

201. Foundations of Education. Philosophical, historical, and sociological 
foundations of education inclduing analysis of contemporary issues and 
problems. 

211. Educational Psychology. General principles of adolescent develop- 
ment. The nature, theories, processes, and conditions of effective teaching- 
learning. Appraising and directing learning. Internship. P-201. 

251. Student Teaching. Observation and experience in school-related 
activities. Supervised student teaching. Graded "Pass-Fail". For require- 
ments and prerequisites see page 98. P-201. 

99 



Education 



291. Methods and Materials. Methods, materials, and techniques used 
in teaching the various subjects. P-201. 

Teaching of English, each term. 

Teaching of Foreign Languages, fall term. 

Teaching of Health and Physical Education, spring term. 

Teaching of Mathematics, spring term. 

Teaching of Music, spring term. 

Teaching of Science, fall term. 

Teaching of Social Studies, each term. 

Teaching of Speech, spring term. 

331. The School and Teaching. Organization of the school system. Bases 
of education. The curriculum. Major problems of education and teaching. 
The role of the teacher. Psychological aspects of teaching P-201. 

Elective Courses 

271. Introduction to Geography. A study of the physical environment 
and its relationship to man, including an examination of climate, vege- 
tation, soils, water resources and land forms found in various regions 
throughout the world. 

301. Audiovisual Education. Introduction to the field of audiovisual 
education, development and application of skills in the use of instruc- 
tional materials, equipment, and programs. 

302. Production of Instructional Materials. Methods of producing in- 
structional materials and other technological techniques. P-301. 

303. History of European Education. A study of educational theory and 
practice from classical Greece through modern Europe, stressing the 
writers who have contributed to western educational thought. 

304. History of American Education. A study of education in the United 
States from Colonial days to the present, with special focus on the social 
forces which have influenced American educational thought. 

313. Human Growth and Development. Theories of childhood and 
adolescent development and their educational implications physically, in- 
tellectually, emotionally, socially, and morally. 

321. Educational Statistics and Measurement. Statistical and quanti- 
tative procedures as applied to educational measurement, evaluation, and 
research. 

341. Principles of Counseling and Guidance. Counseling history, philos- 
ophy, theory, procedure, and process. Therapeutic and developmental 
counseling approaches in guidance and personnel work in educational, 
social, business, and community service agencies. 

100 



English 

Courses for Graduate Students* 

405. Sociology of Education. 

407. Philosophy of Education. 

413. Psychology of Learning. 

421. Educational Research. 

431. Foundation of Curriculum Development. 

433. Supervision of Instruction. 

435. Organization and Administration of Education. 

441. Theories and Models of Counseling. 

442. Group Procedures in Counseling. 

443. Vocational Psychology. 

445. Counseling Laboratory and Internship. 
451, 452. Administrative Internship. 

461. Student Personnel Work and Higher Education. 

462. Dimensions of College Student Development. 
483. Readings and Research in Education. 

491, 492. Thesis Research. 

ENGLISH 

Professors Gossett, Phillips, Wilson 

Visiting Professor Htin Aung 

Associate Professors D. A. Brown, Carter (Chairman), 

Fosso, Kenion, L. Potter, Shorter 
Assistant Professors Drake, Lovett, Milner, Raynor 
Instructors Bonnette, Dervin, Faulhaber, Johnson, 

McCaskey, Meyer, J. Potter, Spear, Wright 
Lecturer Shaw 

The prerequisite for admission to all advanced courses in 
English is any one of the courses in English and American liter- 
ature numbered 160-175. 100-level courses are offered each 
semester. 

The major in English requires a minimum of eight semester 
courses, at least six of which must be numbered 300-399, and 
one winter term in the junior or senior year. Of the advanced 

* For course descriptions, see the Graduate Bulletin. 

101 



English 

courses, one must be Shakespeare and an additional one must 
be in English literature before 1750 (courses numbered 300- 
339); two must be in English literature after 1750 (courses 
numbered 340-369); and one must be in American literature 
(courses numbered 370-385). The advanced courses must also 
include one from three of the following four groups: I. (courses 
315, 325, 350, 354, 362, 367, 376); II. (courses 335, 353, 357, 
365, 380); III. (courses 310, 330, 343, 360, 372, 374, 382); IV. 
(courses 320, 332, 364, 369, 378). Every course numbered 300- 
385 satisfies two required categories. Course 386 may be sub- 
stituted in satisfaction of appropriate requirements. One course 
must be a seminar: each semester the department will designate 
which courses will be offered as seminars. 

Highly qualified English majors are considered by the depart- 
ment for admission to the honors program in English. To be 
graduated with the designation of "Honors in English," they 
must earn a QPR of not less than 3.0 on all college work and 
3.3 on all work in English, complete satisfactorily the require- 
ments for English majors, and in addition complete the require- 
ments for English 388. 

11. Composition Review.* Essentials of standard usage and the basic 
principles of composition; frequent exercises. No credit. STAFF 

110. English Composition. f Training in expository writing; frequent 
essays based upon readings in literature. STAFF 

160. Survey of Major British Writers. Eight to ten writers representing 
different periods and genres; primarily lecture. Staff 

165. Studies in Major British Writers. Three to five writers representing 
different periods; primarily discussion, with frequent short papers. Lim- 
ited enrollment. Staff 

170. Survey of Major American Writers. Nine to eleven writers repre- 
senting different periods and genres; primarily lecture. Staff 

175. Studies in Major American Writers. Three to five writers repre- 
senting different periods; primarily discussion, with frequent short papers. 
Limited enrollment. STAFF 

* Proficiency in the use of the English language is recognized by the Faculty as a re- 
quirement in all departments. A composition condition, indicated by cc under the grade 
for any course, may be assigned in any department to a student whose writing is unsatis- 
factory, regardless of previous credits in composition. Also the composition of all rising 
juniors, both Wake Forest students and transfers, is examined for proficiency. The writing 
of Wake Forest students is checked during their last course in sophomore English; that of 
transfers is checked during the orientation Deriod each fall. For removal of a composition 
condition the student is required to take English 11 during the first semester for which he 
registers following the assignment of the cc. Since English 11 is not taught in the summer 
terms, a summer school student needing to remove a composition condition may repeat 
English 110 without credit. Removal of the deficiency is prerequisite to graduation. 

t Prerequisite for all other courses in English unless the composition requirement is 
waived. 

102 



English 



Journalism and Writing 



270. Introduction to Journalism. Survey of the fundamental principles 
of news-gathering and news-writing; study of news and news values, with 
some attention to representative newspapers. Mr. Shaw 

272. Editing. A laboratory course in copy-editing, headline-writing, 
typography, and make-up; includes both newspaper and magazine edit- 
ing. P-270. Mr. Shaw 

276. Advanced Journalism. Intensive practice in writing various types 
of newspaper stories, including the feature article. Limited to students 
planning careers in journalism. P-270. Mr. Shaw 

278. History of Journalism. A study of the development of American 
journalism and its English origin; detailed investigations of representative 
world papers. Mr. Shaw 

284. The Essay. Primarily for those interested in writing for publication, 
with concentration on writing various types of essays. Admission by 
consent of the instructor. Mr. Shaw 

286. The Short Story. A study of the fundamental principles of short 
fiction writing; constant practice in writing, extensive study of short 
story form. Admission by consent of the instructor. Mr. Shaw 



Advanced Courses in Literature and Language* 

310. Introduction to Medieval Literature. Important works, exclusive 
of Chaucer. Consideration of literary genres, themes, religious and 
philosophical background. (A) Mr. Shorter 

315. Chaucer. Emphasis on The Canterbury Tales and Troilus and 
Criseyde, with some attention to long minor poems. Consideration of 
literary, social, religious and philosophical background. Mr. Shorter 

320. English Drama to 1642. English drama from its beginnings to 1642, 
excluding Shakespeare. Representative Cycle plays, Moralities, Eliza- 
bethan and Jacobean tragedies, comedies, and tragi-comedies. (A) 

Mr. Bonnette 

323. Shakespeare. Twelve representative plays illustrating Shakespeare's 
development as a poet and dramatist. Mr. FOSSO 

325. Renaissance and Seventeenth Century. Selected prose and poetry, 
1500-1660, exclusive of Milton. Emphasis on Spenser and Donne, cul- 
tural backgrounds and stylistic transformations. (A) Mr. FOSSO 



Courses marked (A) are normally offered in alternate years. 

103 



English 

330. English Literature 1660-1745. Representative works studied against 
the social and intellectual background. Emphasis upon Dryden, Addison, 
Steele, Swift, Defoe, Pope and the comic dramatists of the Restoration. 

Mr. Kenton 
332. Satire. The nature of the satiric form and the satiric spirit as re- 
vealed through reading and critical analysis of significant examples, 
mostly English and American. (A) Mr. KeniON 

335. Eighteenth Century Fiction. Primarily the fiction of Defoe, Rich- 
ardson, Fielding, Smollett, Sterne, and Austen. Mr. Lovett 

343. English Literature, 1745-1800. Emphasis upon the personalities 
and writings of Johnson, Boswell, Goldsmith and Burns. Consideration of 
the classical heritage and of trends from classic to romantic. Mr. Brown 

350. Romantic Poets. A review of the beginnings of romanticism in 
English literature, followed by study of Wordsworth, Coleridge, Byron, 
Keats, and Shelley; collateral reading in the prose of the period. 

Mr. Wilson 

353. The Nineteenth Century English Novel. Representative major 
works by Dickens, Eliot, Thackeray, Hardy, the Brontes, and others. 
Lectures and discussion. Mr. Carter 

354. Major Victorian Poets. Representative poems by Tennyson, Brown- 
ing, and Arnold. Lectures, discussion, and papers. Mr. Drake 

357. Autobiography in the Victorian Novel. Study of the autobiographi- 
cal technique in Dickens, Thackeray, Eliot, Charlotte Bronte and Mere- 
dith. (A) Mr. Drake 

360. Literature and Culture in the Nineteenth Century. The influence 
of social change, religious controversy and scientific theory upon prose, 
fiction and poetry. (A) Mr. Carter 

362. Blake, Yeats, and Thomas. Reading and critical analysis of the 
poetry of Blake, Yeats, and Dylan Thomas; study of the plays of Yeats 
and his contemporaries in the Irish Renaissance, especially Synge and 
Lady Gregory. (A) Mr. Wilson 

364. Literary Criticism. Review of the beginnings of literary criticism, 
followed by a study of the principal twentieth century critical approaches 
to literature. (A) Mr. Potter 

365. Twentieth Century English Novelists. A study of Conrad, Law- 
rence, Joyce, Forster, Woolf and later English novelists with attention 
to the social and intellectual background. Mr. Potter 

367. Twentieth Century Poetry. Selected American and British poets 
from 1900 to 1965. Miss Phillips 

369. Modern Drama. Modern drama from its late nineteenth century 
naturalist beginnings to the contemporary existentialist-absurdist theater. 

Mr. Bonnette 
372. The American Renaissance. Writers of the mid-nineteenth century 
including Emerson, Thoreau, Hawthorne and Melville. Mr. Meyer 

104 



English 

374. Intellectual and Social Movements in American Literature to 1865. 
Selected topics such as Puritanism, the Enlightenment, Transcendental- 
ism, and romanticism to be focused on the mid-nineteenth century. (A) 

Mr. Meyer 

376. American Poetry from 1855 to 1900. The poetry of Whitman, Mel- 
ville, Dickinson and Stephen Crane. (A) Miss Phillips 

378. Literature of the South. The aesthetic, philosophical, and socio- 
logical dimensions of the best literature of the South, from the colonial 
to the contemporary period. Writers to include the regional humorists, 
Faulkner, Ransom and Williams. Mr. Milner 

380. American Fiction from 1865 to 1915. To include such writers as 
Twain, James, Howells, Crane, Dreiser, Wharton, and Cather. (A) 

Mr. Gossett 

382. Intellectual and Social Movements in American Literature since 
1915. Selected topics such as naturalism, the novel of World War I, 
Freudianism, Marxism, existentialism. Mr. GOSSETT 

386. Directed Reading. A tutorial in an area of study not otherwise 
provided by the English department; granted upon departmental ap- 
proval of petition presented by a qualified student. Staff 

388. Honors Course in English. A conference course centering upon a 
special reading requirement and a thesis requirement. For senior 
students wishing to graduate with "Honors in English." Mr. Potter 

390. The Structure of English. An introduction to the principles and 
techniques of structural linguistics applied to contemporary American 
English. Miss McCaskey 

Courses for Graduate Students* 

(Note: Not every course listed in this section will be given 
every year, but at least four will be offered each regular aca- 
demic year, and normally two will be offered in the summer 
session. ) 

415. Studies in Chaucer. Mr. Shorter 

419. English Drama, 1580-1642. 

421. Studies in Spenser. Mr. Fosso 

425. Studies in Seventeenth Century English 

Literature. Mr. Fosso 

435. The Major Augustans. Mr. Kenion 

437. Studies in Later Eighteenth Century Poetry. Mr. Brown 

443. The Nineteenth Century English Novel. Mr. Carter 

* For course descriptions, see the Graduate Bulletin. 

105 



German 

444. English Poetry of the Nineteenth and Twentieth 

Centuries. Mr. Wilson 

455. Studies in American Fiction. Mr. Gossett 

457. American Poetry. Miss Phillips 

491, 492. Thesis Research. 

FINE ARTS 

(See Interdepartmental courses at end of course listings.) 

GERMAN 

Professors Fraser, O'Flaherty 
Associate Professor Sanders 
Assistant Professors Sellner, West 
Instructor Place 

A major in German requires eight semester courses and one 
winter term course beyond German 111-112, and must include 
281 and 285. 

Highly qualified German majors are considered by the De- 
partment for admission to the honors program in German. They 
must meet certain preliminary requirements, participate in at 
least one senior seminar at this institution, earn a QPR of not 
less than 3.0 on all college work and 3.3 on all work in German, 
complete a senior research project and pass a comprehensive 
examination. They are then graduated with the designation of 
"Honors in German." 

Attention is called to the exchange program which Wake 
Forest University maintains with the Free University of Berlin 
(see page 40). 

Ill, 112. Elementary German. This course covers the principles of 
grammar and pronunciation, and includes the reading of simple texts. 
Lab — 1 hr. 

152. Intermediate German. The principles of grammar are reviewed; 
reading of selected prose and poetry. Open only to students who have 
completed three years of high school German. 

153. Intermediate German. The principles of grammar are reviewed; 
reading of selected prose and poetry. P-lll, 112. 

106 



German 

211, 212. Introduction to German Literature. The object of this course 
js to acquaint the student with masterpieces of German literature. Par- 
allel readings and reports. P-152 or 153. 

217. Conversation and Phonetics. A course in spoke German emphasizing 
facility of expression. Considerable attention is devoted to phonetics. 
P-152 or 153 or equivalent. 

218. Composition and Grammar Review. A review of the fundamentals 
of German grammar, with intensive practice in translation and com- 
position. P-152 or 153 or equivalent. 

219. Advanced Composition. A study of advanced grammar and com- 
position. English texts will be translated into German in addition to 
free composition in German. P-218 or equivalent. 

220. German Civilization. A survey of contemporary German culture, 
including a study of its historical development in broad outline. The 
course is conducted in German. P-217 or consent of instructor. 

249. Old High German and Middle High German Literature. The study 
of major writers and works from these two areas emphasizes major 
writings of the chivalric period. P-211, 212 or equivalent. 

250. Renaissance, Reformation and Baroque German Literature. A 
study of major writers and works from the post-chivalric period to ap- 
proximately 1700. P-211, 212 or equivalent. 

253. Eighteenth Century German Literature. A study of major writers 
and works of the Enlightenment and Sturm und Drang. P-211, 212 or 
equivalent. 

263. German Literature of the Nineteenth Century (I). Poetry, prose, 
dramas and critical works from approximately 1795 to 1848. P-211, 212 
or equivalent. 

264. German Literature of the Nineteenth Century (II). Readings from 
the beginnings of Poetic Realism to the advent of Naturalism. P-211, 212 
or equivalent. 

270. Directed Readings in German Literature. Studies in literature not 
ordinarily read in other courses. Open only to majors with at least four 
courses of German beyond 212. Participation with consent of Chairman. 

281. Seminar: Twentieth Century Prose. Intensive study of certain 
works by Thomas Mann, Hesse, and Kafka, plus considerable outside 
reading. P-211, 212 or equivalent. 

285. Seminar: Goethe. Faust Part I will be studied in class. Parallel 
readings in other works by Goethe will be assigned. P-211, 212 or 
equivalent. 

288. Honors Course in German. A conference course in German litera- 
ture. A major research paper is required. Designed for candidates for 
departmental honors. 

107 



History 



HISTORY 



Professors Covey, Gokhale, Perry, Smiley, Stroupe, 

Lowell R. Tillett, Yearns 
Visiting Professor Tate 
Associate Professors Barnett (Chairman), Berthrong, 

Hendricks, McDowell, Mullen, Zuber 
Assistant Professors Barefield, J. H. Smith 
Instructors Hadley, Platte, Sinclair, Van Meter 

The Bachelor of Arts degree is awarded to students who com- 
plete the requirements for the bachelor's degree as stated else- 
where in this catalog and take their major in History. The 
History major consists of eight semester courses and one winter 
term. It must include History 381, two courses in U. S. history, 
two courses in European history and one course in non-western 
history. One course in the major must be taken as a seminar. 
No more than two courses from History 111, 112, 113 may be 
counted toward the major. 

Highly qualified History majors are considered by the depart- 
ment for admission to the honors program in History. They 
must meet certain preliminary requirements, earn a QPR of 
not less than 3.0 on all college work and 3.3 on all work in 
History, complete satisfactorily History 287, 288, and pass a 
comprehensive written examination. They are then graduated 
with the designation of "Honors in History." For additional 
information consult members of the History staff. 

Students contemplating graduate study should plan to take 
required and general survey courses early in their college 
careers, should include the course in Historiography, and should 
acquire a reading knowledge of one modern foreign language 
(preferably French, German or Russian) for the M.A. degree 
and two for the Ph.D. degree. For information regarding the 
Master of Arts degree in History at Wake Forest University 
consult the Bulletin of the Graduate School. 

111. Europe from the Renaissance to 1789. A survey. Staff 

112. Europe from 1789 to 1914. A survey. Staff 

113. Europe and the Twentieth Century World. A survey from 1914 to 
the present. STAFF 

108 



History 

151, 152. The United States. Political, social, economic, and intellectual 
aspects. 151: before 1865; 152: after 1865. Staff 

211. Seminar. Offered by members of the staff on topics of their choice. 

Staff 

215, 216. The Ancient World. Critical focus on the Greeks in the fall, 
and Romans in the spring, but in global context of paleolithic to medieval; 
psychological-philosophical stress. Mr. Covey 

222. The Renaissance and Reformation. Europe from 1300 to 1600. 
Social, cultural, and intellectual developments stressed. (Not offered 
1971-72). Mr. Barefield 

240. Afro-American History. The role of Afro-Americans in the develop- 
ment of the United States with particular attention to African heritage, 
forced migration, Americanization, and influence. Mr. SMITH 

264. Economic History of the United States. The economic development 
of the United States from colonial beginnings to the present. Mr. Perry 

265. American Diplomatic History. An introduction to the history of 
American diplomacy since 1776, emphasizing the effects of public opinion 
on fundamental policies. Mr. Perry 

271. Colonial Latin America, 1492-1825. Cultural configurational ap- 
proach. Mr. Covey 

287, 288. Honors Course in History. A two-semester sequence of seminars 
on problems of historical synthesis and interpretation. Designed for 
seniors who are candidates for distinction in history. Staff 

311, 312. Social and Intellectual History of Modern Europe. Intellectual 
trends in Western European Civilization. Fall: seventeen and eighteenth 
centuries; spring: nineteenth and twntieth centuries. Mr. BerthrONG 

315. The Middle Ages. A survey of European history, 400-1300, stress- 
ing social and cultural developments. Mr. Barefield 

316. France and England in the Twelfth and Thirteenth Centuries. The 
structure of society, the nature of law, church-state relations, intellectual 
developments. P-315 or permission of instructor. Mr. Barefield 

319, 320. Germany. Fall: origins of the German nation and the rise of 
Prussia in a context of particularism. Spring: from the Reich of Bis- 
marck to divided Germany. Mr. McDowell 

323, 324. England. A political and social survey, with some attention to 
continental movements. Fall: to 1603; spring: 1603 to present. 

Messrs. Barnett, Hadley 

325. Tudor and Early Stuart England. A constitutional and social study 
of England from 1485 to 1641. (Not offered 1971-72) Mr. Barnett 

329, 330. Modern England. Political, social, economic, and cultural 
history of England since 1714. Fall: to 1815; spring: since 1815. 

Mr. Hadley 

109 



History 

331, 332. Russia. Primarily political, with some attention to cultural 
and social developments. Fall: the Russian Empire; spring: the Soviet 
Union. Mr. Tillett 

333. European Diplomatic History, 1848-1914. Research-discussion 
seminar, with emphasis on topics from the Bismarck era. Mr. Mullen 

335, 336. Twentieth Century Europe. Emphasis on international ques- 
tions and the changing position of Europe in the world. Fall: 1914 to 
1939; spring: 1939 to the present. Mr. McDowell 

341, 342. History and Civilization of Southeast Asia. From the earliest 
times to the present; special attention to religion, social organization, 
economy, literature, art, and architecture. (Not offered 1971-72). 

Mr. Gokhale 

343. Imperial China. Development of traditional institutions in Chinese 
society to 1644; attention to social, cultural and political factors, em- 
phasizing continuity and resistance to change. (Not offered 1971-72). 

Mr. Sinclair 

344. Modern China. Manchu Dynasty and its response to the Western 
challenge; 1911 Revolution; warlord era and rise of the Communists; 
Chinese Communist society; cultural Revolution. (Not offered 1971-72). 

Mr. Sinclair 

345. 346. History and Civilization of South Asia. An introduction to the 
history and civilization of South Asia. Emphasis on historical develop- 
ments in the social, economic, and cultural life. Mr. Gokhale 

347. India and the West. Interactions between the British and Indians 
in the context of changes in Indian society, economy, politics and cul- 
ture. Mr. Gokhale 

348. Themes in Indian Civilization. Historical evolution of Indian ideas 
on history, social behavior, economic goals, power problems, individual's 
role, war and non-violence and salvation theories. Mr. Gokhale 

349. 350. East Asia. An introduction to the social, cultural and political 
development of China, Japan, and Korea. Fall: to 1600; spring: since 
1600. Mr. Sinclair 

351, 352. Social and Intellectual History of the United States. The 
relationship between ideas and society. Religion, science, education, 
architecture and immigration are among the topics discussed. Mr. Zuber 

353. Colonial English America. 1582-1774. Determinative episodes, fig- 
ures, allegiances, apperceptions, and results of the period, organically 
considered. Mr. Covey 

354. Revolutionary and Early National America 1763-1820. The 
American Revolution, its causes and effects, the Confederation, the 
Constitution, and the new nation. Mr. Hendricks 

355. The Westward Movement. The role of the frontier in United 
States history, 1763-1890. (Not offered 1971-72). Mr. Smiley 

110 



History 

356. Jacksonian America, 1820-1850. The United States in the age of 
Jackson, Clay, Calhoun and Webster. A biographical approach. 

Mr. Hendricks 

357. The Civil War and Reconstruction. The political and military events 
of the war and the economic, social, and political readjustments which 
followed. Mr. Yearns 

358. U. S. from Reconstruction to World War I. National progress and 
problems during an era of rapid industrialization. Mr. Yearns 

359. Recent American History I. From the Populist Era to the "Roar- 
ing-Twenties," including reform movements, imperialism, progressivism, 
and World War I. Mr. Smith 

360. Recent American History II. From the "Roaring-Twenties" to 
contemporary times, including the Great Depression, the New Deal, 
World War II and post-war developments. Mr. Smith 

362. American Constitutional History. Origins of the constitution, the 
controversies involving the nature of the union, and constitutional read- 
justments to meet the new American industrialism. Mr. Yearns 

363, 364. The South. Geography, population elements, basic institutions, 
and selected events. Mr. Smiley 

367, 368. North Carolina. Selected phases of the development of North 
Carolina from colonial beginnings to the present. Fall: to 1789; spring: 
since 1789. Mr. Stroupe 

381. Historical Methods and Research. For History majors. Orientation 
in historical methodology, instruction in the bibliographical tools, and 
individual research and writing. Staff 

391, 392. Historiography. The principal historians and their writings 
from ancient times to the present. Fall: European historiography; spring: 
American historiography. Mr. Perry 

Courses for Graduate Students* 

411, 412. Seminar in Modern European History. Mr. Tillett 

442. Seminar in Southeast Asia. Mr. Gokhale 

445. Traditional India. Mr. Gokhale 

447. Seminar on Modern India. Mr. Gokhale 

451, 452. Seminar in United States History. Mr. Smiley 

463, 464. American Foundations. A survey of the European 
heritage and colonial environment which developed into the 
American culture of the late eighteenth and early nineteenth 
centuries. A cooperative program of Wake Forest University, Old 

* For course descriptions, see the Graduate Bulletin. 

Ill 



Mathematics 



Salem, and Reynolda House, Inc. Lectures provide a continuity 
of theme, while Old Salem and other historic sites provide oppor- 
tunities for giving history a visual dimension. A research project 
is required. Summer. Mr. Covey, Staff 

481, 482. Directed Reading. Staff 

491, 492. Thesis Research. Staff 

HUMANITIES 

(See Interdepartmental courses at end of course listings.) 

MATHEMATICS 

Professors Gentry, Sawyer, Seelbinder 

Visiting Professor Brauer 

Associate Professors Gay, Gaylord May, Graham May, 

Waddill 
Assistant Professors Baxley, Howard, Frank L. Scott, 

Walker 
Instructor David L. Hall 

A major in mathematics requires nine semester courses and 
one winter term course. 

A student must include courses 111, 112, 121, 211, 221 and 
at least three 300-level courses in his major. A prospective 
teacher in the education block may substitute 231 for 211. 

Highly qualified Mathematics majors are considered by the 
Department for admission to the honors program in Mathe- 
matics. They must meet certain preliminary requirements, earn 
a QPR of not less than 3.0 on all college work and 3.3 on all 
work in Mathematics, complete satisfactorily a senior research 
paper and pass a comprehensive oral and written examination. 
They are then graduated with the designation of "Honors in 
Mathematics." For additional information consult members of 
the Mathematics staff. 

105. Pre-Calculus Mathematics. Selected topics deal with the structure 
of number systems and the elementary functions. Not to be counted on 
major in Mathematics. 

Ill, 112. Calculus with Analytic Geometry I, II. Differential and integral 
calculus and the basic concepts of analytic geometry. No student will be 
allowed credit for both 116 and 111. Lab. — 2 hrs. 

112 



Mathematics 



115, 116. Finite Mathematics with Calculus I, II. Logic, sets, probability 
matrices, linear programming, markov chains, theory of games and 
concepts from differential and integral calculus. No student will be al- 
lowed credit for both 116 and 111. Lab — 2 hrs. 

121. Linear Algebra. Vectors and vector spaces, linear transformations 
and matrices, linear groups and determinants. 

155. Introduction to Fortran Programming. (V2 per sem.) Basic FOR- 
TRAN programming. Lecture and laboratory J /2 semester. Graded on 
Pass/ Fail basis. Lab — 2 hrs. 

157. Elementary Probability and Statistics. Probability and distribution 
functions; means and variances; sampling distributions. One who takes 
this course may not receive credit for Soc. 380. 

211. Advanced Calculus I. Limits and continuity, differentiation and 
integration, implicit and inverse function theorems. P-121. 

221. Modern Algebra I. An introduction to modern abstract algebra 
through the study of groups, rings, integral domain and fields. P-121. 

231. Euclidean Geometry. Postulates, definitions, theorems and models 
of Euclidean geometry. 

233. Elementary Topology. Topology in metric spaces. Continuity, com- 
pactness, sequences, uniform convergence, applications to analysis. 

251. Ordinary Differential Equations. Linear equations with constant 
coefficients, linear equations with variable coefficients, existence and 
uniqueness theorems for first order equations. P-112. 

253. Operations Research. Mathematical models and optimization tech- 
niques. Studies in allocation, simulation, queuing, scheduling and net- 
work analysis. P-lll, P-115 or equivalent. 

256. Programming Languages. FORTRAN IV, COBOL, and Assembly 
languages. Advanced computer techniques. P- Mathematics 155 or equiva- 
lent. 

301S. Basic Concepts of Algebra for Teachers. Number systems and 
elementary mathematical structures. Not for credit toward the M.A. 
degree in Mathematics. 

302S. Basic Concepts of Geometry for Teachers. Euclidean Geometry 
with a brief introduction to non-Euclidean geometries. Not for credit 
toward the M.A. degree in Mathematics. 

311. Advanced Calculus II. Sequences and series, uniform convergence, 
the Stieltjes integral, power series and Fourier series. P-211. 

317. Complex Analysis I. Analytic functions, Cauchy's theorem and its 
consequences, power series and residue calculus. P-211. 

322. Modern Algebra II. A continuation of modern abstract algebra 
through the study of additional properties of groups and fields and a 
thorough treatment of vector spaces. P-221. 

113 



Mathematics 



323, 324. Matrix Theory I, II. Basic concepts and theorems concerning 
matrices and real number functions defined on preferred sets of matrices. 
P-121. 

332. Non-Euclidean Geometry. Postulates, definitions, theorems, and 
models of Lobachevskian and Riemannian geometry. 

333. General Topology I. An axiomatic development of topological 
spaces. Includes continuity, connectedness, compactness, separation 
axioms and metric spaces. 

345, 346. Elementary Theory of Numbers I, II. Properties of integers, 
congruences, arithmetic functions, primitive roots, sums of squares, magic 
squares, applications to elementary mathematics, quadratic residues, 
arithmetic theory of continued fractions. 

348. Combinatorial Analysis. Enumeration techniques, including gen- 
erating functions, recurrence formulas, the principle of inclusion and 
exclusion, and Polya's theorem. P-221. 

351, 352. Applied Analysis. Vector analysis, complex variables, infinite 
series, Fourier integrals, Laplace transforms, partial differential equa- 
tions, calculus of variations. 

355. Numerical Analysis. A computer-oriented study of analytical 
methods in mathematics. Lecture and laboratory. P-112 and 155 W or 
155. 251 recommended. 

357, 358. Mathematical Statistics I, II. Probability distributions, math- 
ematical expectation, sampling distributions, estimation and testing of 
hypotheses, regression, correlation and analysis of variance. P-112. 

381. Independent Study. (Y 2 per sem.) Library and conference work. 

Courses for Graduate Students* 
411, 412. Real Analysis. 
415, 416. Seminar in Analysis. 
418. Complex Analysis II. 
421, 422. Abstract Algebra. 
423, 424. Seminar on Theory of Matrices. 
425, 426. Seminar in Algebra. 
433. General Topology II. 
435, 436. Seminar on Topology. 
437, 438. Seminar on Geometry. 
445, 446. Seminar on Number Theory. 
491, 492. Thesis Research. 

* For course descriptions, see the Graduate Bulletin. 

114 



Music 

MILITARY SCIENCE 

Colonel Joseph H. Hoffman, Jr., Professor 
Major Adam S. Gilmour, Assistant Professor 
Captain Oliver B. Ingram, Jr., Assistant Professor 
Captain Norman R. Jones, Assistant Professor 
Captain Westford D. Warner, Assistant Professor 
Sergeant Major Wilhelm O. Reter, Assistant 
Master Sergeant Charles E. Norton, Assistant 
Staff Sergeant Sidney H. Mixon, Assistant 
Staff Sergeant Kenneth B. Poole, Assistant 

111, 112. First Year Basic. (V2 per 2 sems.) The role, organization and 
management of national defense; introduction to basic military skills 
and leadership. Academic subject also required.* Lab — 1 Vi hrs. 

151, 152. Second Year Basic. (V2 per 2 sems.) American military history; 
methods of geographic location and reference; introduction to basic tac- 
tics; leadership application. P-lll, 112. Lab — IVi hrs. 

211, 212. First Year Advanced. (V2 per sem.) Leadership techniques; 
military teaching principles; small unit tactics and communications; ad- 
vanced leadership application. Academic subject also required.* P-151, 

152. Lab — 1 y 4 hrs. 

251, 252. Second Year Advanced. (V2 per sem.) Military operations, 
logistics, administration, and law; active duty orientation; supervision 
of Leadership Laboratory program. Academic subject also required.* 
P-211, 212. Lab— iy 4 hrs. 

MUSIC 

Professor T. McDonald 

Associate Professors Huber (Chairman), P. S. Robinson 

Assistant Professor Giles 

Instructor C. W. Smith 

Part-Time Instructors L. S. Harris, Felmet, Raper 

Artist In Residence Kalter 

The major in Music requires ten semester courses, one winter 
term in the junior or senior year, one Education seminar in 
Music Literature, and four semesters of ensemble. The major 
will include: 155, 156, 157, 158, 213, 214 (in winter term), 233; 

* One academic subject, to be approved in advance by the Professor of Military Science, 
is required for the freshman, junior, and senior years. This subject, either elective or 
required by the University, will be one which furthers the profesional qualifications of 
the student as a prospective officer in the United States Army. 

115 



Music 

a music elective from among the following: 217, 225, 227, 228, 
230, 237, 238, or 281; applied music 121-122 (one-half course 
per year), 123-124 (one-half course per semester), 221-222 (one- 
half course per semester), 223 or 224 (one-half course per 
semester), and Education 297. Music majors must take twenty- 
four and one-half courses in other departments. 

Students wishing to be certified to teach music in the public 
schools will need the following additional courses: Music 235, 
Education 291 and 295, Brass and Percussion 121a, Woodwinds 
121a, Strings 121a, and Voice 121a, and 5 other courses in Edu- 
cation. In addition, the student must be able to demonstrate 
a keyboard proficiency equivalent to Piano 124a. 

Students specializing in church music will need the following 
additional courses: Education 295, Music 230 and 231. 

Music Majors are required to attend all faculty and student 
recitals. Presentation of a public recital is also required. 

Highly qualified majors may be considered by the department 
for admission to the honors program in music. A student must 
have earned a QPR of not less than 3.0 on all college work and 
3.3 on all work in this department. He may elect one of the 
following to complete the requirement in honors: (1) complete 
a senior research paper; (2) compose a large work for orchestra, 
band, chorus, piano, organ, or voice, and present it in a public 
performance; (3) present a lecture that will include an analysis 
of the music to be performed on the senior recital, and prepare 
two works independently, one to be performed on the senior 
recital. 

Music Theory 

101. Fundamentals. Music terminology, scales, keys, intervals, chords, 
rhythms, abbreviations, smaller forms. Primarily for students not 
majoring in music. 

155. Theory I. Ear training, sight singing, keyboard harmony. Tonal 
relations, primary triads, and inversions. Consonant diatonic harmonies 
of the major and minor modes. Lecture and laboratory sections. Lab — 
2 hrs. 

156. Theory II. Continuation of 1'heory I. Ear training, sight singing, 
keyboard harmony. Introduction to dissonance, seventh chords and in- 
versions, accessory tones. Lecture and laboratory sections. P-155. Lab — 
2 hrs. 

116 



Music 

157. Theory III. Continuation of Theory II. Tonicization, modulation, 
modal alterations. Lecture and laboratory sections. P-156. Lab — 1 hr. 

158. Theory IV. Continuation of Theory III. Chromatic harmony, har- 
monic practices of nineteenth and twentieth century composers. Lecture 
and laboratory sections. P-157. Lab — 1 hr. 

213. Counterpoint. Basic voice-leading in the five species of counterpoint 
involving two to four voices in both strict and free styles. P-158. 

214. Form and Analysis. The harmonic and contrapuntal materials in 
small and large forms, with practical composition in some of the forms. 
P-213. 

217. Introduction to Twelve-Tone Composition. A study of the devices 
of serial composition and their application in creative composition both 
in small and large forms. P-158. 

235. Scoring for Orchestra and Band. A study of Instrumentation and 
scoring for the orchestra and band that includes practical experience in 
scoring. P-158. 

Music Literature 

102. Music Appreciation. Open to all students desiring a fuller under- 
standing of music. 

225. Twentieth Century Music. A survey of the major musical styles, 
genre, and media of contemporary music from Debussy to the present. 

226. Jazz. A history of the half-century of Jazz in America, its trends, 
and influences. 

227. Opera. A study of the major operatic works from Gluck to the 
present. (Offered in alternate years.) 

228. The Romantic Symphony. A study of the major symphonic com- 
positions from Beethoven and Schubert through Tschaikovsky and 
Mahler. (Offered in alternate years.) 

230. Seminary in Church Music. A survey of the great oratorios, can- 
tatas, anthems, hymns, and organ compositions of the church, with 
emphasis on their proper liturgical setting. 

231. Music in the Church. Function of the church musician and the 
relationship of his work to the overall church program. 

233. Music History. Survey of the history, literature, and meaning of 
music, aiming to stimulate intelligent hearing and understanding of music. 

237. Bach and Handel. A study of the major musical compositions of the 
two great masters of the late Baroque. (Offered in alternate years.) 

238. Beethoven. An introduction to the music of Beethoven; a study of 
the relationship to his predecessors and contempories and his influence 
on the music of the nineteenth century (Offered in alternate years.) 

281. Honors in Music. Independent study for highly qualified students 
who wish to graduate "with Honors in Music." 

117 



Music 

Music Education 

291. Education — Teaching of Music. Teaching and supervision of choral 
and instrumental music in the public schools, grades 1-12. P-158. 

295. Education — Conducting. Principles of choral and instrumental con- 
ducting as they relate to teaching music in the schools. P-158. 

297. Education — Music Literature Seminar. An examination of teaching 
materials from the standard repertory in the student's special area of 
interest. Advanced standing. Three class meetings and one tutorial hour 
per week. Tutorial fee. 

Ensemble 

Departmental ensembles are open to all students. Credit is 
earned on the basis of one-half course for two semesters of 
participation. 

109, 110. Orchestra. Study and performance of orchestral works from the 
classical and contemporary repertory. 

Ill, 121. Choir. Study and performance of sacred and secular choral 
literature. Chapel Choir membership by audition; Touring Choir selected 
from the Chapel Choir. 

113, 114. Band. Concert Band: Study and performance of the standard 
band repertory in regular campus and public appearances including an 
annual tour. Membership by audition. 

Varsity Band: For students lacking experience, proficiency, or time to 
participate in the Concert Band. 

Marching Deacons Band: Performs for most of the football games and 
rehearses during the first half of the fall semester at the Concert Band 
time. 

115, 116. Accompanying. Study of the elements of accompanying through 
class discussion and studio experience. 

Applied Music 

Applied music courses are open to all college students with the 
consent of the instructor. Credit is earned on the basis of class 
time and weekly preparation: one-half course per year implies 
a half-hour of instruction weekly and a minimum of one hour of 
daily practice; one course per year (one-half course per semes- 
ter) implies an hour of instruction weekly and a minimum of 
two hours of daily practice. 

Piano 121a-124a. Class Piano. ( J / 2 P e r 2 sems.) Scales, chords, inversions, 
appropriate standard literature with emphasis on sight-reading, har- 
monization, simple transposition. Designed for the beginning piano stu- 
dent. Applied music fee. 

118 



Music 

Piano 121, 122. Bach, Two-Part Inventions; Beethoven, Sonata, Op. 14, 
No. 1; Chopin, Prelude, Op. 28, No. 17. Applied music fee. 

Piano 123, 124. Bach, Sinfonia; Beethoven, Sonata, Op. 10, No. 1; Chopin, 
Etude, Op. 10, No. 9. Applied music fee. 

Piano 221, 222. Bach, Well Tempered Clavier; Beethoven, Sonata, Op. 
27, No. 1 ; Brahms, Intermezzo, Op. 118, No. 2. Applied music fee. 

Piano 223, 224. Bach, English Suites; Beethoven, Sonata, Op. 31, No. 2; 
Copland, Passacaglia. Applied music fee. 

Organ 121, 122. Manual and pedal technique; clarity in contrapuntal 
playing; Bach's Eight Little Preludes and Fugues; hymn playing. Applied 
music fee. 

Organ 123, 124. Pedal scales; smaller preludes and fugues of Bach; 
chorale preludes; simple works of more modern composers; hymn playing. 
Applied music fee. 

Organ 221, 222. More difficult Bach preludes and fugues and chorale 
preludes; selected works by Mendelssohn, Franck, etc. Applied music fee. 

Organ 223, 224. Larger preludes and fugues of Bach; trio sonatas; selected 
modern composers of all schools: Widor, Vierne, Dupre, etc. Applied 
music fee. 

Voice 121a. Voice Class. (y 2 per 2 sems.) Fundamentals of singing de- 
signed to develop the full range and resonant quality of the voice. Applied 
music fee. 

Voice 121, 122. Establishment of correct breathing and pronounciation 
habits. Early Italian and English songs. Applied music fee. 

Voice 123, 124. Moderately difficult arias of the Classic period and early 
Romantic art songs. Participation in student recitals. Applied music fee. 

Voice 221, 222. More difficult Classic arias, moderately difficult art songs 
and arias of the Romantic period in original languages. Participation in 
student recitals, oratorio, and music drama. Applied music fee. 

Voice 223, 224. Attention to developing individual style and interpre- 
tation. More difficult songs and arias of all periods in original language. 
Applied music fee. 

Orchestra and Band Instruments 121, 122; 123, 124; 221, 222; 223, 224. 
Studies of progressive difficulty (for Flute, Clarinet, Oboe, Bassoon, Sax- 
ophone, Trumpet, French Horn, Trombone, Euphonium, Tuba, Violin, 
Viola, Cello, Double Bass, or Percussion) covering tone production, scales, 
transpositions, technical studies, solo and ensemble repertory, and band 
and orchestral literature. Applied music fee. 

Brass and Percussion 121a. Brass and Percussion Instruments Class. (Y 2 
per sem.) Fundamentals of playing and teaching brass and percussion 
instruments. Applied music fee. 

119 



Philosophy 

Strings 121a. String Instruments Class. i}/ 2 per sem.) Fundamentals of 
playing and teaching all instruments of the string family. Applied music 
fee. 

Woodwinds 121a. Woodwind Instruments Class. (}/ 2 per sem.) Funda- 
mentals of playing and teaching all principal instruments of the wood- 
wind family. Applied music fee. 



PHILOSOPHY 

Professor Helm 

Associate Professors Hester, Pritchard (Chairman) 

Assistant Professors Lewis, Vorsteg 

A major in philosophy requires eight semester courses and one 
winter term course. The semester courses must include 161 and 
261, two courses from the history sequence (201, 211, 222), and 
one course from each of the following A (230, 231, 241, 242), 
B(279, 285, 287), C(294, 295). 

The Spilman Philosophy Seminar, open to advanced stu- 
dents in philosophy, was established in 1934 through an endow- 
ment provided by Dr. Bernard W. Spilman. The income from 
the endowment is used for the seminar library, which now con- 
tains about 4,000 volumes. Additional support for the library 
and other departmental activities is provided by the A. C. Reid 
Philosophy Fund, which was established in 1960 by friends of 
the Department. The furniture in the library and seminar room 
was donated in honor of Mr. Claude Roebuck and Mr. and Mrs. 
W. A. Hough by their families. 

Two distinguished alumni of the College have made possible 
the establishment of a lectureship and a seminar. The late 
Guy T. Carswell of Charlotte, North Carolina, has endowed the 
Guy T. and Clara Carswell Philosophy Lectureship, and a gift 
from Mr. James Montgomery Hester of Long Beach, California, 
has established the James Montgomery Hester Philosophy 
Seminar. In addition, a lectureship bearing his name has been 
instituted in honor of Mr. Claude V. Roebuck. 

The Department invites highly qualified majors to apply for 
admission to its honors program. In order to graduate with 
"Honors in Philosophy," the candidate must complete a satis- 
factory senior research paper for Philosophy 299 and pass an 
examination, which may be oral or written or both, on the paper 

120 



Philosophy 

and selected subjects; in addition the candidate must attain a 
QPR of not less than 3.0 on all college work and 3.3 on all work 
in philosophy. 

151. Basic Problems of Philosophy. An examination of the basic con- 
cepts of several representative philosophers, including their accounts of 
the nature of knowledge, man, God, mind, and matter. 

161. Logic. An elementary study of the laws of valid inference, recog- 
nition of fallacies, and logical analysis. 

171, 172. Meaning and Value in Western Thought. A critical survey of 
religious and philosophical ideas in the Western World from antiquity 
to modern times. (Either 171 or 172 will satisfy the philosophy or 
religion requirement. Both 171 and 172 will satisfy both the philosophy 
and religion requirements. Choices will be determined at registration.) 

201. Ancient and Medieval Philosophy. A survey of major philosophers 
from the Presocratics to the late Medieval Scholastics. P-151 or 171 
or 172. 

211. Modern Philosophy. A survey of major philosophers from Descartes 
to Nietzsche. P-151 or 171 or 172. 

222. Contemporary Philosophy. A survey of major philosophers from 
Russell to Sartre. P-151 or 171 or 172. 

230. Plato. A detailed analysis of selected dialogues covering Plato's 
most important contributions to ethics, metaphysics, theory of knowledge, 
and theology. P-151 or 171 or 172. 

231. Aristotle. A study of the major texts, with emphasis on meta- 
physics, ethics, and theory of knowledge. P-151 or 171 or 172. 

241. Kant. A detailed study of selected works covering Kant's most 
important contributions to theory of knowledge, metaphysics, ethics, 
and religion. P-151 or 171 or 172. 

242. Hegel. An examination of metaphysics, logic, epistemology, ethics, 
and philosophy of history in Hegel's major works. P-151 or 171 or 172. 

261. Ethics. A critical study of selected problems and representative 
works in ethical theory. P-151 or 171 or 172. 

279. Philosophy of Science. A systematic exploration of the conceptual 
foundations of scientific thought and procedure. P-151 or 171 or 172. 

285. Philosophy of Art. A critical examination of several philosophies 
of art, with emphasis upon the application of these theories to particular 
works of art. P-151 or 171 or 172. 

287. Philosophy of Religion. A systematic analysis of the logical struc- 
ture of religious language and belief, including, an examination of re- 
ligious experience, mysticism, revelation, and arguments for the nature 
and existence of God. P-151 or 171 or 172. 

290. Readings in Philosophy. A discussion of several important works 
in philosophy or closely related areas. P-151 or 171 or 172. 

121 



Physical Education 



294. Seminar in Epistemological Problems. A senior course requiring a 
major research paper. P-151 or 171 or 172. 

295. Seminar in Metaphysical Problems. A senior course requiring a 
major research paper. P-151 or 171 or 172. 

297, 298. Seminar: Advanced Problems in Philosophy. Senior courses 
treating selected topics in philosophy. P-151 or 171 or 172. 

299. Honors. Directed research for honors paper. 

PHYSICAL EDUCATION 

Professor Barrow 

Assistant Professors Case, Casey, Crisp, Ellison, 

Hottinger, Pollock, Rhea 
Instructors Cage, Clougherty, Stark 

The purpose of the Department of Physical Education is to 
organize, administer and supervise the following programs: (1) 
Required Physical Education Program consisting of condi- 
tioning activities, varied team and indivdual sports, special 
corrective and remedial instruction to all students with physical 
problems according to the individual's need, and to teach some 
basic information on posture and body mechanics, physiological 
principles, and practical health facts which must be observed 
to maintain a state of health and physical fitness. (2) Intra- 
mural Sports Program which allows all students to participate 
and specialize in sports which will be of lifelong benefit. (3) 
Supervised Recreation Program consisting of varied recrea- 
tional and leisure time activities. (4) Professional Curriculum 
Program which will offer the necessary training for those in- 
terested in the fields of Health, Physical Education, Recreation 
and Athletic Coaching. 

Required Physical Education 

Physical Education 111 and 112 are required of all freshmen 
and transfer students who have not complied with this require- 
ment. For those men enrolled in ROTC Physical Education 
111 and 112 requirement may be postponed until the sophomore 
year but must be completed by the end of that second year 
of attendance in Wake Forest University. Not more than four 
semesters of required or elective physical education may be 
counted toward graduation. 

122 



Physical Education 



111, 112. Physical Education. (Y 2 per 2 sems.) A basic course consisting 
of body mechanics, basic health and physiological principles, dance, 
exercise and sports designed to develop fundamental skills. Students' 
needs and interests will be met through controlled election of activities 
based upon standardized proficiency examination and/or previous ex- 
periences. 

Ill, 112. Physical Education (Special). (Y 2 per 2 sems.) A course con- 
sisting of remedial instruction or limited activity for students with special 
problems, handicaps or medical excuses. 



Elective Physical Education 

For those students who wish to specialize in sports activities 
beyond the requirement, a varied sports program is offered. Any 
two of the courses listed below may be elected for V2 course 
credit toward graduation. Prerequisite, Physical Education 
111-112. 

Hours to be arranged 168. Life Saving; Water Safety 

159. Beginning Golf Inst - Course 

160. Intermediate Golf 169 - Weight Training and 

161. Beginning Tennis Conditioning 

162. Techniques of Dance Movement 17 °- Handba11 : S( l uash Racquets 

163. Contemporary Dance 172 " Water Ballet; Synchronized 

164. Gymnastics 

. „ .. 173. Conditioning; Body 

165. Beginning Bowling Mechanics 

166. Beginning and Inter- m Intermediate Tennis 
mediate Swimming 

167. Advanced Swimming; 
Beginning Scuba 



175. Intermediate Bowling 



Courses for Major Students 

Students desiring to elect a major in Physical Education and 
Health and to satisfy the state requirements for a teaching cer- 
tificate must be of Junior Standing. Biology 111 and 112 will 
be required and the following 9 courses in Physical Education: 
221, 222, 224, 251, 252, 253, 357, 360, and 363. Course 220 will 
also be required as a part of the winter term. 

Physical Education majors with superior records are con- 
sidered by the department for admission to the honors program 
in Physical Education. These students must meet certain cri- 
teria which have been established by the department, earn a 

123 



Physical Education 



QPR of at least 3.0 on all college work and 3.3 on all courses 
required for the major in Physical Education, participate satis- 
factorily in Physical Education 381, and pass a comprehensive 
written examination. Upon satisfactory completion of these 
requirements, they will be recommended for graduation with 
"Honors in Physical Education." 

Physical Education major students who are considering grad- 
uate study should take course 381 as an elective. Education 291 
is to be taken by students completing requirements for a 
teaching certificate. 

211. Foundations of Health and Physical Fitness. A presentation of 
the physiological, psychological, and sociological foundations of personal 
health and physical fitness. 

220. Methods and Materials in Aquatics, Recreational Sports and 
Games. Presentation of knowledge, skill and methods of teaching aquat- 
ics, recreational sports, and games of low organization. 

221. Methods and Materials in Gymnastics and Dance. Presentation of 
knowledge, skill and methods of teaching gymnastics, dance, conditioning, 
and weight training. 

222. Methods and Materials in Teaching and Coaching Team Sports. 
Presentation of knowledge, skill, and methods of teaching, coaching, and 
officiating team sports. 

224. Methods and Materials in Team and Individual Sports. Theory 
and practice in organization and teaching of selected team and individual 
sports included in a comprehensive physical education program. 

251. Principles and Administration of Physical Education. A general 
introductory course and orientation into physical education; a study of 
the organization and administration of its programs. 

252. Anatomy and Physiology. A course to provide students of physical 
education with a functional knowledge of the anatomic structure and 
physiologic function of the human body. 

353. Physiology of Exercise. This course presents the many effects of 
muscular activity on the processes of the body which constitute the 
scientific basis of Physical Education. 

357. Kinesiology and Adapted Physical Education. A study of the 
principles of human motion based on anatomical, physiological and 
mechanical principles, and the application of these principles along 
with other special considerations in developing a program for the 
atypical student. 

360. Seminar in Physical Education. A reading and research seminar 
for majors in physical education. 

124 



Physics 

363. Personal and Community Health and Safety Education. A course 
presenting personal, family, and community health problems; a study of 
first aid, safety in the schools and treatment of athletic injuries. 

371. Motor Learning and Performance. Motor skill learning and per- 
formance are analyzed on the basis of psychological principles and con- 
cepts, with special reference to the nature of learning, characteristics 
of the learner and management of the learning environment. 

372. Motor Behavior in Early Childhood. A study of the psychomotor 
and perceptual motor development and behavior of children. 

381. Research in Physical Education. A study of the nature and purpose 
of research, and the methods and techniques used in its procedures. 
Standards are emphasized with respect to selecting, defining, and analyzing 
potential problems and preparing bibliographies and writing up research. 

382. Independent Study in Health and Physical Education. Library 
conferences and laboratory research performed on an individual basis. 

PHYSICS 

Professors Turner, Brehme, Haven, Shields, 

G. P. Williams, Jr. 
Assistant Professor Kerr 
The program of courses for each student majoring in Physics 
will be determined through consultations with the student's 
major adviser. 

In addition to the courses prescribed by the College, the 
requirements for a B.S. Degre with a major in Physics are: 

1. Seven semester courses beyond introductory physics (Phys. 
111-112 or Phys. 117), and one course in the winter term in the 
Department of Physics. 

2. Two courses in the Department of Chemistry, or Chemis- 
try 118. 

3. Mathematics 251 (Differential Equations). 

No student may be a candidate for a degree with a major in 
Physics unless he earns a grade of C or better in General Physics 
or is given special permission by the staff. A typical semester 
schedule is as follows: 

125 



Physics 

Freshman Year Sophomore Year 

Physics 111, 112 Physics 161, 162 

Mathematics 111, 112 Mathematics 251 

Language (2 courses) * General Requirements (5 courses) 

General Requirement (2 courses) 

Physical Education (V2 course) 

Junior Year Senior Year 

Physics 343, 344 Physics 311, 312 

Physics 345, 346 Electives (6 courses) 

General Requirements (3 courses) 
Electives (2 courses) 

Highly qualified Physics majors are considered by the De- 
partment for admission to the honors program in Physics. They 
must meet certain preliminary requirements, complete satisfac- 
torily Physics 381 and pass a comprehensive written examina- 
tion. They are then graduated with the designation of "Honors 
in Physics." For additional information consult members of the 
Physics staff. 

101, 102. Natural Philosophy. A study of the history, philosophy and 
social impact of the physical sciences. 

105. Descriptive Astronomy. An introductory study of the universe, 
from the solar system to the galaxies. 

Ill, 112. General Physics. The basic course, without calculus, for fresh- 
men and sophomores. Lab — 2 hrs. 

117. Principles of Physics. An introductory course for students in 
science and mathematics. Calculus is a corequisite. Credit is not allowed 
for both Physics 111-112 and Physics 117. Lab — 3 hrs. 

161. Introductory Mechanics. The fundamental principles of mechanics. 
P-lll or 117, and Mathematics 111; or equivalent: Lab — 3 hrs. 

162. Introductory Electricity. The fundamental principles of electricity, 
magnetism and electromagnetic radiation. P-161, or equivalent. Lab — 
3 hrs. 

230. Electronics. Introduction to the theory and application of transis- 
tors and electronic circuits. P-162, or equivalent. Lab — 3 hrs. 

301, 302. Advanced General Physics. A course designed for science 
teachers. Credit is not allowed for graduate students in the department 
of Physics. Lab — 2 hrs. 

311. Mechanics. A senior level treatment of analytic classical mechanics. 
P-161, Mathematics 251. 

312. Electromagnetic Theory. A senior level treatment of classical 
electromagnetic theory. P-162, Mathematics 251. 

* French, German or Russian is preferred. 

126 



Political Science 



343, 344. Modern Physics. Application of the elementary principles of 
quantum mechanics to atomic and molecular physics. 

345, 346. Modern Physics Laboratory. (V2 P er sera.) The laboratory 
associated with Physics 343, 344. Lab — 3 hrs. 

351. Theormodynamics and Statistical Mechanics. Introduction to classi- 
cal and statistical thermodynamics and distribution functions. 

352. Physical Optics and Spectra. A study of physical optics and the 
quantum treatment of spectra. 

381. Research. Library, conference and laboratory work performed on 
an individual basis. 

Courses for Graduate Students* 

412. Classical Mechanics. 

413. Electromagnetism. 

441, 442. Quantum Mechanics. 
452. Solid State Physics 

455. Magnetic Properties of Solids. 

456. Seminar on Defects in the Solid State. 
461. Nuclear Physics. 

470. Statistical Mechanics. 

480. Theory of Relativity. 

485. Seminar in Theoretical Physics. 

491, 492. Thesis Research. 

POLITICAL SCIENCE 

Professor Richards 

Professor of Asian Studies Gokhale 

Associate Professors Fleer (Chairman), Moses, 

schoonmaker, steintrager 
Assistant Professors Broyles, Reinhardt, Sears, 

Thornton 

In its broadest conception, the aim of the study of politics is 
to understand the way in which policy for a society is formu- 
lated and executed, and to understand the moral standards by 

* For course descriptions, see the Graduate Bulletin. 

127 



Political Science 



which policy is or ought to be set. This center of interest is 
often described alternatively as the study of power, of govern- 
ment, of the state, or of human relations in their political con- 
text. For teaching purposes, the study of politics has been di- 
vided by the Department into the following fields: 1) political 
philosophy, 2) comparative politics, 3) American politics, and 
4) international politics. Introductory courses in the first three 
of these fields provide broad and flexible approaches to studying 
political life. 

Department Requirements for Major. The major in political 
science shall consist of eight semester courses and one winter 
term course which must include the following: 

a. A first course selected from: 

Political Science 111. Introduction to Politics: 
Political Theory 

Political Science 112. Introduction to Politics: 
Comparative Politics 

Political Science 113. Introduction to Politics: 
American Politics 

b. Any one introductory or advanced course in each of the four 
fields of the discipline. These courses must be restricted to 
non-seminar courses. 

c. One seminar in political science. Normally, a student will 
take no more than one seminar in each field and no more 
than three seminars overall. 

Honors in Political Science. Highly qualified Political Science 
majors are considered by the Department for admission to the 
honors program in political science. They must meet certain 
preliminary requirements, earn a QPR of not less than 3.0 in 
all college work and 3.3 on all work in Political Science, success- 
fully complete Political Science 283, 284 and two seminar cours- 
es, and pass a comprehensive examination on a research project 
and selected bibliography recommended by the Department. 

Social Science Division Requirement. A student who selects 
Political Science to fulfill the social science division requirement 
must take one of the following for the first course: Political 
Science 111, 112, or 113. The second course may be selected 
from any course in the Department. 

128 



Political Science 



Introductory Courses 

A student must take one of the following as the first course 
in the Department. More than one may be taken. The order in 
which they are taken is immaterial. 

111. Introduction to Politics: Political Theory. Major systematic state- 
ments of the rules and principles of political life. Representative writers: 
Tocqueville, Dahl, Aristotle. Staff 

112. Introduction to Politics: Comparative Politics. Political processes 
and principles as applied to traditional, developing and mature states. 

Staff 

113. Introduction to Politics: American Politics. The nature of politics, 
political principles, and political institutions with emphasis on their 
application to the United States. STAFF 

American Politics 

210. Issues in American Public Policy. Analysis of major domestic and 
foreign policy problems in American politics. STAFF 

211. Political Parties. A systematic examination of political parties with 
particular attention given to party systems, internal organizations, the 
electoral function, and responsibilities for governing. FLEER 

212. Political Behavior. A study of the formation and expression of 
political opinions and the role of political participation in a democratic, 
representative system. Fleer 

213. Public Management. Public administration as a study, a process, 
and a vocation. Theory and practice. Problems in personnel, budgeting, 
and management emphasized. THORNTON 

214. Bureaucratic Government. Public administration and policy. Role 
of civil and military bureaucracy in public policy-making emphasized. 
Pervasiveness of bureaucratic power supported by comparative studies. 

Thornton 

218. Legislative Behavior. A systematic examination of the composition, 
authority structures, external influences and procedures of legislative 
bodies in the United States. Fleer 

220. American Presidency. Emphasis on the office and the role. Contri- 
butions by contemporary presidents considered in perspective. THORNTON 

222. Urban Problems and Politics. Political structures and processes in 
American cities and suburbs as they relate to the social, economic, and 
political problems of the metropolis. Richards 

225. American Constitutional Law: Separation of Powers and the 
Federal System. An analysis of Supreme Court decisions affecting the 
three branches of the national government and federal-state relations. 

Richards 

129 



Political Science 



226. American Constitutional Law: Civil Liberties. Judicial interpreta- 
tions of First Amendment freedoms, racial equality, and the rights of 
the criminally accused. RICHARDS 

227. The Judicial Process. An analysis of the role of courts and the 
legal system in the American political process. Richards 

Comparative Politics 

231. Western European Politics. Analysis of the political systems ot 
Great Britain, France, and Germany focusing primarily on the problem 
of stable democracy. Schoonmaker 

232. Comparative Communism: Eastern Europe. Ideological, structural 
and procedural aspects of the political systems of the Soviet Union and 
other Eastern European communist states. MOSES 

234. Asian Thought and Politics. Political traditions and recent politics 
of major Asian nations. Reinhardt 

236. Latin American Politics. Structural and procedural aspects of the 
Latin American political systems, focusing particularly on problems of 
development. MOSES 

237. Political Modernization. The modernization process in nonindus- 
trialized societies. Statements by modernizing elites analyzed. 

Schoonmaker 

238. History, Culture and Political Change. The study of how major 
non-Western cultures articulate or symbolize their existence either in 
history or moving through history. Special attention will be given to an 
evaluation of current concepts applied to political change. Reinhardt 

245. Government and Politics of South Asia. A study of the governments 
of India, Pakistan, Nepal, and Ceylon. Emphasis on political organiza- 
tions, party structures, and subnational governmental systems. GOKHALE 

International Politics 

251. Fundamentals of International Politics. Fundamental theoretical 
questions of international politics with special emphasis on existing 
international patterns. Sears 

252. Current Problems in International Politics. An intensive study of 
one or more major problems of contemporary international politics. 

Sears 

254. American Foreign Policy. The principles and policies which 
characterize America's approach to the world in the contemporary period. 

Sears 

130 



Political Science 



Political Philosophy 

271. Political Life and the Natural Order. Inquiry into the origins, 
basic characteristics, and limitations of political philosophy. Repre- 
sentative writers: Plato, Aristotle, Machiavelli. BROYLES, Steintrager 

272. Equality and Liberty. The arguments for and against democracy 
and republicanism, majority rule and the rights of man. Representative 
writers: Locke, Rousseau, J. S. Mill. BrOYLES, Steintrager 

273. Radical Critiques of Political Society. Anarchist, socialist, and 
communist criticisms of and alternatives to existing political societies with 
special attention on such problems as utopianism and alienation. Repre- 
sentative writers: Sorel, Marx, and Marcuse. Broyles, Steintrager 

274. Political Philosophy, Revelation, and History. The nature and im- 
pact of general theories of history, both theological and secular, as they 
intersect with and affect political philosophy. Representative writers: 
St. Augustine, Hegel, and Voegelin. Steintrager 

275. Theory of the American Polity. Critical examination into the intent 
of the Framers and the nature of the American polity. Representative 
writers: The Federalists, Jefferson, and Lincoln. BrOYLES 

Honors and Independent Study 

283, 284. Honors Reading and Research. (y 2 per sem.) A conference 
course devoted to a specified reading program in the first semester and 
a research and writing project in the second semester. To be taken in 
the senior year by all candidates for departmental honors. Staff 

287. Independent Study. Internships, work-study projects, and other 
independent study programs. (See Department for details.) Staff 

Seminars in Politics 

291. Seminar in American Politics. Readings, research, and independent 
study on selected topics. Admission to the course is by permission of the 
Department only. Fleer, Richards, Thornton 

292. Seminar in Comparative Politics. Readings, research, and indepen- 
dent study on selected topics. Admission to the course is by permission 
of the Department only. Moses, Reinhardt, Schoonmaker 

293. Seminar in International Politics. Readings, research, and indepen- 
dent study on selected topics. Admission to the course is by permission 
of the Department only. Sears 

294. Seminar in Political Philosophy. Readings, research, and indepen- 
dent study on selected topics. Admission to the course is by permission 
of the Department only. Broyles, Steintrager 

131 



Psychology 



PSYCHOLOGY 



Professors John E. Williams, Beck, Dufort 
Associate Professors Catron, David A. Hills, Horowitz, 

woodmansee 
Assistant Professors Falkenberg, Richman 
Instructor Harbin 
Lecturer Barbara B. Hills 

Psychology 151 is prerequisite to all courses. An average of 
C in Psychology courses is required at the time the major is 
elected. A major in Psychology requires 8 semester courses and 
one winter term course in Psychology. The major student is 
required to take Psychology 151, 211, 212, 323; and one of the 
following courses — 321, 331, 332, 336, 338. In addition, a 
major student may be required to take a half course or course 
in mathematics in addition to the mathematics being taken 
for the B.A. degree. 

Highly qualified majors are invited to enter the departmental 
honors program in the junior year. Successful completion of the 
program with the designation "Honors in Psychology" requires 
that the candidate earn a minimum QPR of 3.3 on all work in 
Psychology and 3.0 in all other academic work; complete satis- 
factorily a special sequence of courses including Psychology 281, 
282 and 284; and pass a comprehensive written and/or oral 
examination. 

151. Introductory Psychology. A systematic survey of Psychology as the 
scientific study of behavior. Prerequisite to all other courses in Psy- 
chology. 

211, 212. Experimental and Quantitative Methods. Introduction to basic 
experimental methods and statistical techniques in the major content 
areas of psychology. Lab — 4 hrs. P-151. 

241. Psychology of Adjustment. Normal range of adjustment and per- 
sonality patterns emphasized. For non-majors. P-151. 

266. Developmental Psychology. Survey of physical, emotional, cognitive, 
and social development of the child from varied points of view. P-151. 

273. Psychology of Business and Industry. Psychological principles and 
methods applied to problems commonly encountered in business and 
industry. P-151. 

281, 282. Original Problems. (Vs> P e r sem.) Non-statistical characteristics 
of properly-designed research, followed by supervised research experience. 

132 



Psychology 

281 and 282 normally are taken in that order; credit for either alone 
requires special permission. P-211, 212, instructor's consent. 

284. Honors Seminar. Seminar on selected problems in psychology; in- 
tended primarily for students in the departmental honors program. P-211, 
instructor's consent. 

321. Learning Theory and Research. Theoretical and experimental 
issues in the psychology of learning; no attempt is made to cover applica- 
tions to practical (e.g., educational) situations. P-151. 

323. History and Systems. The development of psychology from Aris- 
totle through recent systems of psychology, e.g., functionalism, behavior- 
ism, Gestalt. P-151. 

324, 325. Advanced Theory and Method. Seminar treatment of current 
problems. 324. Sensation and Perception. 325. Learning and Motivation. 
Typically, only one course offered in a given year. P-211, 212, instructor's 
consent. 

331. Comparative Psychology. Behavioral differences in animals at 
various levels of the phylogenetic scale. Lab — 2 hrs. P-151. 

332. Physiological Psychology. Physiological bases of behavior, with 
special reference to the nervous system. Lab — 2 hrs. P-151. 

336. Perception and the Cognitive Processes. Survey of theory and 
evidence related to problems of perception and thinking. P-151. 

338. Motivation of Behavior. Survey of basic motivational concepts and 
related evidence. P-151. 

344. Abnormal Psychology. Descriptive analysis of the major types of 
abnormal behavior with focus on organic, psychological, and cultural 
causes, and major modes of therapy. P-151. 

352. Psychological Appraisal. Psychological tests reviewed in theory, 
construction, and use. Lab — 2 hrs. P-151. 

356. Personality Theory and Research. Classical and contemporary 
theories of personality and related research studies. P-151. 

358. Survey of Clinical Psychology. An overview of the field of clinical 
psychology. P-344, senior or graduate standing, instructor's consent. 

362. Social Psychology. Research and issues in social psychology, in- 
cluding social perception, social motivational theory, attitude measure- 
ment and change, social learning, and small group behavior. P-151. 

Courses for Graduate Students* 
415, 416. Research Design and Analysis in Psychology. 
427, 428. Behavior Theory. 
434. Biological Psychology. 
451. Theory and Practice of Psychological Testing. 

* For course descriptions, see the Graduate Bulletin. 

133 



Religion 

457. Experimental Approaches to Personality. 

465. Advanced Social Psychology. 

481. Contemporary Problems in Psychological Theory. 

483. Reading and Research in Psychology. 

491, 492. Thesis Research. 

RELIGION 

Professors E. W. Hamrick, Angell, Bryan, Griffin 

Visiting Professor Tate 

Associate Professors Dyer, Mitchell, Talbert, Trible 

Assistant Professor Collins 

Visiting Assistant Professor Horton 

Visiting Lecturers Henry S. Lewis, Jr., Rose 

The Department of Religion offers courses in instruction 
designed to give every student entering Wake Forest an oppor- 
tunity to acquire at least an introduction to the life, literature 
and the most important movements in the field of religion. It 
also seeks to give to students preparing for specialized service, 
as religious education directors, ministers, and missionaries, the 
foundational courses needed for further study. 

One course in Religion is required of all degrees. Any course 
offered by the Department will be accepted to meet the require- 
ment except those numbered 237, 240, 281, 282, 292, 318, 346, 
362, and 378. 

A Major in Religion requires a minimum of seven semester 
courses and one winter term course. 

Pre-seminary students are advised to include in their program 
of study, in addition to courses in Religion, courses in Philos- 
ophy, Ancient History, Public Speaking, and two languages, 
Greek or Latin, and German or French. 

Majors in Religion who have completed two courses in the 
Department with a QPR of 3.3, and an overall QPR of 3.0 on 
all college work, may apply to the Chairman of the Department 
for admission to the honors program. Normally this is to be 
done by February of the junior year. Upon completion of all 
the requirements, the candidate will be graduated with the 

134 



Religion 

designation of "Honors in Religion." For further information 
consult members of the Religion Department. 

111. Introduction to the Old Testament. A survey of the Old Testa- 
ment designed to introduce the student to the history, literature and 
religion of the ancient Hebrews. 

112. Introduction to the New Testament. A survey of the literature of 
the New Testament in the context of early Christian history. 

153. The Hebrew Prophets. A study of the background, personal char- 
acteristics, function, message, contribution, and present significance of 
the Hebrew prophets. 

155. Jesus and the Synoptic Gospels. A study of Jesus' proclamation 
and activity in the light of modern critical research on the gospels. 

157. The Bible Through the Ages. A study of the beginnings, develop- 
ment, and transmission of the Bible with special attention to the forma- 
tion of the canon and the history of Biblical translation. 

160. Early Rabbinic Judaism. An introduction to the literature and 
thought of the early Rabbis. 

161. Intertestamental Judaism. A survey of the literary, historical and 
religious developments in intertestamental Judaism. 

171, 172. Meaning and Value in Western Thought. A critical survey of 
religion and philosophy in the Western world from antiquity to modern 
times. This course may count as Religion or Philosophy, but not both; 
choice determined at registration. 

176. Theology and Modern Fiction. A theological examination of the 
human situation as understood by major 20th century novelists. 

201. Phenomenology of Religion. A study of selected religious phenom- 
ena and of their meaning and function within human existence. 

226. Early Christian Theologians: Paul. An introduction to the Pauline 
interpretation of Christianity and its place in the life of the early church. 

227. Early Christian Theologians: The Fourth Evangelist. An examina- 
tion of the Johannine interpretation of Jesus and Christian faith. 

231. Basic Christian Ethics. The biblical and theological foundations of 
the Christian Ethic and its expression in selected contemporary problems. 

236. Church and Community. An examination of the basic needs and 
trends of the contemporary community, especially the rural and suburban, 
in the light of the Christian norms for "the good community". 

237. Black Religion and Black Churches in America. Survey of litera- 
ture on these themes with an examination of the historical background 
and special attention to the contemporary area. 

238. Religion and Science. An analysis of the relationship between 
science and religion in world culture. 

135 



Religion 

240. Principles of Religious Education. A study of the theory and 
practice of religious education with emphasis on the basic foundations in 
religion and education. 

256. American Religious Life. A study of the history, organization, 
worship and beliefs of American religious bodies, with particular atten- 
tion to cultural factors. 

261. World Religions. The place of religion in life and the origin, nature, 
and accomplishments of the living religions of the world, studied from 
the historical point of view. 

262. Buddhism. A study of the Buddhist tradition, its fundamental 
features, and its impact on the cultures of Asia. 

263. Hinduism. A study of the fundamental features of the Hindu 
tradition. 

264. History of Christianity. A rapid survey of the history of the 
Christian Church. 

271. In Introduction to Christian Theology. A study of the ground, 
structure and content of Christian belief. 

281, 282. Honors Course in Religion. A conference course designed to 
prepare the Honors student for a comprehensive exam or research pro- 
ject. Both semesters must be completed. 

292. Teaching of Religion. A study of the teaching of religion in church, 
school and community. This course may be credited as Education for 
those who are applicants for a state teacher's certificate in religous 
education. 

311, 312. An Introduction to Biblical Hebrew. A study of the essentials 
of Hebrew grammar with readings from the Old Testament. Both semes- 
ters must be completed. 

314. Introduction to Biblical Archaeology. A survey of the contributions 
of Near Eastern archaeology to Biblical studies. 

315. The Narrative Literature of the Old Testament. A study of types 
of narratives in the Old Testament and of the relationship between 
literary forms and meaning. 

316. Poetic Literature of the Old Testament. A study of Hebrew Poetry 
— its types, its literary and rhetorical characteristics, and its significance 
in the faith of ancient Israel. 

317. The Ancient Near East. A comparative study of ancient Near 
Eastern cultures and religions, with special emphasis on Israel's relation- 
ships with surrounding peoples. 

318. Travel Seminar in the Mediterranean World. Travel and study 
in such countries as Greece, Italy, Turkey, Egypt, Lebanon, Syria and 
Israel. 

321. The Quest for the Historical Jesus. An investigation of the possi- 
bility and relevance of historical knowledge about Jesus through a con- 
sideration of the seminal "Lives of Jesus" since the eighteenth century. 

136 



Religion 

327. Major Epistles of Paul. Introduction to the Pauline Epistles, with 
an exegetical study of the Epistle to the Romans. No student will be 
allowed credit for both 327 and 226. 

334. Christian Ethics and Contemporary Culture. A study of the en- 
counter between the Christian Ethic and the value systems implicit in 
certain social areas such as economics, politics, race and sex. 

344. Religious Development of the Individual. A study of growth and 
development through childhood and adolescence to adulthood, with em- 
pahsis on the role of the home and the church in religious education. 

346. Theological Foundations of Religious Education. A study of theo- 
logical methodology, theories of learning and philosophies of education 
in terms of their implications for religious education. 

350. Psychology of Religion. An examination of the psychological ele- 
ments in the origin, development, and expression of religious experience. 

362. Post-Biblical Judaism. The rise and development of post-Biblical 
(Rabbinic) Judaism until modern times. 

365. History of Religions in America. A study of American religions 
from Colonial times until the present. 

373. The History of Christian Thought. A study of the history of 
Christian thought, beginning with its Hebraic and Greek backgrounds 
and tracing its rise and development to modern times. 

374. Contemporary Christian Thought. An examination of the major 
issues and personalities in modern theology. 

376. The Religious Crisis in 19th Century Europe and Russia. An 
investigation of the revolution in 19th century religious thought. 

Courses for Graduate Students* 
416. Old Testament Theology. 
418, 419. Old Testament Exegesis. 
421. New Testament Theology. 
423, 424. New Testament Exegesis. 
438. Seminar in Historical Types of Christian Ethics. 
448. Seminar in Religious Education. 
466. Seminar in Christian History. 
475. Seminar in History of Christian Thought. 
480. Theology and the Aesthetic. 
491, 492. Thesis Research. 

* For course descriptions, see the Graduate Bulletin. 

137 



French 

ROMANCE LANGUAGES 

A major in French or Spanish requires 8 semester courses and 
one winter term course beyond the elementary courses (111, 
112). Courses numbered 221, 222, 225, 226 are recommended 
for majors. 

Highly qualified French or Spanish majors are considered by 
the Department for admission to the honors program in Ro- 
mance Languages. To be graduated with the designation 
"Honors in Romance Languages," they must meet certain pre- 
liminary requirements, earn a QPR of not less than 3.0 on all 
college work and 3.3 on all work in Romance Language courses, 
complete French or Spanish 281, and pass a comprehensive writ- 
ten and oral examination. The oral examination may be con- 
ducted, at least in part, in the student's major language. 

I 
French 

Professors Mary F. Robinson, Parker, Shoemaker 

Associate Professor Anne Tillett 

Lecturer Rodtwitt 

Visiting Lecturers Lytton-Sells, Michelet 

Instructors Bourquin, Freeman 

111, 112. Elementary French. A course for beginners, covering the prin- 
ciples of French grammar and emphasizing speaking and writing and 
the reading of elementary texts. Lab — 1 hr. 

151, 152. Intermediate French. A review of grammar and composition 
with practice in conversation. Reading of selected texts. Lab — 1 hr. P- 
111, 112. 

153. Intermediate French. A review of grammar and composition with 
practice in conversation. Reading of selected texts. Not open to students 
who have completed 152 or equivalent. Lab. — 2 hrs. P-lll, 112. 

215. Masterpieces of French Literature. Reading of selected texts in 
French, largely from the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. Parallel 
reading and reports. P-152 or 153 or equivalent. 

216. Masterpieces of French Literature. Reading of selected texts in 
French, largely before the 19th century. Parallel reading and reports. 
(Not accepted for credit toward a major in French.) P-215 or its equiv- 
alent. 

138 



French 

221. Conversation and Composition. Practice in speaking and writing 
French, stressing correctness of sentence structure, phonetics, pronuncia- 
tion, fluency and vocabulary of everyday situations. Lab — 2 hrs. P- 
152 or 153 or equivalent. 

222. Composition and Review of Grammar. A systematic review of the 
fundamental principles of comparative grammar, with practical training 
in writing idiomatic French. P-152 or 153 or equivalent. 

224. French Civilization. An introduction to French culture and its his- 
torical development. Emphasis on intellectual, artistic, political, social and 
economic life of France. P-221 or permission of instructor. 

225. Survey of French Literature from the Middle Ages through the 
Eighteenth Century. Extensive reading and study of trends and move- 
ments. P-215. 

226. Survey of French Literature of the Nineteenth and Twentieth 
Centuries. Extensive reading and study of trends and movements. P-215. 

231. Medieval French Literature. A survey of French literature of the 
Middle Ages with cultural and political backgrounds. Selected master- 
pieces in original form and modern transcription. P-215. 

232. Seminar in Medieval French Literature. Study of selected topics 
of the period. Topics may vary from year to year. P-215. 

233. Sixteenth Century French Literature. The literature and thought 
of the Renaissance in France, with particular emphasis on the works of 
Rabelais, Montaigne, and the major poets of the age. P-215. 

234. Seminar in Sixteenth Century French Literature. Study of selected 
topics of the period. Topics may vary from year to year. P-215. 

241. Seventeenth Century French Literature. A study of the outstanding 
writers of the classical age. P-215. 

242. Seminar in Seventeenth Century French Literature. Study of 
selected topics of the period. Topics may vary from year to year. P-215. 

251. Eighteenth Century French Literature. A survey of French philo- 
sophical and political literature of the eighteenth century. Emphasis on 
Montesquieu, Voltaire, Diderot, Rousseau, and L' Encyclopedic P-215. 

252. Seminar in Eighteenth Century French Literature. Study of selec- 
ted topics of the period. Topics may vary from year to year. P-215. 

261. Nineteenth Century French Literature. A study of French litera- 
ture of the nineteenth century with cultural and political backgrounds. 
P-215. 

262. Seminar in Nineteenth Century French Literature. Study of se- 
lected topics of the period. Topics may vary from year to year. P-215. 

263. Trends in French Poetry. A study of the development of the poetic 
genre, with analysis and interpretation of works from each period. P-215. 

264. The French Novel. A broad survey of French prose fiction, with 
critical study of several masterpieces in the field. P-215. 

139 



French 

265. French Drama. A study of the chief trends in French dramatic art, 
with reading and discussion of representative plays. P-215. 

271. Twentieth Century French Literature. A study of general trends 
and of representative works of the foremost prose writers, dramatists 
and poets. P-215. 

272. Seminar in Twentieth Century French Literature. Study of selected 
topics of the period. Topics may vary from year to year. P-215. 

281. Reading and Research. Extensive reading in French literature. 
Study of bibliography and research techniques. Presentation of a major 
research paper. Restricted admission. Required for departmental honors. 

Wake Forest University Semester in France 

The department of Romance Languages sponsors a Semester 
in France program at Dijon, the site of a well established 
French university. Students go as a group, accompanied by a 
Wake Forest professor. 

Requirements: No particular major is required for eligibility. 
However, a student (1) should preferably be of junior standing 
and (2) should have taken as prerequisite French 221 or its 
equivalent, or at the very least one French course beyond the 
intermediate level. 

Instruction and supervision: Students are placed in courses 
according to their level of ability in French, as ascertained by 
a test given at Dijon. Courses are taught by native French 
professors. A Wake Forest professor of French accompanies the 
group as director of the program. He supervises residential and 
extracurricular affairs, and has general oversight of independent 
study projects. 

Courses at the Centre International d'Etudes Franchises 

F227. French Grammar and Linguistics. Analysis of grammar and 
composition. Study of phonetics and practice in pronunciation. Use of 
the language laboratory. 

F228. French Civilization. Study of the geography of France along with 
analysis of the political and economic situation in France and observance 
of French social and educational practices. Field trips to points of 
historical and artistic interest. 

F275. French Literature. Lectures and discussion of the novel, theater, 
and poetry of France, largely of the period since 1850. 

F231. History of France. Social and cultural history of France from the 
Middle Ages to the present, (credit in History) 

140 



Russian 

F290. Philosophy. Study of Descartes and Pascal. Lectures and dis- 
cussion. Term paper on a specific topic, to be evaluated by a professor 
of Philosophy of Wake Forest, (credit in Philosophy) 

Courses at the Universite de Dijon, Faculte des Lettres 
et Sciences Humaines 

F240. Independent study in one of several fields. Scholar's journal and 
research paper. Supervision by the Director of the Semester in France 
and evaluation by the department for which credit is granted. Work may 
be supplemented by lectures on the subject given at the Universite de 
Dijon Faculte des Lettres et Sciences Humaines. 

Students choose four of the above courses. In addition, all 
take the following course. 

WF5. January in France — in September. Residence in a French locality 
during September and early October. Observation of French culture, 
home life, education, religious practices, etc. Excursions to points of 
historical and artistic interest. Written record of findings and paper on 
some aspect of French culture, to be evaluated by the Director of the 
Semester in France program. 

II 

Hindi* 
Professor Gokhale 

111, 112. Elementary Hindi. A course in Basic Hindi grammar and 
vocabulary building. 

151, 152. Intermediate Hindi. Introduction to literary Hindi, conversa- 
tion and composition. 

Ill 

Russian* 
Associate Professor Anne Tillett 

111, 112. Elementary Russian. The essentials of Russian grammar, con- 
versational drill, and reading of elementary texts. Admission with the 
consent of the instructor. 

153. Intermediate Russian. Training in principles of translation with 
grammar review and conversation practice. P-112 or equivalent. 

215. Introduction to Russian Literature. Reading of edited texts from 
the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. P-153 or equivalent. 

217. Russian Literature of the Nineteenth Century. A study of the 
foremost writers with reading of representative works. P-153 or equivalent. 

: ' ! These courses are attached to the Department of Romance Languages for administra- 
tive purposes only. 

141 



Spanish 

218. Seminar in Contemporary Russian Literature. Reading of represen- 
tative works in Russian with discussion of political and cultural back- 
grounds. May be substituted for Russian 215. P-153 or equivalent. 

IV 

Spanish 

Professor King 

Associate Professors Bryant, Campbell 
Visiting Lecturers Carrillo, Maso 
Instructor Wardlaw 

111, 112. Elementary Spanish. A course for beginners, covering grammar 
essentials, and emphasizing speaking, writing, and the reading of elemen- 
tary texts. Lab — 1 hr. 

151, 152. Intermediate Spanish. A review of grammar and composition 
with practice in conversation. Reading of selected texts. Lab — 1 hr. 
P-lll, 112. 

153. Intermediate Spanish. A review of grammar and composition with 
practice in conversation. Reading of selected texts. Not open to students 
who have completed 152 or equivalent. Lab — 2 hrs. P-lll, 112. 

215. Major Spanish Writers. Reading of selected texts, largely from the 
nineteenth and twentieth centuries. Parallel reading and reports. P-152 
or 153 or equivalent. 

216. Major Spanish American Writers. Reading of selected texts. Par- 
allel reading and reports. (Not accepted for credit toward a major in 
Spanish.) P-215 or equivalent. 

221. Conversation and Composition. Practice in speaking and writing 
Spanish, stressing correctness of sentence structure, phonetics, pro- 
nunciation, fluency and vocabularly of everyday situations. Lab — 1 hr. 
P-152 or 153. 

223. Advanced Grammar and Composition. A systematic review of 
the fundamental principles of comparative grammar, with practical 
training in writing idiomatic Spanish. Lab — 1 hr. P-152 or 153 or 
equivalent. 

224. Hispanic Civilization. An introduction to Hispanic culture and its 
historical development. Emphasis on intellectual, artistic, political, social, 
and economic life of Spain and Spanish America. P-221 or permission 
of instructor. 

225. Survey of Spanish Literature from the Middle Ages through the 
Seventeenth Century. Extensive reading and study of trends and in- 
fluences. P-215. 

226. Survey of Spanish Literature from the Eighteenth Century to the 
Present. Extensive reading and study of trends and movements. P-215. 

142 



Social Sciences 



227. Survey of Spanish American Literature. Extensive reading and 
study of works from the Colonial through the contemporary periods, 
with emphasis on the late-nineteenth and twentieth centuries. P-215. 

228. Seminar in Spanish American Literature. Study of selected writ- 
ings. Authors chosen may vary from year to year. P-215. 

234. Spanish Prose Fiction Before Cervantes. A study of the several 
types of prose fiction, such as the sentimental, chivalric, pastoral, Moorish, 
and picaresque novels prior to 1605. P-215. 

235. Seminar in Spanish Prose Fiction Before Cervantes. A study of the 
development of several types of Spanish prose fiction before the Quixote. 
P-215. 

241. Golden Age Drama. A study of the major dramatic works of Lope 
de Vega, Calderon de la Barca, Tirso de Molina, Ruiz de Alarcon, and 
others. P-215. 

242. Seminar in Golden Age Drama. A study of selected dramatic works 
of the period. Selections may change from year to year. P-215. 

243. Cervantes. Intensive study of the life and works of Cervantes, with 
special emphasis on the Quixote and the exemplary novels. P-215. 

244. Seminar in Cervantes. A study of special aspects of Cervantes' 
works. Emphasis may vary from year to year. P-215. 

251. Spanish Lyric Poetry. A study of the development of the poetric 
genre, with analysis and interpretation of works from each period. P-215. 

261. Nineteenth Century Spanish Novel. A study of the novels of 
Valera, Pereda, Galdos, Pardo Bazan, Blasco Ibanez and their contem- 
poraries. P-215. 

265. Spanish American Novel. A study of the novel in Spanish America 
from its beginnings through the contemporary period. P-215. 

266. Seminar in Spanish American Novel. A study of one or more 
categories of Spanish American novels. Materials may change from year 
to year. P-215. 

272. Modern Spanish Drama. A study of the principal dramatic works 
from the Romantic movement through the contemporary period. P-215. 

273. Modern Spanish Novel. A study of representative Spanish novels 
from the "Generation of '98" through the contemporary period. P-215. 

274. Seminar in Modern Spanish Novel. A study of one or more cate- 
gories of Spanish novels. Materials may change from year to year. P-215. 

281. Reading and Research. Extensive reading in Spanish literature. 
Study of bibliography and research techniques. Presentation of a major 
research paper. Restricted admission. Required for departmental honors. 

SOCIAL SCIENCES 

(See Interdepartmental courses at end of course listings.) 

143 



Sociology and Anthropology 



SOCIOLOGY AND ANTHROPOLOGY 

Professors Banks, Patrick 

Visiting Professor Htin Aung 

Associate Professors Earle (Chairman), Evans, Gulley, 

Tefft 
Assistant Professor Woodall 
Instructors Maultsby, Perricone 
Lecturers Jowers, Sanders 

A major in Sociology requires eight semester courses and one 
winter term course, to include Sociology 151, 371, and five other 
semester courses or seminars, chosen at the discretion of the 
student and his adviser. One of the latter must be a research 
course unless this requirement is satisfied otherwise, such as 
in the winter term. 

A major in Anthropology requires eight semester courses and 
one winter term course, to include Anthropology 162, Sociology 
380, five other semester courses and a seminar, chosen at the 
discretion of the student and his adviser. One of the latter must 
be a research course unless this requirement is satisfied other- 
wise, such as in the winter term. 

Students who choose Sociology and/or Anthropology to meet 
course requirements may select one of the following combina- 
tions: Sociology 151 and any other Sociology course, but not, 
except under unusual circumstances, Sociology 371 or 380; or 
Anthropology 162 and any 300-level Anthropology course; or 
Sociology 151 and Anthropology 162, or vice versa. 

Qualified Sociology and Anthropology majors may be con- 
sidered by the department for admission to the honors program 
in Sociology and Anthropology. They must have earned a QPR 
of not less than 3.0 on all college work and 3.3 on all work in 
this department, satisfactorily complete a senior research project 
and pass a comprehensive oral and written examination. They 
are then graduated with the designation of "Honors in Sociology 
and Anthropology." Members of the staff may be consulted for 
additional information. 

144 



Sociology 



Sociology 



151. Principles of Sociology. General introduction to the field: social 
organization and disorganization, socialization, culture, social change and 
other aspects. 

152. Social Problems. Survey of contemporary American social problems. 
Credit is not allowed for 344 if this course is taken. P-151. 

248. Marriage and the Family. The social basis of the family, emphasiz- 
ing the problems growing out of modern conditions and social change. 

323. Social Organization. An analysis of the organization of contem- 
porary society with emphasis on large-scale organizations. P-151. 

325. Industrial Sociology. An analysis of the relationship between 
industry and society. P-151. 

331. Urban Social Organizations and Agencies. Lectures and field work 
in community organizations and agencies dealing with social welfare, 
health, poverty, etc. Especially recommended for students interested in 
urban affairs or social work. P-151. 

333. The Community. A survey of materials relating to the community 
as a unit of sociological investigation with emphasis on the urban setting. 
Of particular value for social work or community planning. P-151. 

335. Medical Sociology. Analysis of the social variables associated with 
health and illness and with the practice of medicine. P-151. 

337. Social Gerontology. Basic social problems and processes of aging. 
Social and psychological issues will be discussed. P-151. 

339. Public Opinion and Propaganda. The study of public opinion and 
propaganda and a consideration of mass communication. P-151. 

340. Sociology of Child Development. Socialization through adolescence 
in the light of contemporary behavioral science, emphasizing the signifi- 
cance of social structure. P-151. 

341. Criminology. Crime: its nature, causes, consequences and methods 
of treatment and prevention. P-151. 

344. Social Deviation and Disorganization. A theoretical approach to 
social problems. Emphasis is on the relationship between social structure 
and social problems. Credit is not allowed for 152 if this course is taken. 
P-151. 

358. Population and Society. Techniques used in the study of population 
data. Reciprocal relationship of social and demographic variables. P-151. 

359. Race and Culture. Racial and ethnic group prejudice and dis- 
crimination and its effect on social relationships. Emphasis on psycho- 
logical and sociological theories of prejudice. P-151. 

360. Social Stratification. Methods for locating and studying social 
classes in the U. S. Class structure, function, mobility, and inter-class 
relationships. P-151. 

145 



Anthropology 

371. Seminar on Sociological Theory. A review of the major writings 
in the field. Emphasis is placed on the content and on the development 
of theory through time. P-151. 

380. Social Statistics. Basic statistics, emphasizing application in survey 
research. One who takes this course may not receive credit in Bus. Adm. 
368, or Math. 157. 

384. Social Research. A survey of sociological research techniques. Em- 
phasis on developing actual studies. P-151. 

385, 386. Special Problems Seminar. Intensive investigation of current 
scientific research within the discipline which concentrates on problems 
of contemporary interest. Permission of instructor. 

Anthropology 

162. General Anthropology. Basic concepts of anthropology, focusing 
upon the biological and socio-cultural evolution of man from Pleistocene 
to present and an analysis of his contemporary cultural diversity. 

342. Peoples and Cultures of Latin America. Ethnographic focus on the 
elements and processes of contemporary Latin American cultures. P-162 
or permission of instructor. 

343. Anthropology and Developing Nations. Analytic survey of problems 
facing emerging nations and the application of anthropology in culture- 
change programs. P-162 or permission of instructor. 

344. Medical Anthropology. The impact of Western medical practices 
and theory on non-Western cultures and anthropological contribution to 
the solving of world health problems. P-162. 

345. Human Races. A bio-cultural approach to the study of human 
racial types — past and present. P-162. 

351. Bioanthropology. Introduction to biological (physical) anthropol- 
ogy: human biology, evolution and variability. P-162. 

352. Cultural Anthropology. A cross-cultural analysis of human institu- 
tions concentrating on non-industrial societies. P-162. 

353. Peoples and Cultures of Africa. The ethnology and prehistory of 
Negro Africa south of the Sahara. P-162. 

354. Primitive Religion. The world-view and values of nonliterate cul- 
tures as expressed in myths, rituals and symbols. P-162 or Soc. 151. 

355. Language and Culture. An introduction to the relations between 
language and culture including methods for field research. P-162. 

356. Archaeology. Introduction to prehistoric archaeology: field and 
laboratory techniques, with survey of world prehistory. P-162. 

357. Personality in Culture. A seminar designed to study the psycho- 
dynamics of social personality and national character. P-162 or Soc. 151. 

146 



Speech 

358. The American Indian. Ethnology and prehistory of the American 
Indian. P-162. 

362. Seminar: Human Ecology and Geography. The relations between 
man and his inorganic and organic environment as mediated by culture. 
P-162 or permission of instructor. 

373. Peoples and Cultures of Southeast Asia. Ethnology and prehistory 
of Southeast Asia. P-162 or permission of instructor. 

385, 386. Special Problems Seminar. Intensive investigation of current 
scientific research within the discipline which concentrates on problems 
of contemporary interest. Permission of instructor. 

Courses for Graduate Students* 

Sociology 
412. Development of Sociological Theory. 
421. Quantification in Social Research. 
426. Seminar: Sociological Research Methods. 
431. Seminar: An Analysis of Contemporary Society. 
491, 492. Thesis Research. 

Anthropology 
452. Anthropological Theory. 

462. Seminar: Research Methods in Social Anthropology. 
464. Seminar: Research in Applied Anthropology. 
472. Seminar: Research Methods in Archaeology. 
491, 492. Thesis Research. 

SPEECH COMMUNICATION AND THEATRE ARTS 

Professors Shirley, Burroughs, Welker 
Associate Professors Hayes, Tedford 
Assistant Professor Wolfe 
Instructors Fullerton, Goldstein 

The major in Speech Communication and Theatre Arts con- 
sists of eight semester courses and one winter term course which 
may be elected at the student's discretion. 

* For course descriptions, see the Graduate Bulletin. 

147 



Communication 



Each departmental major is strongly urged to elect courses 
in the Social Sciences, Psychology, Philosophy, and Literature. 
However, those students majoring in Speech Education are 
expected to take specific courses which meet the requirements 
for Teacher Certification. Information concerning these courses 
may be obtained from departmental advisers. 

Superior majors meeting specified requirements may be in- 
vited by the Department to participate in its Honors program. 
To fulfill the requirements of Honors, a student must earn a 
QPR of 3.3 on all courses in the department and an overall 
QPR of 3.0, as well as successfully completing Course #281. 

The following three courses apply to each of the three areas 
within the department: 

281. Honors in Speech Communication and Theatre Arts. A conference 
course involving intensive work in the area of special interest for selected 
seniors who wish to graduate with departmental honors. 

282. Independent Study. Special research and readings in a choice of 
interest to be approved by a faculty adviser. 

283. 284. Debate, Radio, or Theatre Arts Practicum. (Y 2 per sem.) 
Individualized projects in the student's choice of debate, radio, or theatre 
arts; includes organizational meetings, faculty supervision, and faculty 
evaluation. No student may register for more than y 2 Unit of Practicum 
in any semester. Further, no student will be allowed to take more than 
a total of two units credits in practicum, only one unit of which may be 
counted toward a major in Speech Communications and Theatre Arts. 
P/F Only. 

Communication-Public Address 

151. Speech Fundamentals. A study of the nature and fundamentals 
of speech communication. Practice in the preparation and delivery of 
short speeches. 

152. Public Speaking. The preparation and presentation of short 
speeches to inform, convince, actuate, and entertain. P-151. 

153. Interpersonal Communication. The course is divided into three 
parts: communication theory, person-to-person communication, and small 
group interaction. 

161. Voice and Diction. A study of the principles of voice and produc- 
tion with emphasis on phonetics as a basis for correct sound formation. 

162. Voice Production and Articulation. This course will explore normal 
and abnormal articulation and voice. Includes testing procedures to 
determine the problem as well as therapy techniques for problem cor- 
rection. 

148 



Radio — Television — Film 



231. Oral Interpretation of Literature. Fundaments of reading aloud 
with emphasis on selection, analysis, and performance. 

251. Persuasion. A study of the principles and forms of persuasive 
speaking. Practice in persuasive speaking. P-151, or permission of in- 
structor. 

252. Argumentation and Debate. A study of the essentials of argumen- 
tation. Practice in debate. Open to freshmen and sophomores by permis- 
sion of instructor. 

261. Speech Pathology. Anatomy and physiology of the Speech Mech- 
anism. Normal and abnormal development of speech. History, causes 
and diagnostic testing of such problems as delayed speech, stuttering, 
cleft palate and aphasia. 

262. Speech Correction. Study of therapeutic principles for children 
and adults with stuttering, cleft palate, aphasia and delayed speech. 
Psychology of rehabilitation and current research included. P-261. 

263. Audiology. Survey of the field of hearing and hearing disorders. 

281. Honors in Speech Communication and Theatre Arts. (See previous 
description.) 

282. Independent Study. (See previous description.) 

283. 284. Debate Practicum. (See previous description.) 

351. Introduction to Semantics. A study of how persons respond to words 
and other symbols. Reports and a critical paper. 

352. Group Discussion and Conference Leadership. An introduction to 
the theory and practice of cooperative group deliberation. Collateral 
readings. 

353. American Public Address. The history and criticism of American 
public address from colonial times to the present. 

354. British Public Address. A historical and critical survey of leading 
British speakers and their speeches from the sixteenth century to the 
present. 

S-355. Directing the Forensic Program. A pragmatic study of the meth- 
ods of directing high school and college forensics with work in the Wake 
Forest High School Speech Institute. 

Radio-Television-Film 

241. Introduction to Broadcasting. A Study of the historical, legal, 
economic, and social aspects of broadcasting. 

245. Introduction to Film. Historical introduction to motion pictures 
through the study of various kinds of films and their relationship to 
society. 

281. Honors in Speech Communication and Theatre Arts. (See previous 
description.) 

149 



Theatre Arts 



282. Independent Study. (See previous description.) 

283, 284. Radio Practicum. (See previous description.) 

341. Radio-TV-Film Production. Advanced radio-television-film produc- 
tion workshop. P-283, 284. 

345. Film Criticism. A study of film aesthetics through an analysis of 
the work of selected film-makers and film critics. P-245. 

Theatre Arts 

121. Introduction to the Theatre. A survey of all areas of Theatre Art. 
Experience in laboratory and University Theatre productions. Lab — 
3 hrs. 

223. Stagecraft. A study of the basic elements of theatre technology. 
Practical experience gained in laboratory and University Theatre pro- 
ductions. Open to freshmen and sophomores by permission of instructor. 
Lab — 5 hrs. 

226. Theories of Acting. A study of acting theories and fundamental 
acting techniques. Open to freshmen and sophomores by permission of 
instructor. Lab. — 2 hrs. 

227. Theatre Speech. An intensive course in the analysis and correlation 
of the physiological, physical, and interpretative aspects of voice and 
diction on the stage. 

281. Honors in Speech Communication and Theatre Arts. (See previous 
description.) 

282. Independent Study. (See previous description.) 

283. 284. Theatre Arts Practicum. (See previous description.) 

321. Theatrical Scene Design. A study of theories and styles of stage de- 
sign and their application to the complete play. P-121 and 223, or per- 
mission of instructor. 

323. Play Directing. An intrduction to the theory and practice of play 
directing. Lab — 2 hrs. P-121 and 226, or permission of instructor. 

S-324. Directing the Drama Program. A study of the function of drama 
in the educational curriculum with emphasis on the secondary level. 
Laboratory work in the High School Speech Institute. Lab — 6 hrs. 

326. Advanced Acting. A concentrated study of the actor's art through 
theory and practice. P-226 or permission of instructor. 

327. Theatre History I. A survey of the development of the theatre 
from its origins to 1870, includes lectures, readings and reports. 

328. Theatre History II. A survey of the development of the modern 
theatre from 1870 to the present day, includes lectures, readings and 
reports. 

150 



Asian Studies Program 



INTERDEPARTMENTAL COURSES 

Humanities 

111. In Introduction to Music, Art, and Theatre: An Interdisciplinary 
Approach. A study of the interrelationship of Music, Art, and Theatre, 
designed to foster a deeper understanding and pleasure. Students will 
be expected to attend recommended concerts, art exhibits, plays, and 
other appropriate activities. Staff provided from the departments of 
Music, Art, and Speech. 

213. Studies in European Literature. A study of approximately 12 
works in translation taken from European literature. 

214. Contemporary Fiction. A study of contemporary European and 
Latin American fiction in translation. 

215. Germanic and Slavic Literature. A study of approximately 12 
works in translation taken from Germanic and Slavic literature. (Not 
offered in 1971-72) 

216. Romance Literature. A study of approximately 12 works in trans- 
lation taken from Romance literatures. (Not offered in 1971-72) 

350. What the Arts Have Been Saying Since 1800. An experiment in 
developing interpretive judgment and insight, regarding music, painting, 
and literature as articulations of frontier consciousness of the period, 
held in Reynolda House. 

Social Sciences 

151. Introduction to the Social and Behavioral Sciences. An interde- 
partmentally taught course which examines (a) the common elements 
and differences in method and philosophy of Anthropology, Economics, 
Political Science, Psychology and Sociology, and (b) a series of uni- 
versally important and contemporary issues facing man such as war, 
minority groups and technology and its effects. This course will be open 
to 50 freshman and sophomore students. 

381, 382. Interdisciplinary Study and Research in Developing Areas. 
This course, designed to introduce students to problems facing develop- 
ing areas, includes directed studies, intensive field research, and data 
analysis. 

THE ASIAN STUDIES PROGRAM 

The Asian Studies Program was established in 1960 with 
financial assistance from the Mary Reynolds Babcock Founda- 
tion of Winston-Salem. The program is interdisciplinary in its 
nature and involves the cooperation and resources of several 
departments in the Humanities and Social Sciences. Its objec- 

151 



Salem College 



tives are to broaden the university's traditional curriculum with 

the infusion of a systematic knowledge and understanding of 

the culture of Asia. The director of the program is Dr. B. G. 

Gokhale. The following courses are available in the Wake 

Forest University curriculum: 

Art 221. Art of India. 

Asian Studies 211, 212. Asian Thought and Civilization. Some dominant 
themes in Asian Thought and their influence on Asian Civilizations. 

History 341, 342. History and Civilization of Southeast Asia. 

History 343. Imperial China. 

History 344. Modern China. 

History 345, 346. History and Civilization of South Asia. 

History 347. India and the West. 

History 348. Themes in Indian Civilization. 

History 349, 350. East Asia. 

Hindi 111, 112. Elementary Hindi. 

Hindi 151, 152. Intermediate Hindi. 

Political Science 234. Asian Thought and Politics. 

Political Science 245. Government and Politics of South Asia. 

Anthropology 373. Peoples and Cultures of Southeast Asia. 

Religion 262. Buddhism. 

A description of each of these courses may be found in the 
curriculum of the department concerned. 

The Asian Studies Program also conducts Semester in India 
Program under which a selected group of students spends three 
months doing academic work at an Indian College and travel 
in India as a part of the total curriculum. Further information 
on this may be obtained from the Director of the Asian Studies 
Program. 

COURSES AT SALEM COLLEGE 

Wake Forest University and Salem College participate in a 
plan of exchange credits whereby courses offered at Salem and 
not offered at Wake Forest are available to full-time students 
regularly enrolled at Wake Forest. The same privilege is ex- 
tended by Wake Forest to full-time Salem students. 

152 



Salem College 



A Wake Forest student interested in taking a course at 
Salem must make formal application in advance, and the appli- 
cation must be approved by his faculty adviser and by the Dean 
of the College. No financial payment is necessary except in 
certain courses in which the student receives private instruction. 
Grades and quality points earned in courses at Salem are 
evaluated in the same way as they would be if the work were 
taken at Wake Forest. 

More detailed information about this plan is available in 
the offices of the Registrar and the Dean of the College. The 
plan is effective only during the regular academic year and not 
during any summer session. 



153 



THE CHARLES H. BABCOCK SCHOOL 
OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 

Faculty* 
James Ralph Scales, President 

Robert S. Carlson, Dean and Professor of Management 
Robert W. Shively, Associate Dean and Lecturer in 

Management 
Julius H. Corpening, Executive Director of the Urban 

Affairs Consortium and Lecturer in Management 
Judson D. DeRamus, Director of the Management 

Institute 
Jean B. Hopson, Librarian 
Richard G. Leader, Assistant to the Dean 

Graduate Program 
Frederick M. Whitmeyer, Director of Admissions and 

Student Affairs and Lecturer in Management 
W. Franklin Edwards, Assistant Professor of Management 
Marvin D. Loper, Assistant Professor of Management 
Peter R. Peacock, Instructor in Management 

Undergraduate Program 
Delmer P. Hylton, Chairman of the Department of 

Business and Accountancy and Professor of Accounting 
Jeanne Owen, Director of the B.B.A. Program and 

Professor of Business Law 
J. Van Wagstaff, Chairman of the Department of 

Economics and Associate Professor of Economics 
William E. Cage, Assistant Professor of Economics 
Leon P. Cook, Jr., Associate Professor of Accounting 
Hugh K. Himan, Assistant Professor of Economics 
Albert Hyndman, Visiting Professor of Economics 
William V. Luckie, Instructor in Accounting 
John C. Moorhouse, Assistant Professor of Economics 
Joe N. Norman, Visiting Lecturer in Accounting 
Karl Myron Scott, Professor of Management 



See Administration and Faculty Sections for full information. 

154 



Business Administration 



Since its establishment in 1948, the School of Business Ad- 
ministration has offered an undergraduate program with courses 
leading to the Bachelor of Business Administration degree. The 
work of this degree is based upon a philosophy emphasizing the 
breadth of the educational experience. It combines exposure to 
the arts and sciences and to the professional business curriculum. 
The functional areas of business administration and the de- 
cision-making process are stressed. 

By action of the Trustees in April of 1969, the Charles H. 
Babcock School of Business Administration is being changed 
into a graduate school, with the first degree candidates to be 
admitted in September, 1971. 

An innovative graduate program, utilizing those techniques 
and approaches which seem particularly effective in stimulating 
learning, has been developed by the School's new graduate 
faculty. A business library has been organized, containing 
specialized materials selected to support the curriculum. A 
program leading to the Master of Business Administration 
degree is offered. Of particular interest to individuals living in 
the Piedmont region is the MBA-EX (Executive) program, 
which offers working executives the opportunity to study for the 
M.B.A. degree one full day a week over a two-year period. 

After June, 1973, all undergraduate work in business at the 
University will be offered in Wake Forest College. (See page 63 
of this Bulletin.) 

As a result of the generosity of the Z. Smith Reynolds Foun- 
dation and Mrs. Nancy Susan Reynolds, the Babcock School 
occupies a completely modern building** honoring the late 
Charles H. Babcock. 

Accreditation 

The Charles H. Babcock School of Business Administration is 
a full member in good standing of the American Association of 
Collegiate Schools of Business. 

Management Institute Programs 

The Management Institute of the Babcock School sponsors 
courses and seminars for which certificates of completion are 

** See page 16 of this Bulletin. 

155 



Business Administration 



awarded. This program of continuing education is geared to the 
specific needs of managers in the Southeastern United States. 
Representative offerings include one semester evening courses, 
one and two day seminars on selected topics, and a ten day mid- 
dle management program emphasizing new approaches to de- 
cision-making. In addition, the Management Institute is equip- 
ped to offer specialized courses for business firms and profes- 
sional organizations. Inquiries should be addressed to the Di- 
rector of The Management Institute, Babcock School of Busi- 
ness, P. 0. Box 7285, Reynolda Station, Winston-Salem, North 
Carolina 27109. Telephone 919/725-9711, Extension 260. 
Admission to the Babcock Graduate School of Management 

The Admissions Committee of the Babcock Graduate School 
of Management must select from applicants to the program 
those individuals it feels possess both the necessary intellectual 
qualifications and the enthusiasm to participate in a flexible 
and revolutionary new learning process. Because of the desire 
to have a small and dynamic group, only a limited number of 
applicants can be accepted. For this reason, the School is 
particularly interested in finding strong reasons for admitting 
an individual to the program. In arriving at a decision, the 
admissions office looks for such combinations of intellect, per- 
sonality and past achievement that will lead it to believe that 
the individual applicant has the potential for becoming an 
administrative leader. 

A candidate's academic record and test scores are only part 
of the data considered in an application. No level of grades or 
test scores will guarantee acceptance. In like manner, no level 
will be so low as to prevent consideration of the applicant. The 
School seeks to determine the uniqueness of the individual as 
this bears upon his potential managerial talents. 

Interviews are by no means required, but because of the 
School's unique academic philosophy, they are highly recom- 
mended. The faculty's desire to place a great deal of emphasis 
upon the individual in the learning process necessitates that 
it know as much as possible about each candidate. In addition, 
it is hoped that interviews will allow the applicant to become 
better acquainted with the Babcock Graduate School of Man- 
agement and the Wake Forest community. Interviews may be 
arranged through the office of the Director of Admissions and 

156 



Business Administration 



Student Affairs of the Babcock Graduate School of Management 
of the Charles H. Babcock School of Business Administration, 
Wake Forest University, Box 7657, Reynolda Station, Winston- 
Salem, North Carolina 27109. Telephone 919/725-9711, ex- 
tension 222. 

Admission to the B.B.A. Program 

Admission of undergraduates to the Babcock School is at the 
junior level. Juniors who meet the requirements listed below 
may be admitted as candidates for the B.B.A. degree in the fall 
of 1971, provided they expect to complete requirements for the 
degree by June of 1973. Students wishing to major in business 
or accountancy who do not expect to graduate by June of 1973 
will become candidates for the Bachelor of Science degree in 
Wake Forest College. (See page 63 of this bulletin). Students 
who become juniors in the fall of 1971 may become candidates 
for either the B.B.A. or the B.S. degree. The B.A. in Economics 
is available to all students. (See page 63 of this bulletin.) 

Subject to the time limitations indicated above, a junior who 
has completed 17 courses and who has a 2.0 quality point ratio 
may be admitted to the School upon application. 

It is desirable, but not required, that a student have com- 
pleted Accountancy 111 and 112 and Economics 151 and 152 
before his junior year. 

For minimum academic requirements for continuation in the 
School, see page 55. 

Transfer of Credits from Other Schools 

Two-thirds of the total course work in Accountancy, Business 
Administration and Economics required for the B.B.A. degree 
must be taken in this School. The following rules apply for 
transfer of residence credit from other schools: 

1. A student transferring to Wake Forest University must first meet 
the general admission requirements of the College. If he transfers 
17 courses or more and wishes to become a candidate for the B.B.A. 
degree he must then apply for admission to the Charles H. Bab- 
cock School of Business Administration. 

157 



Business Administration 



2. A course passed with the lowest passing grade at another institu- 
tion does not give hour credit toward graduation, but may be used 
to satisfy a course requirement upon approval of the Director of 
the B.BA. Program. 

3. Work passed above the minimum passing grade: 

(a) Schools which are members of the American Association of 
Collegiate School of Business: 

All credit is acceptable if the student received a satisfactory 
grade in the course and if a similar course is offered at Wake 
Forest University. Credit for courses not offered at Wake 
Forest University may be accepted upon approval of Director 
of the B.BA. Program. 

(b) Four-year colleges which are accredited by the regional ac- 
crediting association: 

Credit for Principles of Accounting and Principles of Economics 
will be granted with or without a validating exam at the dis- 
cretion of the Director of the B.BA. Program. A validating 
examination may be required for any course transferred. 

(c) Accredited junior colleges: 

Principles of Economics may be accepted without a validating 
exam at the discretion of the Director of the B.BA. Program. 
A validating exam is required for Principles of Accounting. No 
junior or senior courses will be accepted. 

(d) Non-accredited schools: 

All credit transferred must be validated by examination. 

Organizations 

Beta Gamma Sigma, the national honorary society in busi- 
ness, elects to membership each year a limited number of the 
academically outstanding candidates for the B.B.A. degree. Two 
professional fraternities for men, the Gamma Nu Chapter of 
Delta Sigma Pi and the Gamma Delta Chapter of Alpha Kappa 
Psi, offer opportunities for fellowships and learning outside the 
classroom. The Business Student Association represents all un- 
dergraduate business students and serves as a liaison between 
students and the faculty of the School. 

Awards 

For a description of the following awards see pages 74: Lura 
Baker Paden Medal, North Carolina Association of Certified 
Public Accountants Medal, A. M. Pullen and Company Medal, 
Wall Street Journal Award, Delta Sigma Pi Scholarship Key. 

158 



Business Administration 



Requirements for the B.B.A. Degree 

For the B.B.A. degree a candidate must complete a total of 
35^ courses, as denned under the 1971 catalog. 

Course work taken in semester or quarter hours prior to 
September, 1971, will be converted into equivalent courses. The 
35^ courses must include certain required courses as set forth 
below plus electives in Accountancy, Business Administration, 
and Economics to bring the total work in these three areas to 
forty percent of the 35 ^ courses required for graduation. In 
addition, the student must meet the quality point ratio required 
for all undergraduate degrees at Wake Forest. (See page 64.) 

Basic Requirements 

English 111, 112, 153, 156 Mathematics 105 (unless 

History 111, 112 waived) and 161 

Religion, 2 courses Choice of (a) or (b) 

Philosophy 151 (a) Foreign Language 

Social Sciences: through 152 

Economics 151, 152 and (b) Mathematics 111 or 162 

2 courses in Politics or or 255-256 and Speech 151 

Sociology- Anthropology Physical Education 111, 112 
Natural Science, 2 courses 

Required Courses in Accountancy and Business Administration 

Acct. Ill, 112 (Principles) B.A. 368 (Statistics) 

B.A. 331 (Management) B.A. 420 (Finance) 

B.A. 340 (Marketing) B.A. 360 (Quantitative 
B.A. 350 (Communications)* Analysis) 

B.A. 361 (Legal Environment) 

Major or Concentration 

In addition to the requirements listed above, a student must 
present either a major in Accountancy or a concentration of 
two courses beyond the required courses in one of the following: 
Accountancy, Economics, Finance, Management, Marketing, or 
Public Administration. The following courses may be counted 
toward a concentration in the designated areas: 

* Not required for students graduating after 1972. 

159 



Business Administration 



Accountancy: All Accountancy courses except 111, 112. 

Economics: BA 346 and all Economics courses except 111, 151, 
152, 157, 203. 

Finance: B.A. 326, 342, 364; Acct. 271; Econ. 221, 222. 

Management and Industrial Relations: B.A. 332, 333, 421, 434; 
Acct. 153, 252; Econ. 244, 255. 

Marketing: B.A. 341, 342, 344, 346, 442; Econ. 251. 

Public Administration: B.A. 270, 333; Acct. 251; Econ. 221; 
Politics 113 (cannot be used to meet both this requirement 
and the Social Science requirement). 

Major in Accountancy 

In addition to the basic and core professional courses required 
of all B.B.A. students, a major in Accountancy requires B.A. 
362 and 8 courses in Accountancy, including 111, 112, 151, 152, 
252, 261, 271, and 273. The remaining courses in the major 
and other courses are to be selected by the student and the 
accounting advisor. Students who graduate as Accountancy 
majors are permitted to take the C.P.A. examination in North 
Carolina without qualifying experience which is otherwise 
necessary. 

For a description of the courses in Accountancy, see page 88. 

Business Administration 

270. Public Management. This course may count as Business Admin- 
istration or Political Science, but not both. See Political Science 213. 

326. Investments. Study of the principles governing the investment 
of personal and institutional funds. P-Acct. 112, Econ. 152. 

331. Management Policy. Explanation of the policies involved in the 
performance of the basic functions of planning, organizing, actuating, 
and controlling modern business organizations. P-Econ. 151, 152. 

332. Production Management. Study of production control policies, 
procedures, and techniques. Cases, associated readings, and assigned prob- 
lems. P-331. 

333. Personnel Management. Analysis of principles and procedures 
of acquiring, using and compensating a labor force. Selected case studies. 
P-Econ. 151, 152. 

160 



Business Administration 



340. Marketing Management. Survey of marketing concepts and be- 
havior. Study of managerial decisions necessary in the distribution of 
goods and services. 

341. Advanced Marketing Management. Synthesis of the key aspects 
of marketing management and strategy. P-340. 

342. Credits and Collections. Study of the economic and social impli- 
cations of credit. Analysis of the specific types of credit. P-340. 

344. Retailing. An orientation to the managerial study of retailing. 
P-340. 

346. Principles of Transportation. An integrated approach to domes- 
tic transportation. Management of physical distribution. P-340. 

350. Business Communication. Intensive work in the writing of re- 
ports, memoranda, and position papers. Introduction to semantics. P- 
Eng. 112. 

361. Legal Environment of Business. Study of the legal environment 
within which business decisions must be made. 

362. Business Law. Selected topics of law from areas of particular 
interest to businessmen. 

364. Insurance. Study of the principles of risk taking applicable to 
life, property, casualty, and social insurance. 

366. Real Estate. Study of the principles, laws, and practices relat- 
ing to appraisal, ownership, financing, and management of real property. 

368. Business Statistics. (See Economics 203). 

420. Financial Management. Analysis of financial decision making 
at the level of the individual business enterprise. 

421. Labor Law. Analysis of the effect of labor legislation upon the 
policies and actions of both management and labor. 

434. Labor Policy. Theories of wage determination, employment, and 
income distribution with emphasis on labor unions and the collective 
bargaining process. P-Econ. 152. 

442. Promotion Management. Study of various sales techniques, with 
emphasis on advertising and personal selling. 

460. Quantitative Analysis of Business Data. Study of administra- 
tive decision making under conditions of risk and uncertainty. P-Math 
161. 

470. Advanced Management Policy. Snythesis of the economics, market- 
ing, accounting and finance areas of business through use of case analysis 
and related techniques. Permission of the instructor. 

For course descriptions in Economics see page 94. 



161 



GRADUATE SCHOOL 

On January 13, 1961, the Trustees of Wake Forest College 
established the Division of Graduate Studies and announced 
that beginning in September, 1961, the College would resume 
course and research work leading to the degree Master of Arts 
in the Departments of Biology, Chemistry, English, History, 
Mathematics, and Physics. In September, 1964, the Department 
of Psychology was added to this group. Two years later, grad- 
uate study was begun in the Department of Sociology and 
Anthropology, and in September, 1967, the Departments of 
Physical Education and Religion inaugurated master's degree 
programs. In September, 1969, the Department of Speech in- 
troduced work leading to the M.A. degree. A year later the 
Department of Biology began work leading to the Ph.D. degree. 

On June 12, 1967, when Wake Forest College became Wake 
Forest University, the name of the Division of Graduate Studies 
was changed to the Graduate School. Also on that date, the 
Department of Education began offering programs of study 
leading to the Master of Arts in Education degree for those 
training to become teachers, principals, supervisors, and coun- 
selors in the field of education or elsewhere. 

Candidates for the degree Master of Arts are required to com- 
plete successfully a minimum of twenty-four hours of course 
work, write a thesis for which six hours of credit are allotted, 
and pass a reading examination in one modern foreign language, 
or, in some disciplines, substitute a demonstration of compe- 
tency in a special skill such as computer programming or statis- 
tics. The requirements for the Master of Arts in Education 
degree are essentially the same except that prospective princi- 
pals and counselors may write an internship report instead of 
a thesis. 

The Graduate School will have twenty full tuition scholar- 
ships available to be awarded for the summer of 1971 and a 
total of sixty-eight assistantships, fellowships, and scholarships 
for the academic year 1971-1972. 

The Bulletin of the Graduate School, an application for 
admission form, and an application for grant form may be 
obtained by writing the Dean of the Graduate School, Box 7323, 
Reynolda Station, Wake Forest University, Winston-Salem, 
North Carolina 27109. 

162 



SCHOOL OF LAW 

Faculty* 

James Ralph Scales, President 

Pasco M. Bowman II, Dean and Professor of Law 

Richard Gordon Bell, Professor of Law 

Leon Henry Corbett, Jr., Assistant Dean and Associate 
Professor of Law 

Hugh William Divine, Professor of Law 

Esron McGruder Faris, Jr., Professor of Law 

Henry Conrad Lauerman, Professor of Law 

Robert E. Lee, Professor of Law 

James E. Sizemore, Professor of Law 

Carroll W. Weathers, Dean Emeritus and Professor 
of Law 

James A. Webster, Jr., Professor of Law 

Mrs. Vivian Lunsford Wilson, Law Librarian 

General Statement 

The School of Law was established as a department of Wake 
Forest College in 1894, the first instructor being Professor N. Y. 
Gulley, who served as dean from 1905 until his retirement from 
active administration in 1935. From the beginning, the school 
has steadily grown and developed until it now has a faculty 
of ten full-time teachers. 

The selection and treatment of the courses of study offered 
in the School of Law, and the method of instruction employed 
are designed to afford comprehensive and thorough training in 
the broad field of legal education and to equip students to prac- 
tice in any jurisdiction where the Anglo-American law system 
prevails. The achievement of these purposes necessitates, first, 
the requirement of adequate and appropriate preliminary educa- 
tion in order to assure an intellectual maturity and cultural 
background against which legal principles and problems can be 
inderstood in their social, economic and moral, as well as in 

* See Administration and Faculty sections for full information. 

163 



Law 

their legal aspects; second, a comprehensive study of the 
theories and doctrines of the Anglo-American system of law 
and their statutory modification. 

The School of Law has as its objective, not only to train a stu- 
dent in legal principles and doctrines, but also to stimulate his 
reasoning powers, to prepare him to present legal propositions 
logically and analytically, and to develop in the student a pro- 
found sense of legal ethics, professional responsibility and the 
duty of the lawyer to society. 

The School of Law is fully approved by all national and state 
accrediting agencies. It is a member of the Association of 
American Law Schools, and is listed as an approved school by 
the American Bar Association, by the Board of Law Examiners 
and Council of the North Carolina State Bar, and by the 
University of the State of New York. 

The School of Law has its separate building, modern in all 
respects and designed to accommodate the continued growth 
and future development of the School and the expansion of its 
program in the field of legal education. The law building, which 
is a handsome four-story structure, contains many attractive 
and useful features including air-conditioning. 

The Law Library contains approximately 42,000 volumes, 
carefully selected to avoid unnecessary duplication and to insure 
the greatest possible usefulness. 

Admission Requirements 

The academic requirements for admission to the School 
of Law, as a candidate for the J.D. degree, may be satisfied 
by any one of the following methods: 

(1) An academic degree from an approved college or univer- 
sity. 

(2) The completion of three years of academic work pre- 
scribed in the "Combined Course" in Wake Forest College. (See 
pages 71-72 for details.) 

The School of Law does not admit applicants without an 
academic degree, except applicants from Wake Forest College 
who pursue the "Combined Course" plan of three years of 
acceptable academic work in Wake Forest College. 

164 



Law 

The academic requirements set forth above are minimum 
requirements, and satisfaction of these requirements does not 
necessarily entitle an applicant to admission. The School of Law 
requires for admission a scholastic average appreciably higher 
than a bare C average, and considers not only the scholastic 
average, but also the nature and subject-matter of the courses 
taken by the applicant. In addition, an applicant for admission 
is required to take the Law School Admission Test (hereinafter 
referred to) and to have his scores on such Test furnished 
this Law School. 

There is no rigidly prescribed pre-legal curriculum for admis- 
sion to the School of Law. Since the law, in its application and 
as a subject of study, touches so many phases of life, it has been 
considered unwise to require an inflexible preparatory course. 
The School of Law merely recommends the inclusion of as 
many of the following courses as possible in any pre-law program 
of study: English Composition, History of the United States, 
History of England, European History, Constitutional History, 
Government of the United States, State and Local Government, 
Comparative Government, International Relations, Literature, 
Foreign Languages, Speech, Psychology, Philosophy, Logic, 
Natural Sciences, Mathematics, Principles of Economics, Ac- 
counting, and Investments. 

Application for admission to the School of Law must be made 
in writing on a form furnished by the Dean of the School of Law. 
The applicant must request the Registrar of each college or 
university that he has attended to send a complete transcript 
of his record direct to the Dean of the School of Law. 

Beginning students are admitted to the School of Law at 
the opening of the fall session. In addition, for several years it 
has been the policy of the School of Law to admit beginning stu- 
dents at the opening of the spring session, which enables such 
students by continuing without interruption to complete the 
three-year course in two and one-half years consisting of five 
regular semesters and two summer sessions. 

Admission to Advanced Standing. A student from a law 
school which is a member of the Association of American Law 
Schools, who is otherwise qualified to enter this school, may 
in the discretion of the faculty be admitted to advanced stand- 

165 



Law 

ing for the J.D. degree. The student must be eligible for readmis- 
sion to the law school from which he proposes to transfer. The 
last year of work on the basis of which the degree is granted 
must be taken in the Wake Forest University School of Law. 

Admission Test 

The School of Law requires all applicants for admission to 
take the Law School Admission Test, a test administered by 
Educational Testing Service. The applicant's score on the Test 
will be considered among other factors in passing on his appli- 
cation for admission to this Law School. 

Applicants should write Law School Admission Test, Educa- 
tional Testing Service, P.O. Box 944, Princeton, New Jersey, 
for application forms for taking the Test, and for the Bulletin 
of Information regarding the Test. 

Scholarships and Student Aid 

The School of Law has a number of scholarships available for 
each beginning class. Some of these scholarships are awarded on 
the basis of character, scholarship and financial need. Additional 
scholarships in a larger amount and covering full tuition are 
available for each beginning class and are awarded on the basis 
of character and exceptional scholastic achievement without 
regard to financial need. Application forms for scholarships may 
be obtained from the Dean of the School of Law. Applications 
for scholarships should be filed by March 10th for the school 
year commencing the following September. 

The University has available loan funds for the benefit of 
students who are in need of financial aid and have satisfactorily 
completed at least a full semester. 

In addition, a number of law students are afforded limited 
employment as Law Library assistants and dormitory counselors 
but usually after the completion of their first year. 

Degree of J.D. 

The degree of Juris Doctor (J.D.) will be awarded to the 
student who (1) has fulfilled the requirements for admission 
to the School of Law as a regular student, (2) thereafter spends 

166 



Law 



the equivalent of three academic years in resident study in the 
School of Law, (3) successfully completes eighty- three semester 
hours of law, including all prescribed courses, and (4) attains 
a cumulative weighted average of 67 or more on all work 
required for graduation. 

The Summer Session 

The School of Law operates a summer session of nine weeks, 
the work of which is carefully planned with reference to the 
curriculum of the regular academic year, and may be used 
either to supplement the regular curriculum or as a substitute 
for part of it. Courses are offered during the summer session 
for advanced students only. 

Further Information 

Descriptions of the system of grading and examinations, 
general scholastic regulations, student organizations, prizes 
and awards, and the complete course of study are contained 
in a special Law School Bulletin, issued annually. Requests for 
this Bulletin, and other correspondence concerning the School 
of Law, should be addressed to The Dean, School of Law, 
Wake Forest University, P. 0. Box 7206 Reynolda Station, 
Winston-Salem, N. C. 27109. 



167 



BOWMAN GRAY SCHOOL OF MEDICINE 

Administration Officers" 
James Ralph Scales, President 

Manson Meads, Vice President for Medical Affairs and 
Dean 

Clyde T. Hardy, Jr., Associate Dean (Private Patient 
Services) 

C. Nash Herndon, Associate Dean ( Research Develop- 
ment) 

Archie T. Johnson, Jr., Assistant Dean 

Emery C. Miller, Jr., Associate Dean (Continuing Edu- 
cation) 

C. Douglas Maynard, Associate Dean 
Harry O. Parker, Controller 
Mrs. Erika Love, Librarian 

Origin and Development 

The School of Medicine was established at Wake Forest in 
1902. It was renamed the School of Medical Sciences in 1937 
and operated as a two-year medical school until 1941, when it 
was moved to Winston-Salem as a four-year medical school in 
association with the North Carolina Baptist Hospital. It was 
renamed The Bowman Gray School of Medicine of Wake Forest 
University in recognition of the benefactor who made the expan- 
sion possible. 

Facilities 

The main teaching hospital of the medical school is the North 
Carolina Baptist Hospital. It has 477 general hospital beds, 
an 80-bed progressive care unit, a 12-bed intensive care unit, 
and an outpatient department which serves 95,000 patient 
visits a year. 

* See Administration and Faculty sections. For the complete faculty roster, see the 
special bulletin of The Bowman Gray School of Medicine, which may be obtained by 
request to The Office of Admissions, Bowman Gray School of Medicine, Winston-Salem, 
North Carolina 27103. 

168 



Medicine 

The medical school and hospital buildings join to form a 
single unit, resulting in close correlation of clinical and basic 
medical science teaching programs. 

Construction is under way on buildings included in a 
multi-million dollar expansion program which will virtually 
double the size of the medical center. The project will increase 
the number of teaching beds to 695 and will provide additional 
clinical, educational and research facilities. Newly constructed 
facilities have permitted a 37 per cent increase in medical stu- 
dent enrollment and a significant expansion of the graduate and 
postdoctoral programs. 

Major elements of the program include the Hanes Building, 
a 122,000-square-foot addition to the medical school; the 400- 
seat Charles H. Babcock Auditorium, a School of Nursing and 
Allied Health Programs Building, and a new medical center 
power plant, all of which have been completed. A 16-story 
hospital and clinics building will be completed in 1973. 

Requirements For Admission 

The requirements for admission to the medical school are 
based on the premise that the program of training a physician 
is a continuous one shared by both the undergraduate college 
and the medical school. The responsibility of the undergraduate 
training program is thus not only to provide the prospective 
student with the technical information and skills which will 
make it possible for him to complete his course in medical school 
but also to help him develop a broad background of experience 
and interest which will make it possible for him later to achieve 
a full realization of his potentialities as an individual and as a 
member of society. 

Although ninety semester hours are the minimum require- 
ment, it is felt that, except in unusual circumstances, the stu- 
dent should plan to complete a well-rounded four-year college 
course, comprising certain specific requirements, but with the 
emphasis on a broad educational program. 

In order for the student entering medical school to be pre- 
pared for his courses, he must have acquired certain basic 

169 



Medicine 

scientific information. Such information is ordinarily obtained 
in the following undergraduate courses: 

2 semesters of general biology 
2 semesters of general chemistry 
2 semesters of organic chemistry 
2 semesters of general physics 

It should be emphasized that, in listing the above scientific 
requirements, it is not intended to minimize the importance of 
other less specific educational requirements. 

In addition to the material listed above, the student should 
acquire extensive knowledge of man as the product of his 
social, physical, and emotional environment. The desired train- 
ing is given in courses in Philosophy, Religion, Economics, 
Sociology, History, Literature, Mathematics, Language, and 
Psychology. The student is urged to acquaint himself as widely 
in these fields of knowledge as time and his inclination will 
permit. 

Admission 

Students are selected on the basis of academic performance, 
character, and general fitness for the study of medicine. No 
student will be admitted who is ineligible, because of scholastic 
difficulties or misconduct, to re-enroll in a school previously 
attended. Students more than twenty-six years of age are not 
encouraged to apply. 

Graduate Studies 

Course work is ofiered leading to the Doctor of Philosophy de- 
gree with a major in Anatomy, Biochemistry, Microbiology, 
Pharmacology, Physiology and Comparative and Experimental 
Pathology. In addition, course work leading to the M.S. degree 
is offered in Biochemistry, Microbiology, Pharmacology and 
Physiology. A program leading to the Master of Science degree 
is offered in the Department of Laboratory Animal Medicine for 
students who hold the D.V.M. degree. The Master of Science 
degree in Medical Sciences is offered to qualified students in- 
cluding medical students and persons holding the M.D., D.V.M. 
or D.D.S. degrees. This graduate program may be carried out in 

170 



Medicine 

any department or section of the medical school with the 
approval of the Committee on Graduate Studies. 

Detailed information concerning the graduate program can 
be obtained by writing to the Office of Graduate Studies, The 
Bowman Gray School of Medicine, Winston-Salem, North 
Carolina 27103. 

Further Information 

For detailed information concerning enrollment in The 
Bowman Gray School of Medicine, admission to advanced 
standing, and other matters, address The Committee on Admis- 
sions, The Bowman Gray School of Medicine, Winston-Salem, 
North Carolina 27103. 



171 



THE 1971 SUMMER SESSION 

Six-Week Term — June 14 - July 23 

Two Four- Week Terms — July 14 - July 10, July 12 - August 7 

Five-Week Term — July 24 - August 26 

The Summer Session of 1971 will provide a variety of terms 
to accommodate the needs and purposes of students who attend 
in the summer. The majority of courses will be offered in the 
first six-weeks term. Class work will be confined to the mornings, 
except for a few courses in music and physical education. Periods 
will be seventy-five minutes in length, and classes will meet 
daily, Monday through Friday. 

Courses in the sciences carry four semester hours credit each, 
and those in swimming, choir and golf one semester hour each. 
All other courses carry three semester hours credit. The normal 
load for a student is six semester hours; the maximum load is 
seven hours. 

The courses offered are designed to met the needs of regular 
Wake Forest students, incoming freshmen, visiting students 
from other colleges, and public school teachers seeking renewal 
of certificates. There will be courses in Art, Biology, Business 
Administration, Chemistry, Economics, Education, English, 
French, History, Latin, Mathematics, Music, Philosophy, Psy- 
chology, Physics, Physical Education, Religion, Sociology and 
Anthropology, Spanish, and Speech. The Department of Edu- 
cation will offer a course in Directed Teaching for students in- 
terested in qualifying for a class A teaching certificate. 

Two four-week terms will enable a student to take a half or 
a full year of basic science in biology, chemistry, or physics. 
Registration for this program will begin on June 14 and on 
July 12. Class and laboratory hours will be from 8:00 a.m. until 
1:00 p.m., Monday through Friday. 

Graduate courses leading to the Master of Arts degree will 
be offered in the departments of English, History, Physical 
Education, Psychology, Sociology and Anthropology, Religion 
and Speech. Opportunities for research toward the Master of 

172 



Summer Session 



Arts degree, but not graduate courses, will be provided in the 
departments of Biology, Chemistry, Mathematics and Physics. 

A special program, the Master of Arts in Education, will be 
offered for teachers who desire to complete a Master's program 
in three summer sessions. In 1971 a second term of five weeks 
will enable teachers to obtain twelve hours credit in the summer. 
No undergraduate courses will be offered in this term. 

Additional information from the Summer Session Bulletin 
may be obtained by writing the Dean of the Summer Session, 
Wake Forest University, Box 7293, Reynolda Station, Winston- 
Salem, N. C. 27109. 



173 



BOARD OF TRUSTEES 



Terms Expire December 31, 1971 

William L. Bingham, Lexington Riley M. Jordan, Raeford 

Elmer Lee Cain, Winston-Salem J. Everette Miller, Raleigh 

Thomas H. Davis, Winston-Salem Carlton S. Prickett, Burlington 

Walter E. Greer, Jr., Greensboro Samuel C. Tatum, Greensboro 

Lonnie Boyd Williams, Wilmington 

Terms Expire December 31, 1972 

J. Donald Bradsher, Roxboro J. Edwin Collette, Winston-Salem 

Joseph Branch, Raleigh James Estes Cross, Jr., Burlington 

Dewey Herbert Bridger, Bladenboro Egbert L. Davis, Jr., Winston-Salem 

Jesse P. Chapman, Jr., Asheville Mrs. A. J. Lewis, Charlotte 

William W. Staton, Sanford 

Terms Expire December 31, 1973 

A. Douglas Aldrich, Gastonia Mrs. George C. Mackie, Wake Forest 

Henry L. Bridges, Raleigh W. Boyd Owen, Waynesville 

Robert R. Forney, Shelby Mrs. Clifton Parker, Woodland 

C. Maurice Hill, Drexel Edwin M. Stanley, Greensboro 

Jerome Otis Williams, Concord 

Terms Expire December 31, 1974 

Richard Avery, Morganton J. Samuel Holbrook, Statesville 

James T. Broyhill, Lenoir R. W. Kicklighter, Elizabeth City 

John M. Cheek, Jr., Durham James W. Mason, Laurinburg 

Roy B. Culler, Jr., High Point George W. Paschal, Jr., Raleigh 

Leon L. Rice, Jr., Winston-Salem 

Honorary Trustees 

Irving E. Carlyle, Winston-Salem Lex Marsh, Charlotte 

William J. Conrad, Winston-Salem Hubert Olive, Lexington 

Basil M. Watkins, Durham 

Officers 

For One-Year Term Beginning January 1, 1971 

Justice Joseph Branch, Raleigh, Chairman 

J. Edwin Collette, Winston -Salem, Vice Chairman 

Talcott W. Brewer, Box 267, Raleigh, Treasurer Emeritus 

John G. Williard, Box 7354, Winston-Salem, Treasurer and Assistant 

Secretary 
Mrs. Elizabeth S. Drake, Box 7226, Winston-Salem, Secretary 
Leslie E. Browder, Drawer 84, Winston-Salem, General Counsel 



174 



^ADMINISTRATION 



James Ralph Scales (1967) President 

B.A., Oklahoma Baptist; M.A., Ph.D., Oklahoma. 

Edwin Graves Wilson (1946, 1951) Provost and Professor of English 

B.A., Wake Forest; A.M., Ph.D., Harvard. 

Manson Meads (1947, 1963) Vice President for Medical Affairs, 

Dean of the Bowman Gray School of 
Medicine and Professor of Medicine 

A.B., California; M.D., D.Sc, Temple. 

Eugene T. Lucas (1967) Vice President for Business and Finance 

B.A., Phillips; M.A., Denver. 

OFFICE OF THE DEAN OF THE COLLEGE 

Thomas E. Mullen (1957) Dean of the College and 

Associate Professor of History 

B.A., Rollins; M.A., Ph.D., Emory University. 

Robert Allen Dyer (1956) Assistant Dean of the College and 

Associate Professor of Religion 

B.A., Louisiana State; Th.M., Th.D., Southern Baptist Theological Seminary. 

Toby A. Hale (1970) Assistant to the Dean of the College 

B.A., Wake Forest; M.Div., Duke. 

Mark H. Reece (1956) Dean of Men 

B.S., Wake Forest. 

Lula M. Leake (1964) Dean of Women 

B.A., Louisiana State; M.R.E., Southern Baptist Theological Seminary. 

OFFICE OF THE DEAN OF THE SCHOOL OF LAW 

Pasco M. Bowman, II (1970) Dean of the School of Law 

and Professor of Law 

B.A., Bridgewater; J.D., New York University. 

Leon H. Corbett, Jr. (1968) Assistant Dean of the School of Law 

and Associate Professor of Law 

B.A., LL.B., Wake Forest. 

OFFICES OF THE BOWMAN GRAY SCHOOL OF MEDICINE 

Nash Herndon (1942, 1966) Associate Dean (Research Development) 

of the Bowman Gray School of Medicine 

and Professor of Preventive Medicine 

and Medical Genetics 

A.B., Duke; M.D., Jefferson Medical College. 

Clyde Hardy (1941) Associate Dean (Private Patient Services) of the 

Bowman Gray School of Medicine 

B.A., Richmond. 

C. Douglas Maynard (1966) Associate Dean of the Bowman Gray 

School of Medicine, Assistant Professor of Radiology 

and Associate in Neurology 

B.S., Wake Forest; M.D., Bowman Gray. 

* Date following name indicates year of appointment. More than one date indicatef 
separate appointments. 

175 



Administration 



Emery C. Miller, Jr. (1955) Associate Dean for Continuing Education, 
Professor of Medicine, and Associate in Physiology 

B.A., North Carolina; M.D., Johns Hopkins. 

Archie T. Johnson, Jr. (1970) Assistant Dean (Admissions) 

of the Bowman Gray School of Medicine 
and Instructor in Pediatrics 

B.S., Davidson; M.D., Medical College of Virginia. 

Harry O. Parker (1947) Controller of the Bowman Gray School 

of Medicine 

B.S., University of North Carolina; C.P.A., North Carolina. 

OFFICE OF THE DEAN OF THE CHARLES H. BABCOCK 
SCHOOL OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 

Robert S. Carlson ( 1969) Dean of the Charles H. Babcock School 

of Business Administration and Professor 
of Business Administration 
S.B., M.I.T.; M.B.A., Ph.D., Stanford. 

Robert W. Shively (1970) Associate Dean of the Charles H. 

Babcock School of Business Administration and 

Lecturer in Management 

B.A., Colgate; Ed.M., Harvard. 

Frederick M. Whitmeyer (1970) Director of Admisions and Student 

Affairs of the Babcock Graduate School of Management of the 

Charles H. Babcock School of Business Administration 

and Lecturer in Management 

B.S., M.B.A., Louisiana State. 

Jeanne Owen (1956) Director of the B.B.A. Program, Charles 

H. Babcock School of Business Administration, 
and Professor of Business Law 
B.S., U.N.C.-Greensboro; M.C.S., Indiana; J.D., U.N.C.-Chapel Hill. 

Richard G. Leader (1970) Assistant to the Dean, Charles H. 

Babcock School of Business Administration 

B.A., Wake Forest. 

OFFICE OF THE DEAN OF THE GRADUATE SCHOOL 

Henry Smith Stroupe (1937) Dean of the Graduate School and 

Professor of History 

B.S., M.A., Wake Forest; Ph.D., Duke. 

OFFICE OF THE DEAN OF THE SUMMER SESSION 

Percival Perry (1939, 1947) Dean of the Summer Session and 

Professor of History 

B.A., Wake Forest; M.A., Rutgers; Ph.D., Duke. 

OFFICE OF THE TREASURER 

John G. Williard (1958) Treasurer; Assistant Secretary 

of the Board of Trustees 
B.S., North Carolina; C.P.A., North Carolina. 

Carlos O. Holder (1969) Assistant to the Treasurer 

B.B.A., Wake Forest. 

176 



Administration 



OFFICE OF THE REGISTRAR 
Grady S. Patterson (1924) Registrar 

B.A., Wake Forest. 

Mrs. Margaret R. Perry (1947) Associate Registrar 

B.S., South Carolina. 

OFFICE OF ADMISSIONS AND FINANCIAL AID 

William G. Starling (1958) Director of Admissions and 

Financial Aid 

B.B.A., Wake Forest. 

Mrs. Shirley P. Hamrick (1957) Associate Director of Admissions 

B.A., North Carolina. 

William M. Mackie, Jr. (1964) Associate Director of Admissions 

and Financial Aid 

B.S., Wake Forest. 

Ross A. Griffith (1966) Assistant Director of Admissions 

B.S., Wake Forest. 

UNIVERSITY LIBRARIES 

Merrill G. Berthrong (1964) Director of Libraries and Associate 

Professor of History 

B.A., Tufts; M.A., Fletcher School of Law and Diplomacy; Ph.D., Pennsylvania. 

Carlton P. West (1928) Librarian 

B.A., Boston University; M.A., Yale; B.S. in L.S., North Carclina. 

Mrs. Vivian Lunsford Wilson (1960) Law Librarian 

A.B., Coker; B.S. in L.S., George Peabody. 

Mrs. Ereka Love (1967) Librarian of the Bowman Gray 

School of Medicine 
B.A., M.A. in L.S., Indiana. 

Jean B. Hopson (1970) Librarian of the Charles H. Babcock 

School of Business Administration 

B.S., Murray State University; M.A., George Peabody. 

OFFICE OF THE CHAPLAIN 

Edgar D. Christman (1956, 1961) University Chaplain 

B.A., LL.B., Wake Forest; B.D., Southeastern Baptist Theological Seminary; S.T.M., 
Union Theological Seminary. 

Richard W. McBride (1969) Assistant Chaplain and 

Director of the Baptist Student Union 

B.S. Ed., University of Virginia; B.D., Union Theological Seminary. 

CENTER FOR PSYCHOLOGICAL SERVICES 

David Allen Hills (1960) Director of the Center for Psychological 

Services and Associate Professor of Psychology 

A.B., Kansas; M.A., Ph.D., Iowa. 

David W. Catron (1963) Associate Director of the Center for 

Psychological Services and Associate Professor of Psychology 

B.A., Furman; Ph.D., Peabody. 

Mrs. Judith L. Homer (1969) Counselor 

B.S.N. , Michigan; M.A., Wake Forest. 

177 



Administration 



UNIVERSITY HEALTH SERVICE 
Howard A. Jemison, Jr. (1964) Medical Director 

M.D., Bowman Gray. 

Mary Ann Hampton Taylor (1961) Assistant Medical Director and 

Assistant in Preventive Medicine 

B.S., Wake Forest; M.D., Bowman Gray. 

Andrew J. Crutchpield (1968) Consultant in Clinical Services 

B.S., Wake Forest; M.D., Virginia. 

OFFICES OF COMMUNICATIONS, DEVELOPMENT, 
fc AND ALUMNI AFFAIRS 

Russell H. Brantley, Jr. (1953) Assistant to the President and 

Director of Communications 
B.A., Wake Forest. 

George William Joyner, Jr. (1969) Director of Alumni Affairs 

B.A., Wake Forest. 

James Floyd Fletcher (1971) Director of Development 

B.A., Wake Forest. 

T. SLOANE Guy, Jr. (1970) Director of Deferred Gifts Program 

B.A., L.H.D., Wake Forest; B.D., Yale. 

Mrs. Linda Carter Lee (1970) Editor of University Magazine 

and Assistant in Communications 

B.A., Wake Forest. 

J. William Straughan, Jr. (1969) Assistant in Public Affairs 

B.A., Wake Forest; B.D., Union Theological Seminary. 

OFFICE OF THE DIRECTOR OF ATHLETICS 

G. Eugene Hooks (1956) Director of Athletics and Associate 

Professor of Physical Education 

B.S., Wake Forest; M.Ed., North Carolina; Ed.D., George Peabody. 

Jesse I. Haddock (1952, 1954) Assistant Director of Athletics 

B.S., Wake Forest. 
Bobby J. Batson (1970) Sports Information Director 

THE PHYSICAL PLANT 
Harold S. Moore (1953) Director of the Physical Plant 

B.M.E., Virginia. 

Royce R. Weatherly (1947) Superintendent of Buildings 

Melvin Q. Layton (1951) Superintendent of Grounds 

B.S., Wake Forest. 

Thomas P. Griffin (1956) Director of Residences 

Robert Edwin Marshall (1969) " Supervisor of Special Services 

OTHER ADMINISTRATIVE OFFICIALS 

Ivey C. Gentry (1949) Director of the Office for Research 

and Professor of Mathematics 
B.S., Wake Forest; B.S., New York; M.A., Ph.D., Duke. 

178 



Administration 



Paul M. Gross, Jr. (1959) Coordinator of the Honors Program and 

Associate Professor of Chemistry 

B.S., Duke; Ph.D., Brown. 

Donald O. Schoonmaker (1965) Director of the Winter Term and 

Associate Professor of Political Science 

B.A., Wake Forest; M.A., Ph.D., Princeton. 

Charles M. Allen (1941) Director of Concerts and Lectures and 

Professor of Biology 

B.S., M.A., Wake Forest; Ph.D., Duke. 

Thomas M. ELMORE (1962) Director of Counselor Education and 

Associate Professor of Educational 
and Counseling Psychology 
B.A., Wake Forest; M.A., George Peabody; Ph.D., Ohio State. 

Jerry A. Hall (1958, 1961, 1967) Director of Undergraduate Teacher 

Education and Associate Professor of Education 

B.A., Wake Forest; M.A., Ed.D., George Peabody. 

JULIUS H. Corpening (1969) Executive Director of Academic 

Urban Affairs Consortium 

B.A., Wake Forest; B.D., Southern Baptist Theological Seminary. 

Samuel H. Long (1970) Staff Associate, Academic 

Urban Affairs Consortium 
B.A., Wake Forest. 

John F. Reed (1963) Director of Placement 

A.B., Pennsylvania State; M.A., Washington and Jefferson. 

Robert M. Allen (1966) Director of Printing Services 

B.A., Vanderbilt. 

Richard T. Clay (1956) Manager of the College Book Store 

B.B.A., Wake Forest. 



179 



^PROFESSORS EMERITI 

CHARLES S. Black (1919-20; 1925-65) Professor Emeritus of Chemistry 
B.A., M.A., Wake Forest; M.A., Virginia; Ph.D., Wisconsin. 

Coy C. Carpenter (1926-67) Vice President Emeritus for 

Medical Affairs and Professor Emeritus of Pathology 
B.A. in Medicine, Wake Forest; M.D., Syracuse University School of Medicine. 

Forrest W. Clonts (1922-24; 1925-67) Professor Emeritus of History 

B.A., Wake Forest; M.A., Ohio State. 

Mrs. Ethel T. Crittenden (1915-1946) Librarian Emerita 

J. Allen Easley (1928-1963) Professor Emeritus of Religion 

B.A., D.D., Furnian; Th.M., Southern Baptist Theological Seminary. 

Edgar Estes Folk (1936-67) Professor Emeritus of English 

B.A., Wake Forest; M.S., Columbia; Ph.D., George Peabody. 

Ralph Cyrus Heath (1954-1969) Professor Emeritus of Marketing 

Charles H. Babcock School of Business Administration 

A.B., Princeton; M.B.A., D.B.A., Indiana. 

Owen F. Herring (1946-1963) Professor Emeritus of Religion 

B.A., M.A., Wake Forest; Th.M., Th.D., Southern Baptist Theological Seminary; 
D.D., Georgetown College. 

Lois Johnson (1942-1962) Dean of Women Emerita 

B.A., Meredith; M.A., North Carolina. 

Hubert A. Jones (1908-1959) Professor Emeritus of Mathematics 

B.A., M.A., LL.B., Wake Forest. 

Henry Broadus Jones (1924-1959) Professor Emeritus of English 

B.A., Wake Forest; M.A., Ph.D., Chicago 
Harold Dawes Parcell (1935-1970) Professor Emeritus of French 

B.A., North Carolina; M.A., Ph.D., Harvard. 

Kenneth Tyson Raynor (1926-1961) Associate Professor Emeritus 

of Mathematics 
B.A., Wake Forest; M.A., Duke. 

Albert C. Reid (1917-18; 1920-65) Professor Emeritus of Philosophy 

B.A., M.A., Wake Forest; Ph.D., Cornell. 

Harold Wayland Tribble (1950-67) President Emeritus 

B.A., Richmond; Th.M., Th.D., Southern Baptist Theological Seminary; M.A., Louis- 
ville; Ph.D., Edinburgh; D.D. Stetson; LL.D., Union University, Wake Forest, 
Richmond, Duke, North Carolina. 



* Dates following names indicate period of service. 



180 



INSTRUCTION 

Charles M. Allen Professor of Biology and Director of 

Concerts and Lectures 
(See Administration) 

Ralph D. Amen (1962) Associate Professor of Biology 

A.B., A.M., University of Northern Colorado; M.B.S., Ph.D., Colorado. 

John Louis Andronica (1969) Assistant Professor of 

Classical Languages 

B.A., Holy Cross; M.A., Boston College; Ph.D., Johns Hopkins. 

John William Angell (1955) Professor of Religion 

B.A., Wake Forest; Th.M., Southern Baptist Theological Seminary; S.T.M., Andover 
Newton Theological School; Th.D., Southern Baptist Theological Seminary. 

Andrew Lewis Aycock (1928) Professor of English 

B.A., Wake Forest; M.A., Tulane. 

H. Wallace Baird (1963) Associate Professor of Chemistry 

A.B., Berea; Ph.D., Wisconsin. 

Eugene Pendleton Banks (1954) Professor of Sociology 

and Anthropology 
B.A., Furman; M.A., Ph.D., Harvard. 

James Pierce Barefield (1963) Assistant Professor of History 

B.A., M.A., Rice; Ph.D., Johns Hopkins. 

Richard Chambers Barnett (1961) Associate Professor of History 

B.A., Wake Forest; M.Ed., Ph.D., North Carolina. 

Harold M. Barrow (1948) Professor of Physical Education 

A.B., Westminster; M.A., Missouri; P.E.D., Indiana. 

John V. Baxley (1968) Assistant Professor of Mathematics 

B.S., M.S., Georgia Tech.; Ph.D., Wisconsin. 

Robert Clarence Beck (1959) Professor of Psychology 

B.A., Ph.D., Illinois. 

Veryl E. Becker (1969) Assistant Professor of Biology 

B.S., Gustavus Adolphus; M.S., South Dakota State; Ph.D., Michigan State. 

Richard Gordon Bell (1965) Professor of Law 

B.A., Kentucky; J.D., LL.M., Western Reserve. 

Merrill G. Berthrong Associate Professor of History and Director 

of Libraries 
(See Administration) 

James Carey Blalock (1950) Associate Professor of Chemistry 

B.S., M.A., Wake Forest; Ph.D., Florida. 
Dale E. Bonnette (1970) Instructor in English 

A.B., M.A., Missouri. 

Mrs. Kaye Shugart Bourquin (1967) Instructor in French 

B.A., Salem; M.A., Trinity. 

Pasco Middleton Bowman, II Professor of Law and 

Dean of the School of Law 

(See Administration) 

Sterling M. Boyd (1968) Associate Professor of Art History 

B.A., Sewanee; M.A., Oberlin; Ph.D., Princeton. 

* Names are arranged alphabetically. Date following names indicates year of appoint- 
ment. More than one date indicates separate appointments. 

181 



Faculty 

Robert W. Brehme (1959) Professor of Physics 

B.S., Roanoke; M.S., Ph.D., North Carolina. 

Dalma Adolph Brown (1941) Associate Professor of English 

B.A., M.A., North Carolina. 

David B. Broyles (1966) Assistant Professor of Political Science 

B.A., Chicago; B.A., Florida; M.A., Ph.D., UCLA. 

George McLeod Bryan (1956) Professor of Religion 

B.A., M.A., Wake Forest; B.D., Ph.D., Yale. 

* Shasta M. Bryant (1966) Associate Professor of Spanish 

A.B., M.A., Ph.D., North Carolina 

Julian C. Burroughs, Jr. (1958) Professor of Speech Communication 

and Theater Arts 
B.A., Wake Forest; M.A., Ph.D., Michigan. 

William E. Cage (1967) Assistant Professor of Economics, Charles 

H. Babcock School of Business Administration 

B.A., Rockford; Ph.D., Virginia 

Ruth F. Campbell (1962) Associate Professor of Spanish 

B.A., Woman's College, North Carolina; M.A., North Carolina; Ph.D., Duke. 

Robert S. Carlson Professor of Business Administration 

and Dean of the Charles H. Babcock School 
of Business Administration 

(See Administration) 

Bert Bono Carrillo (1970) Visiting Lecturer in Spanish 

B.A., M.A., PhD., Arizona. 

John Archer Carter, Jr. (1961) Associate Professor of English 

B.A., Virginia; M.A., Ph.D., Princeton. 

Robert L. Case (1970) Assistant Professor of Physical Education 

B.S., Western Illinois; M.S., Ph.D., Illinois. 

Dorothy Casey (1949) Assistant Professor of Physical Education 

B.S., Woman's College, North Carolina; M.A., North Carolina. 

David W. Catron (1963) Associate Professor of Psychology and 

Associate Director of the Center for Psychological Services 

B.A., Furman; Ph.D., Peabody. 

John H. Clougherty (1969) Instructor in Physical Education 

B.S., Youngstown State; M.Ed., Kent State. 

Elton C. Cocke (1938) Professor of Biology 

B.S., M.S., Ph.D., Virginia. 

John E. Collins (1970) Assistant Professor of Religion 

B.S., M.S., Tennessee; B.D., Southeastern Baptist Theological Seminary; 
Ph.D., Princeton. 

Leon P. Cook, Jr. (1957) Associate Professor of Accounting, Charles 

H. Babcock School of Business Administration 

B.S., Virginia Polytechnic; M.S. Tennessee; C.P.A., Arkansas. 

Leon Henry Corbett, Jr. Associate Professor of Law 

(See Administration) 

Julius H. Corpening (1970) Lecturer in Management, 

Babcock Graduate School of Management 
of the Charles H. Babcock School of Business Administration 

(See Administration) 



Absent on leave, 1970-71. 

182 



Faculty 

Cyclone Covey (1968) Professor of History 

B.A., Ph.D., Stanford 

Marjorie Crisp (1947) Assistant Professor of Physical Education 

B.S., Appalachian State Teachers College; M.A., George Peabody. 

James A. Dervin (1970) Instructor in English 

B.A., M.A., St. Louis. 

John F. Dimmick (1961) Associate Professor of Biology 

B.S., M.S., Western Illinois; Ph.D., Illinois. 

Ronald V. Dimock, Jr. (1970) Assistant Professor of Biology 

B.A., New Hampshire; M.S., Florida State; Ph.D., California. 

Hugh William Divine (1954) Professor of Law 

B.S., Georgia State College for Men; M.A., Louisiana State; J. D., Emory; LL.M., 
S.J.D., Michigan. 

Justus C. Drake (1946) Assistant Professor of English 

B.A., M.A., Wake Forest. 

Robert H. Dufort (1961) Professor of Psychology 

B.A., Ph.D., Duke. 

Robert Allen Dyer Associate Professor of Religion and Assistant Dean 

(See Administration) 

John R. Earle (1963) Associate Professor of Sociology 

and Anthropology 
B.A., Wake Forest; M.A., Ph.D., North Carolina. 

Cronje B. Earp (1940) Professor of Classical Languages 

and Literature 

B.A., Wake Forest; M.A., Ph.D., Columbia. 

W. Franklin Edwards (1970) Assistant Professor of Management, 

Babcock Graduate School of Management of the 

Charles H. Babcock School of Business Administration 

B.S., Clemson; M.B.A., Indiana; Ph.D., Florida. 

Leo Ellison, Jr. (1957) Assistant Professor of Physical Education; 

Swimming Coach 

B.S., M.S., Northwestern State College. 

Thomas M. Elmore (1962) Associate Professor of Educational and 

Counseling Psychology; Director of Counselor Education; 

Associate Director for Counselor Training 

of the Center for Psychological Services 

(See Administration) 

Gerald W. Esch (1965) Associate Professor of Biology 

B.S., Colorado College; M.S., Ph.D., University of Oklahoma. 

David K. Evans (1966) Associate Professor of Sociology and 

Anthropology 
B.S., Tulane; Ph.D., California. 

Philippe R. Falkenberg (1969) Assistant Professor of Psychology 

B.A., Queen's (Ontario); Ph.D., Duke. 

Esron McGruder Faris, Jr. (1957, 1967) Professor of Law 

B.A., J.D., Washington and Lee; LL.M., Duke. 

William D. Faulhaber (1969) Instructor in English 

B.A., Montclair State; M.A., Virginia. 

Jack D. Fleer (1964) Associate Professor of Political Science 

A.B., Oklahoma Baptist; M.S., Florida State; Ph.D., North Carolina. 

183 



Faculty 

Walter S. Flory (1963) Babcock Professor of Botany; Director 

of Reynolda Gardens 
B.A., Bridgewater; M.A., Ph.D., Virginia; Sc.D., Bridgewater. 

Doyle Richard Fosso (1964) Associate Professor of English 

A.B., Harvard; M.A., Michigan; Ph.D., Harvard. 

Ralph S. Fraser (1962) Professor of German 

B.A., Boston; M.A., Syracuse; Ph.D., Illinois. 

Louisa Freeman (1968) Instructor in French 

B.A., Salem; M.A., Emory. 

Roland L. Gay (1933) Associate Professor of Mathematics 

B.S., Wake Forest; M.S., North Carolina State. 

Ivey C. Gentry (1949) Professor of Mathematics 

(See Administration) 

Christopher Giles (1951) Assistant Professor of Music 

B.S., Florida Southern; M.A., George Peabody. 

Adam S. Gilmour (1970) Major, Field Artillery, U. S. Army; 

Assistant Professor of Military Science 

B.S., The Citadel. 

Balkrishna Govind Gokhale (1960) Professor of History and 

Asian Studies 

B.A., M.A., Ph.D., Bombay. 

Thomas Frank Gossett (1967) Professor of English 

B.A., M.A., Southern Methodist; Ph.D., Minnesota. 

George J. Griffin (1948) Professor of Religion 

B.A., Wake Forest; Th.B., Southern Baptist Theological Seminary; B.D., Yale; Ph.D., 
Edinburgh. 

Mrs. Penny Crawford Griffin (1969) Instructor in Art History 

B.A., Appalachian; M.A., Florida State. 

Paul M. Gross, Jr. Associate Professor of Chemistry 

and Coordinator of The Honors Program 
(See Administration) 

William H. Gulley (1966) Associate Professor of Sociology 

and Anthropology 
B.A., M.A., Ph.D., North Carolina. 

David Warren Hadley (1966) Instructor in History 

B.A., Wake Forest; A.M., Harvard. 

David L. Hall (1970) Instructor in Mathematics 

A.B., Harvard; M.A., Wake Forest. 

Jerry A. Hall (1958, 1961, 1967) Associate Professor of Education 

(See Administration) 

Emmett Willard Hamrick (1952) Professor of Religion 

A.B., North Carolina; Ph.D., Duke. 

Phillip J. Hamrick, Jr. (1956) Professor of Chemistry 

B.S., Morris Harvey; Ph.D., Duke. 

Carl V. Harris (1956) Professor of Classical Languages and Literature 
B.A., Wake Forest; B.D., S.T.M., Yale; Ph.D., Duke. 

Robert Wade Hash (1969) Assistant Professor 

of Classical Languages 

B.A., Richmond; Ph.D., Vanderbilt. 

Yskrand Haven (1965) Professor of Physics 

Candidate, Doctorandus, Doctor, Groningen. 

184 



Faculty 

Merwyn A. Hayes Associate Professor of Speech Communication 

and Theater Arts 
B.A., Macalester; M.A., Oregon; Ph.D., Illinois. 

Nathan Rick Heatley (1970) Instructor in Classical Languages 

B.A., Baylor; M.A., Texas. 

Roger A. Hegstrom (1969) Assistant Professor of Chemistry 

A.B., St. Olaf; A.M., Ph.D., Harvard. 

Robert Meredith Helm (1940) Professor of Philosophy 

B.A., Wake Forest; M.A., Ph.D., Duke. 

J. Edwin Hendricks (1961) Associate Professor of History 

B.A., Furman; M.A., Ph.D., Virginia. 

MARCUS B. Hester (1963) Associate Professor of Philosophy 

B.A., Wake Forest; Ph.D., Vanderbilt. 

David Allen Hills (I960) Associate Professor of Psychology and 

Director of the Center for Psychological Services 
A.B., Kansas; M.A., Ph.D., Iowa. 

Hugh K. Himan (1965) Assistant Professor of Economics, Charles 

H. Babcock School of Business Administration 
B.A., M.A., Miami; Ph.D., Illinois. 

Joseph H. Hoffman, Jr. (1969) Colonel, Infantry, U. S. Army; 

Professor of Military Science 

B.S., U. S. Military Academy. 

Wesley D. Hood (1968) Assistant Professor of Education 

B.S., Univ. of Washington; M.Ed., North Dakota; Ed.D., Ball State. 

Herbert Horowitz Associate Professor of Psychology 

B.A., Brooklyn; M.S., New School for Social Research; M.A., Ph.D., Wisconsin. 

Fred L. Horton, Jr. (1970) Visiting Assistant Professor of Religion 

A.B., North Carolina; B.D., Union Theological Seminary; Ph.D., Duke. 

William L. Hottinger (1970) Assistant Professor of 

Physical Education 

B.S., Pennsylvania State College; M.S., Ph.D., Illinois. 

Fredric T. Howard (1966) Assistant Professor of Mathematics 

B.A., M.A., Vanderbilt; Ph.D., Duke. 

Calvin R. Huber (1962) Associate Professor of Music 

B.M., M.M., Wisconsin; Ph.D., North Carolina. 

Delmer P. Hylton (1949) Professor of Accounting, Charles H. 

Babcock School of Business Administration 

B.S., M.B.A., Indiana; C.P.A., Indiana. 

Albert Hyndman (1970) Visiting Professor of Economics, 

Charles H. Babcock School of Business Administration 

B.A., M.A., Oxford. 

Oliver B. Ingram, Jr. Captain, Infantry, U. S. Army; 

Assistant Professor of Military Science 

B.S., Auburn. 

Mrs. Patricia Adams Johnson (1969) Instructor in English 

B.A., Winston-Salem State; M.A., Wake Forest. 

Norman R. Jones (1970) Captain, Infantry, U. S. Army; 

Assistant Professor of Military Science 

B.S., U. S. Military Academy. 

Alonzo W. Kenion (1956) Associate Professor of English 

A.B., M.A., Ph.D., Duke. 

185 



Faculty 

William C. Kerr (1970) Assistant Professor of Physics 

B.S., Wooster; Ph.D., Cornell. 

Harry Lee King, Jr. (1960) Professor of Spanish 

B.A., Richmond; M.A., Ph.D., North Carolina. 

Raymond E. Kuhn (1968) Assistant Professor of Biology 

B.S., Carson Newman; Ph.D., Tennessee. 

Henry Conrad Lauerman (1963) Professor of Law 

B.S., U.S. Naval Academy; J.D., LL.M., Georgetown; LL.M., Duke. 

Robert E. Lee (1946) Professor of Law 

B.S., LL.B., Wake Forest; M.A. in Public Law, Columbia; LL.M., S.J.D., Duke. 

Charles M. Lewis (1968) Assistant Professor of Philosophy 

B.A., Wake Forest; Ph.D., Vanderbilt; Th.M., Harvard. 

Marvin D. Loper (1970) Assistant Professor of Management, 

Babcock Graduate School of Management of the 

Charles H. Babcock School of Business Administration 

B.S., New Mexico; M.S., California State at San Diego; Ph.D., U.C.L.A. 

Robert William Lovett (1962, 1968) Assistant Professor of English 

B.A., Oglethorpe, M.A., Ph.D.. Emory. 

William V. Luckie (1969) Instructor in Accounting, 

Charles H. Babcock School of Business Administration 

B.S., Alabama; M.B.A., Mississippi. 

Arthur L. Lytton-Sells (1970) Visiting Lecturer in French 

B.A., M.A., Cambridge; Doctorat, Paris. 

Nancy Jane McCaskey (1969) Instructor in English 

B.A., Marshall; M.A., North Carolina. 

James C. McDonald (1960) Associate Professor of Biology 

B.A., Washington University, St. Louis; M.A., Ph.D., Missouri. 

Thane McDonald (1941) Professor of Music 

B.M., M.M., Michigan; Ed.D., Teachers College, Columbia. 

James G. McDowell (1965) Associate Professor of History 

B.A., Colgate; Ph.D., Johns Hopkins. 

Antonio Maso (1970) Visiting Lecturer in Spanish 

Licencia, Valencia. 

DON M. Maultsby (1970) Instructor in Sociology and Anthropolgy 

B.A., Wofford. 

J. Gaylord May (1961) Associate Professor of Mathematics 

B.S., Wofford; M.A., Ph.D., Virginia. 

W. Graham May (1961) Associate Professor of Mathematics 

B.S., Wofford; M.A., Ph.D., Virginia. 

Jasper L. Memory, Jr. (1929) Professor of Education 

B.A., Wake Forest; M.A., Columbia. 

J. Rodney Meyer (1970) Instructor in English 

B.A., Brown; M.A., Minnesota. 

Jean-Michel Michelet (1970) Visiting Lecturer in French 

Licence, D.E.S., Agregation, Paris. 

Harry B. Miller (1947) Professor of Chemistry 

B.S., Ph.D., North Carolina. 

Joseph O. Milner (1969) Assistant Professor of English 

B.A., Davidson; M.A., Ph.D., North Carolina. 

186 



Faculty 

Carlton T. Mitchell (1961) Associate Professor of Religion 

B.A., Wake Forest; B.D., Yale; S.T.M., Union Theological Seminary, New York; 
Ph.D., New York University. 

John C. Moorhouse Assistant Professor of Economics, 

Charles H. Babcock School of Business Administration 

A.B., Wabash; M.A., Ph.D., Northwestern. 

Carl C. Moses (1964) Associate Professor of Political Science 

A.B., William and Mary; M.A., Ph.D., North Carolina. 

Thomas E. Mullen Associate Professor of History 

and Dean of the College 

(See Administration) 

Ronald E. Noftle (1967) Assistant Professor of Chemistry 

B.S., New Hampshire; Ph.D., Washington. 

John W. Nowell (1945) Professor of Chemistry 

B.S., Wake Forest; Ph.D., North Carolina. 

James C. O'Flaherty (1947) Professor of German 

B.A., Georgetown College; M.A , Kentucky; Ph.D., Chicago. 

Aulsey Thomas Olive (1961) Associate Professor of Biology 

B.S., Wake Forest; M.S., Ph.D., North Carolina State. 

Jeanne Owen Professor of Business Law, 

and Director of the B.B.A. Program, Charles H. 
Babcock School of Business Administration 
(See Administration) 

John Ernest Parker, Jr. (1950) Professor of Romance Languages 

and Education 
B.A., Wake Forest; A.M., Ph.D., Syracuse. 

Clarence H. Patrick (1946) Professor of Sociology and Anthropology 

B.A., Wake Forest; B.D., Andover Newton; Ph.D., Duke. 

Peter R. Peacock (1970) Instructor in Management, 

Babcock Graduate School of Management of the 

Charles H. Babcock School of Business Administration 

A.B., Northeastern; M.S., Georgia Tech. 

Philip P. Perricone Instructor in Sociology and Anthropology 

B.S., M.A., University of Florida. 

Percival Perry Professor of History and Dean of the Summer Session 

(See Administration) 

Elizabeth Phillips (1957) Professor of English 

A.B., Woman's College, North Carolina; M.A., State University of Iowa; Ph.D., 
Pennsylvania. 

Ruth P. Phillips (1968) Research Associate in Biology 

Ph.D., Louisiana State. 

M. Elizabeth Place (1969) Instructor in German 

A.B., Duke; M.A., Vanderbilt. 

Edward H. Platte (1968) Instructor in History 

B.A., Princeton; M.A., Stanford. 

Michael L. Pollock (1967) Assistant Professor of Physical Education 

B.S., Arizona; M.S., Ph.D., Illinois. 

JOYCE E. Potter (1969) Instructor in English 

B.A., Carson-Newman; M.A., Tennessee. 

187 



Faculty 

Lee Harris Potter (1965) Associate Professor of English 

B.A., M.A., Ph.D., North Carolina. 

Herman J. Preseren (1953) Professor of Education 

B.S., State Teachers College, California, Pennsylvania; M.A., Teachers College, 
Columbia; Ph.D., North Carolina. 

Gregory D. Pritchard (1968) Associate Professor of Philosophy 

B.A., Oklahoma Baptist; B.D., Southern Baptist Theol. Seminary; Ph.D., Columbia. 

Ray Prohaska (1969) Artist in Residence 

Mrs. Beulah Lassiter Raynor (1946) Assistant Professor of English 

B.A., East Carolina Teachers College; M.A., Wake Forest. 

J. Don Reeves (1967) Associate Professor of Education 

A.B., Mercer; B.D., Th.M., Southern Baptist Theological Seminary; Ed.D., Columbia. 

JON M. Reinhardt (1964) Assistant Professor of Political Science 

B.A., Birmingham-Southern; M.A., Ph.D., Tulane. 

Harold C. Rhea (1968) Assistant Professor of Physical Education 

and Cross Country and Track Coach 
B.S., Midland Lutheran; M.A., Ed.D., Colorado State. 

Claud Henry Richards, Jr. (1952) Professor of Political Science 

B.A., Texas Christian; M.A., Ph.D., Duke. 

Charles L. Richman (1968) Assistant Professor of Psychology 

B.A., Virginia; M.S., Yeshiva; Ph.D., Cincinnati. 

Mrs. Mary Frances McFeeters Robinson (1952) Professor of French 

B.A., Wilson College; M.A., Ph.D., Syracuse. 

Paul S. Robinson (1952) Associate Professor of Music 

B.A., Westminister College; Mus.B., Curtis Institute of Music; M.Sac. Mus., D.Sac. 
Mus., School of Sacred Music, Union Theological Seminary. 

Eva Maria Rodtwitt (1966) Lecturer in French 

Cand. Philol., Oslo. 

Wilmer D. Sanders (1954, 1964) Associate Professor of German 

B.A., Muhlenberg; M.A., Ph.D., Indiana. 

John W. Sawyer (1956) Professor of Mathematics 

A.B., M.A., Wake Forest; M.A., Ph.D., Missouri. 

Donald O. Schoonmaker (1965) Associate Professor of Political 

Science and Director of the Winter Term 

(See Administration) 

Frank L. Scott (1969) Assistant Professor of Mathematics 

B.A., Tulane; M.A., Ph.D., Ohio State. 

Karl Myron Scott (1955) Professor of Management, Charles H. 

Babcock School of Business Administration 

B.A., Arkansas; M.S., Iowa State College; Ph.D., Illinois. 

Richard D. Sears (1964) Assistant Professor of Political Science 

A.B., Clark; M.A., Ph.D., Indiana. 

Ben M. Seelbinder (1959) Professor of Mathematics 

B.S., Mississippi Delta State College; M.A., Ph.D., North Carolina. 

Timothy F. Sellner (1970) Assistant Professor of German 

B.A., Michigan; M.A., Wayne State; Ph.D., Michigan. 

Bynum Gillette Shaw (1965) Lecturer in Journalism 

B.A., Wake Forest. 

Howard William Shields (1958) Professor of Physics 

B.S., North Carolina; M.S., Pennsylvania State; Ph.D., Duke. 

188 



Faculty 

Franklin R. Shirley (1948) Professor of Speech Communication 

and Theater Arts 

B.A., Georgetown College; M.A., Columbia; Ph.D., Florida. 

Robert W. Shively (1970) Lecturer in Management, 

Babcock Graduate School of Management of the 

Charles H. Babcock School of Business Administration 

(See Administration) 

Richard Lee Shoemaker (1950) Professor of Romance Languages 

B.A., Colgate; M.A., Syracuse; Ph.D., Virginia. 

Robert N. Shorter (1958) Associate Professor of English 

B.A., Union College; M.A., Ph.D., Duke. 

Michael L. Sinclair (1968) Instructor in History 

B.A., Wake Forest; M.A., Stanford. 

James E. Sizemore (1953) Professor of Law 

B.S., East Tennessee State; LL.B., Wake Forest; LL.M., New York University. 

David L. Smiley (1950) Professor of History 

B.A., M.A., Baylor; Ph.D. Wisconsin. 

Charles W. Smith (1969) Instructor in Music 

B.M., Wyoming; M.A., New York University. 

J. Howell Smith (1965) Assistant Professor of History 

B.A., Baylor; M.A., Tulane; Ph.D., Wisconsin. 

* Henry Lawrence Snuggs (1945) Professor of English 

B.A., Wake Forest; M.A., Ph.D., Duke. 

Guy E. Spear (1969) Instructor in English 

B.A., M.A., Wyoming. 

James A. Steintrager (1969) Associate Professor of Political Science 

B.A., Notre Dame; M.A., Ph.D., Chicago. 

Henry Smith Stroupe Professor of History and 

Dean of the Graduate School 

(See Administration) 

Robert L. Sullivan (1962) Associate Professor of Biology 

B.A., Delaware; M.S., Ph.D., North Carolina State. 

Samuel A. Syme, Jr. (1965) Associate Professor of Education 

A.B., Washington and Lee; A.M., Ed.D., Duke. 

Charles H. Talbert (1963) Associate Professor of Religion 

B.A., Howard; B.D., Southern Baptist Theological Seminary; Ph.D., Vanderbilt. 

E. Mowbray Tate (1967) Visiting Professor of Religion and History 

B.A., Whitman; Ph.D., Columbia. 

Harold C. Tedford (1965) Associate Professor of Speech Communication 

and Theater Arts 
B.A., Ouachita; M.A., Arkansas; Ph.D., Louisiana State. 

Stanton K. Tefft (1964) Associate Professor of Sociology 

and Anthropology 
B.A., Michigan State; M.S., Wisconsin; Ph.D., Minnesota. 

Brenda Ann Templeton (1969) Instructor in Classical Languages 

B.A., Wake Forest. 

Neal B. Thornton (1967) Assistant Professor of Political Science 

B.A., Ph.D., Virginia. 
* Died, June 12, 1970. 

189 



Faculty 

Mrs. Anne S. Tillett (1965) Associate Professor of Romance 

Languages 

B.A., Carson-Newman; M.A.,Vanderbilt; Ph.D., Northwestern University. 

Lowell R. Tillett (1956) Professor of History 

B.A., Carson-Newman; M.A., Columbia; Ph.D., North Carolina. 

Phyllis Lou Trible (1963) Associate Professor of Religion 

B.A., Meredith; Ph.D., Union Theological Seminary, Columbia. 

Thomas J. Turner (1952) Professor of Physics 

B.S., North Carolina; M.S., Clemson; Ph.D., Virginia. 

Lorraine Van Meter (1968) Instructor in History 

B.A., M.A., U.C.L.A. 
Robert H. Vorsteg (1970) Assistant Professor of Philosophy 

B.A., Florida State; M.A., Ph.D., Ohio State. 

Marcellus E. Waddill (1962) Associate Professor of Mathematics 

B.A., Hampden-Sydney; M.A., Ph.D., Pittsburgh. 

J. Van Wagstaff (1964) Associate Professor of Economics, 

Charles H. Babcock School of Business Administration 

B.A., Randolph-Macon; M.B.A., Rutgers; Ph.D., Virginia. 

Winston W. Walker, Jr. (1970) Assistant Professor of Mathematics 

B.A., Tulane; Ph.D., Georgia. 

Frances Day Wardlaw (1969) Instructor in Spanish 

B.A., Wooster; M.A. Illinois. 

Westford D. Warner (1968) Captain, Armor, U. S. Army; 

Assistant Professor of Military Science 
B.S., The Citadel. 

Carroll W. Weathers Professor of Law and Dean Emeritus 

of the School of Law 

B.A., LL.B., Wake Forest. 

James A. Webster, Jr. (1951, 1954) Professor of Law 

B.S., LL.B., Wake Forest; S.J.D., Harvard. 

Peter D. Weigl (1968) Assistant Professor of Biology 

A.B., Williams; Ph.D., Duke. 

David Welker (1969) Professor of Speech Communication 

and Theater Arts 

B.A., M.A., University of Illinois; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. 

Larry E. West (1969) Assistant Professor of German 

A.B., Berea; Ph.D., Vanderbilt. 

Frederick M. Whitmeyer (1970) Lecturer in Management, 

Babcock Graduate School of Management of the 

Charles H. Babcock School of Business Administration 

(See Administration) 

George P. Williams, Jr. (1958) Professor of Physics 

B.S., Richmond; M.S., Ph.D., North Carolina. 

John Edwin Williams (1959) Professor of Psychology 

B.A., Richmond; M.A., Ph.D., Iowa. 

Edwin Graves Wilson Professor of English and Provost 

(See Administration) 

Donald H. Wolfe (1968) Assistant Professor of Speech Communication 

and Theater Arts 
B.S., M.S., Southern Illinois; Ph.D., Cornell. 

190 



Faculty 

J. Ned Woodall (1969) Assistant Professor of 

Sociology and Anthropology 

B.A., M.A., Texas; Ph.D., Southern Methodist. 

John J. Woodmansee (1965) Associate Professor of Psychology 

B.A., Westminster; M.A., Denver; Ph.D., Colorado. 

Raymond L. Wyatt (1956) Associate Professor of Biology 

B.S., Wake Forest; M.A., Ph.D., North Carolina. 

Wilfred Buck Yearns, Jr. (1945) Professor of History 

B.A., Duke; M.A., Georgia; Ph.D., North Carolina. 

Richard L. Zuber (1962) Associate Professor of History 

B.S., Appalachian; M.A., Emory; Ph.D. Duke. 



191 



PART TIME STAFF MEMBERS 



Htin Aung (1965) Visiting Professor of English and Art 

and Archaeology of Southeast Asia 

B.A., Rangoon; LL.B., LL.M., London; B.A., LL.B., Queens' College, 

Cambridge; M.Litt., Ph.D., LL.D., Trinity College, Dublin; LL.D., 

Rangoon, Johns Hopkins, Vidyodaya University of Ceylon; L.H.D., Wake Forest. 

Alfred T. Brauer (1965) 

Ph.D., Berlin. 



Frederick L. Bronner (1966) 

B.S., Union College; A.M., Ph.D., Harvard 

Mrs. Mary Gwyn Cage (1969) 

B.F.A., North Carolina School of the Arts 



Mrs. Marjorie Felmet (1964) 

A.B., North Carolina; M.A., Eastman School of Music 

Mrs. Caroline S. Fullerton (1969) 



Visiting Professor of Mathematics 
Visiting Professor of History 
Instructor in Physical Education 
Visiting Teacher of Piano 



B.A., Rollins; M.A., Texas Christian 

Lewis P. Goldstein (1970) 

B.A 



Instructor in Speech 
Communication and Theatre Arts 



Instructor in Speech Communication 
and Theatre Arts 

Long Island; M.S., State University of New York at Buffalo. 



Mrs. Susan P. Harbin (1966) 

B.A., M.A., Wake Forest. 

Mrs. Lucille S. Harris (1957) 

B.A., B.M., Meredith. 

Mrs. Barbara B. Hills (1962) 

B.A., Ph.D., Iowa. 

Joseph B. Jowers (1970) 

B.D., Drew; Ph.D., New School for Social Research 

Mrs. Ethel Lashmit Kalter (1960) 

Certificate, Westminster Choir College. 

Henry S. Lewis, Jr. (1970) 

B.D., Andover-Newton Theological Seminary. 



Instructor in Psychology 

Instructor in Piano 

Lecturer in Psychology 

Lecturer in Sociology 

Artist in Residence, Voice 

Visiting Lecturer in Religion 



Joe N. Norman (1970) 



Visiting Lecturer in Accounting 



B.A., Philander Smith; M.B.A., C.P.A., Oklahoma. 

David H. Rose (1968) Visiting Lecturer in Religion 

B.A., Cincinnati; B.H.L., M.H.L., Hebrew Union. 



John W. Sanders (1968) 

B.A., M.A., Georgia. 

Mrs. Martha Stark (1969) 

B.S., Illinois State Normal. 



Lecturer in Sociology 
Instructor in Physical Education 



192 



THE BOWMAN GRAY SCHOOL OF MEDICINE 
^PROFESSORS EMERITI 



**Camillo Artom (1939-1963) Professor Emeritus of Biochemistry 

M.U., Padua; Ph.D., Messina; Ph.D., Palermo, Italy. 

Coy C. Carpenter (1926-1967) Vice President Emeritus for Medical 

Affairs and Professor Emeritus of Pathology 

B.A., Wake Forest; M.D., Syracuse University School of Medicine. 

Fred K. Garvey (1941-1969) Professor Emeritus of Urology 

M.D., University of Cincinnati School of Medicine. 

***Robert A. Moore (1941-1953) Associate Professor Emeritus 

of Orthopedic Surgery 

M.D., North Carolina Medical College. 

William H. Sprunt, Jr. (1941-1963) Professor Emeritus 

of Clinical Surgery 

B.S., Davidson; M.D., University of Pennsylvania. 

ROSCOE L. Wall (1942-1956) Professor Emeritus 

of Anesthesiology 

B.S., Wake Forest, M.D., Jefferson Medical College. 



Dates following names indicate period of service. 
Died, February 3, 1970. 
Died, August 7, 1970. 



193 



FACULTY 
THE BOWMAN GRAY SCHOOL OF MEDICINE 

* INSTRUCTION 



Jean Dofflemoyer Acton (1964) 

B.S., M.A., Ph.D., Virginia. 

Eben Alexander, Jr. (1949) 

A.B., North Carolina; M.D., Harvard. 

Katherine H. Anderson (1969) 

B.S., Carnegie; M.D., Cornell. 

Stephen G. Anderson (1970) 

M.D., Emory. 

John R. Ausband (1952) 

B.A., Asbury; M.D., Bowman Gray. 

Ernest A. Austin (1969) 

B.S., St. John's; M.D., Howard. 

Ralph W. Barnes (1969) 



Assistant Professor of Microbiology 

Professor of Neurosurgery 

Associate Professor of Pediatrics 

Assistant Professor of 
Obstetrics and Gynecology 

Professor of Otolaryngology 

Assistant Professor of Surgery 

Research Instructor in Neurology 



B.S.E.E., Duke; M.S.E., Pennsylvania; Ph.D., Duke 

David L. Beavers (1955) Assistant Professor of Dental Surgery 

B.S., Wake Forest; D.D.S., Northwestern. 



David Merrill Biddulph (1970) 

B.S., Utah; M.S., Ph.D., Illinois. 

Edward D. Bird (1968) 

M.B., B.S., London; CM., Canada. 

Damon D. Blake (1956) 

B.S., Washington; M.D., Columbia. 

Walter J. Bo (1960) 

B.S., M.S., Marquette; Ph.D., Cincinnati. 

Robert F. Bond (1965) 

B.S., Ursinus; M.S., Ph.D., Temple. 

William H. Boyce (1952) 

B.S., Davidson; M.D., Vanderbilt. 

Billy C. Bullock (1965) 

D.V.M., Texas A & M. 



Assistant Professor of Anatomy 

Associate Professor of Medicine 
Associate in Pharmacology 

Professor of Radiology 

Professor of Anatomy 

Associate Professor of Physiology 

Professor of Urology 

Associate Professor of 
Laboratory Animal Medicine 



Richard L. Burt (1949) Professor of Obstetrics and Gynecology 

B.S., Springfield, M.S., Ph.D., Brown; M.D., Harvard. 



Yi-Chi Chang (1969) 

B.S., Southeast Missouri; Ph.D. 



Connecticut. 



Kenneth P. Chepenik (1968) 

B.S., Ph.D., Florida. 



Instructor in Pharmacology 



Assistant Professor of Anatomy 



'■■■ Names are arranged alphabetically. Date following names indicates year of appointment. 
More than one date indicates separate appointments. Only full-time members of the faculty 
are included. 



194 



Faculty 

Thomas B. Clarkson, Jr. (1957) Professor of Laboratory 

Animal Medicine 

D.V.M., Georgia. 

George A. Clay (1970) Assistant Professor of Pharmacology 

A.B., Dartmouth; M.A., Ph.D., Boston. 

Carl M. Cochrane (1967) Professor of Psychology (Psychiatry) 

B.A., Guilford; Ph.D., North Carolina. 

M. Robert Cooper (1967) Assistant Professor of Medicine 

B.S., North Carolina State; M.D., Bowman Gray. 

A. Robert Cordell (1957) Professor of Surgery 

Associate in Physiology 

B.S., North Carolina; M.D., Johns Hopkins. 

Robert J. Cowan (1970) Instructor in Radiology 

A.B., M.D., North Carolina. 

Robert W. Cowgill (1962) Professor of Biochemistry 

B.A., Kansas; M.S., Rensselaer; Ph.D., Johns Hopkins. 

Clair E. Cox, II (1963) Associate Professor of Urology 

M.D., Michigan. 

Carol C. Cunningham (1970) Assistant Professor of Biochemistry 

B.S., M.S., Ph.D., Oklahoma State. 

Patrick M. Cunningham (1967) Instructor in Psychiatric Social Work 
B.S., Utah; M.S.W., Fordham. 

Ivan W. F. Davidson (1961) Professor of Pharmacology 

Associate in Physiology 

B.S., Manitoba; M.A., Ph.D., Toronto. 

Courtland H. Davis, Jr. (1952) Professor of Neurosurgery 

A.B., George Washington; M.D., Virginia. 

Lawrence R. DeChatelet (1969) Assistant Professor of Biochemistry 

B.S., M.S., Ph.D., Loyola. 

Adam B. Denison (1951) Associate Professor of Physiology 

B.S., Hamilton; M.D., Western Reserve. 

Robert L. Dixon (1970) Instructor in Radiology (Physics) 

B.S., Ph.D., South Carolina. 

Henry Drexler (1964) Associate Professor of Microbiology 

B.S., Pennsylvania State; Ph.D., Rochester. 

John H. Edmonds, Jr. (1970) Associate Professor of Medicine 

B.S., Wake Forest; M.D., Bowman Gray. 

John H. Felts (1955) Professor of Medicine 

B.S., Wofford; M.D., South Carolina. 

Robert A. Finch (1970) Assistant Professor of Anatomy 

A.B., Oberlin; Ph.D., Case Western Reserve. 

H. Francis Forsyth (1946) Professor of Orthopedics 

A.B., M.D., Michigan. 

Fleetus L. Gobble, Jr. (1966) Assistant Professor of Obstetrics 

and Gynecology 

A.B., Duke; M.D., Bowman Gray. 

Harold O. Goodman (1958) Professor of Medical Genetics (Pediatrics) 

B.A., M.A., Ph.D., Minnesota. 

195 



Faculty 

Harold D. Green (1945) Gordon Gray Professor of Physiology 

Associate in Pharmacology 
Associate in Medicine 

B.S., D.Sc, Wooster; M.D., Western Reserve. 

Frank C. Greiss, Jr. (1960) Professor of Obstetrics and Gynecology 

A.B., M.D., Pennsylvania. 

David L. Groves (1969) Assistant Professor of Microbiology 

B.S., Marietta; M.S., Ph.D., Wisconsin. 

Marcus M. Gulley (1959) Assistant Professor of Psychiatry 

B.S., Wake Forest; M.D., Bowman Gray. 

John P. GUDSON, Jr. (1967) Associate Professor of 

Obstetrics and Gynecology 
Associate in Microbiology 

B.A., M.D., Virginia. 

C. Allen Haney (1968) Assistant Professor of Sociology (Pediatrics) 

B.S., Jacksonville; M.S., Ph.D., Florida State. 

James A. Harrill (1941) Professor of Otolaryngology 

B.S., Wake Forest; M.D., Pennsylvania. 

William F. Harriss (1971) Instructor in Radiology 

B.S., North Carolina; M.D., Bowman Gray. 

Donald M. Hayes (1959) Professor of Community Medicine 

Associate Professor of Medicine 

B.S., Wake Forest; M.D., Bowman Gray. 

John T. Hayes (1966) Professor of Orthopedics 

B.S., M.D., Michigan. 

Robert N. Headley (1963) Associate Professor of Medicine 

B.S., M.D., Maryland. 

Leo J. Heaphy, Jr. (1965) Assistant Professor of Medicine 

Associate in Physiology 

A.B., Canisius; M.D., Buffalo. 

Eugene R. Heise (1969) Assistant Professor of Microbiology 

Associate in Surgery 
B.S., Wittenberg; M.S., Iowa; Ph.D., Wake Forest. 

C. NASH Herndon (1942) Professor of Medical Genetics (Pediatrics) 

Associate in Medicine 
Associate Dean for Research Development 

(See Administration) 

Felda Hightower (1944) Professor of Surgery 

B.S., Wake Forest; M.D., Pennsylvania. 

Alanson Hinman (1952) Associate Professor of Pediatrics 

A.B., Stanford; M.D., Johns Hopkins. 

Ivan L. Holleman, Jr. (1960) Associate Professor of Pathology 

B.S., Wake Forest; M.D., Bowman Gray. 

Stephen H. Homer (1967) Assistant Professor of Orthopedics 

B.A., M.D., Pennsylvania. 

Charles M. Howell, Jr. (1954) Professor of Medicine (Dermatology 

and Allergy); Associate in Pathology 
B.S., Wake Forest; M.D., Pennsylvania. 

Julius A. Howell (1957) Associate Professor of Surgery 

(Plastic Surgery); Lecturer in Medical Jurisprudence 
LL.B., B.S., Wake Forest; M.D., Pennsylvania. 

196 



Faculty 

A. Sherrill Hudspeth (1963) Associate Professor of Surgery 

M.D., Bowman Gray. 

Frank H. Hulcher (1958) Associate Professor of Biochemistry 

B.S., M.S., Ph.D., Virginia Polytechnic. 

Carolyn C. Huntley (1957) Professor of Pediatrics 

A.B., Mount Holyoke; M.D., Duke. 

Lucile W. Hutaff (1948) Professor of Community Medicine 

Assistant Professor of Medicine 

B.S., Wisconsin; M.D., Rochester. 

Phillip M. Hutchins (1970) Assistant Professor of Physiology 

(Biomedical Engineering) 

B.S., North Carolina State; M.S., Ph.D., Wake Forest. 

Thomas H. Irving (1967) Professor of Anesthesiology 

Associate in Pharmacology 

B.A., Pennsylvania State; M.D., Hahnemann. 

Francis M. James, III (1968) Assistant Professor of Anesthesiology 

B.S., Swarthmore; M.D., Hahnemann 

Paul Marshall James, Jr. (1970) Assistant Professor of Surgery 

A.B., Swarthmore; M.D., Hahnemann. 

Richard Janeway (1966) Associate Professor of Neurology 

B.A., Colgate; M.D., Pennsylvania. 

Archie T. Johnson, Jr. ( 1970) Instructor in Pediatrics 

and Assistant Dean 

(See Administration) 

Frank R. Johnston (1950) Professor of Surgery 

B.S., Presbyterian; M.D., Duke. 

Zelma A. Kalnins (1956) Associate Professor of Clinical Cytology 

M.D., University of Latvia. 

John S. Kaufmann ( 1962, 1970) Assistant Professor of Medicine 

and Pharmacology 

B.S., Ph.D., Wake Forest; M.D., Bowman Gray. 

David L. Kelly, Jr. (1965) Assistant Professor of Neurosurgery 

M.D., North Carolina. 

Weston M. Kelsey (1946) Professor of Pediatrics 

B.S., Hamilton; M.D., Johns Hopkins. 

Robert M. Kerr (1966) Assistant Professor of Medicine 

B.S., Bucknell; M.D., Cornell. 

Bok Soo Kim (1969) Instructor in Pathology 

M.D., M.S., Yonsei University, Korea. 

Wayne A. Krueger (1970) Instructor in Anatomy 

B.S., M.S., John Carroll; Ph.D., Illinois. 

Louis S. Kucera (1970) Assistant Professor of Microbiology 

B.A., St. John's; M.S., Creighton; Ph.D., Missouri. 

Kent B. Lamoureux (1971) Instructor in Radiology 

(Radiation Therapy) 

A.B., Clark; M.D., Bowman Gray. 

Mariano La Via (1968) Professor of Pathology 

M.D., University of Messina, Italy. 

Eva S. Leake (1963) Research Assistant Professor of Microbiology 

B.S., Universidad Autonoma de Mexico; M.S., Instituto Politecnico, Mexico, D. F. 

197 



Faculty 

Norman H. Leake (1959) Research Associate Professor of 

Reproductive Biology (Organic Chemistry) 
Associate in Pharmacology 

B.S., M.S., Ph.D., Virginia. 

Noel D. M. Lehner (1966) Assistant Professor of Laboratory 

Animal Medicine 
B.S., D.V.M., Illinois. 

Laurence B. Leinbach (1957) Associate Professor of Radiology 

A.B., North Carolina; M.D., Harvard. 

Melvin Levitt (1970) Associate Professor of Physiology 

B.S., M.A., Roosevelt; Ph.D., Michigan State. 

Edward M. Lieberman (1968) Assistant Professor of Physiology 

B.S., Tufts; M.A., Massachusetts; Ph.D., Florida. 

J. Maxwell Little (1941) Professor of Pharmacology 

Associate in Physiology 

B.A., M.S., Emory; Ph.D., Vanderbilt. 

Frank R. Lock (1941) Professor of Obstetrics and Gynecology 

A.B., Cornell; M.D., Tulane. 

Hugh B Lofland. Jr. (1952) Professor of Pathology (Biochemistry) 

Associate in Biochemistry 
B.S., M.S., Texas A & M; Ph.D., Purdue. 

Samuel H. Love (1955) Associate Professor of Microbiology 

B.A., Virginia; M.S., Miami, Ohio; Ph.D., Pennsylvania. 

George C. Lynch (1954) Professor of Medical Illustrations 

David R. Mace (1967) Professor of Family Sociology 

(Community Medicine) 

B.S., London; B.A., M.A., Cambridge; Ph.D., Manchester. 

George S. Malindzak, Jr. (1962) Associate Professor of Physiology 

A.B., Western Reserve; M.S., Ph.D., Ohio State. 

James F. Martin (1950) Professor of Radiology 

A.B., Marietta; M.D., Western Reserve. 

Edwin H. Martinat (1963) Associate Professor of Orthopedics 

Associate Professor of Physical Medicine and Rehabilitation 

M.D., Bowman Gray. 

C. Douglas Maynard (1966) Associate Professor of Radiology 

Associate in Neurology, and Associate Dean 

(See Administration) 

Charles E. McCall (1968) Assistant Professor of Medicine 

Associate in Pharmacology 

B.S., Wake Forest; M.D., Bowman Gray. 

James G. McCormick (1970) Research Assistant Professor of 

Otolaryngology (Experimental Psychology) 

B.S., Bucknell; M.A., Ph.D., Princeton. 

Charles E. McCreight (1954) Associate Professor of Anatomy 

B.S., M.S., Ph.D., George Washington. 

William M. McKinney (1963) Assistant Professor of Neurology 

Research Associate in Radiology 

B.A., North Carolina; M.D., Virginia. 

Robert C. McKone (1961) Associate Professor of Pediatrics 

B.S., North Dakota; M.D., Bowman Gray. 

198 



Faculty 

William T. McLean, Jr., (1966) Associate Professor of Neurology 

Associate in Pediatrics 

B.S., Wake Forest; M.D., Bowman Gray. 

Manson Meads (1947) Professor of Medicine and Vice President 

for Medical Affairs and Dean 

(See Administration) 

Jesse H. Meredith (1958) Professor of Surgery 

M.D., Western Reserve; A.B., Elon. 

Isadore Meschan (1955) Professor of Radiology 

B.A., M.A., M.D., Western Reserve. 

Robert L. Michielutte (1970) Research Assistant Professor 

of Sociology (Medicine) 

B.A., Knox; M.S., Ph.D., Florida State. 

Emery C. Miller, Jr. (1955) Professor of Medicine 

Associate in Physiology 

(See Administration) 

Henry S. Miller, Jr. (1960) Associate Professor of Medicine 

Associate in Physiology 
M.D., Bowman Gray. 

William G. Montgomery (1964) Associate Professor of Urology 

B.S., Wake Forest; M.D., Bowman Gray. 

John Moossy (1967) Professor of Pathology (Neuropathology) 

Associate in Neurology 
M.D., Tulane. 

Robert P. Morehead (1936) Professor of Pathology 

B.S., M.A., B.S., Wake Forest; M.D., Jefferson. 

Richard T. Myers ( 1950) Professor of Surgery 

A.B., North Carolina; M.D., Pennsylvania. 

Quentin N. Myrvik (1963) Professor of Microbiology 

B.S., M.S., Ph.D., Washington. 

Thomas F. O'Brien, Jr. (1961) Associate Professor of Medicine 

B.A., Princeton; M.D., Yale. 

JAMES M. O'Hara (1970) Instructor in Pathology 

B.S., M.D., University of Miami. 

Ruth O'Neal (1969) Assistant Professor of Pediatrics 

A.B., Transylvania; M.D., Medical College of Virginia; M.S., Minnesota. 

Charles E. Parkin (1967) Assistant Professor of Anesthesiology 

B.S., Memphis State; M.D., Tennessee. 

Richard B. Patterson (1961) Associate Professor of Pediatrics 

B.S., Davidson; M.D., Bowman Gray. 

Larry A. Pearce (1969) Assistant Professor of Neurology 

Associate in Pharmacology 

B.S., Wake Forest; M.D., Bowman Gray. 

William S. Pearson (1966) Associate Professor of Psychiatry 

Associate in Obstetrics and Gynecology 

B.S., M.D., North Carolina. 

Timothy C. Pennell (1966) Assistant Professor of Surgery 

B.S., Wake Forest; M.D., Bowman Gray. 

John M. Pixley (1961) Assistant Professor of Psychiatry 

Associate in Community Medicine 
B.A., Denison; M.D., Ohio State. 

199 



Faculty 



Leland E. Powers (1968) 

M.D., Iowa; M.S.P.H., Michigan. 

Robert W. Prichard (1951) 

M.D., George Washington. 

Richard C. Proctor (1950) 

B.S., Wake Forest; M.D., Bowman Gray. 

William W. Quivers (1968) 

B.S., Hampton Institute; M.D., Meharry. 

Milton Raben (1970) 

B.S., Rensselaer Polytechnic; M.D., Tuft's. 

Angus C. Randolph (1948) 

B.A., Princeton; M.D., Virginia. 

Carlos E. Rapela (1959) 



Professor of Community Medicine 

Professor of Pathology 

Professor of Psychiatry 

Associate Professor of Pediatrics 

Associate Professor of Radiology 
(Radiation Therapy) 

Associate Professor of Psychiatry 



Professor of Physiology 
Associate in Pharmacology 

M.D., Faculty of Medical Sciences of the University of Buenos Aires. 

Charles N. Remy (1962) Professor of Biochemistry 

B.S., Syracuse; Ph.D., New York Upstate Medical Center. 

A. Leonard Rhyne (1964) Assistant Professor of Biostatistics 

B.A., North Carolina; Ph.D., North Carolina State. 

Frederick Richards II ( 1970) Instructor in Medicine 

B.S., Davidson; M.D., South Carolina. 

Stephen H. Richardson (1963) Associate Professor of Microbiology 

B.A., California; M.S., Ph.D., Southern California. 



R. Winston Roberts (1947) 

M.D., Duke. 

Robert E. Robinson, III (1967) 

B.S., George Washington; M.D., Virginia. 

Jack M. Rogers (1970) 

B.S., Alabama; M.D., Bowman Gray 

Richard W. St. Clair (1967) 

B.S., Ph.D., Colorado State. 

Doris Y. Sanders (1966) 

B.A., Austin Peay State; M.D., Vanderbilt. 

Robert T. Savage (1970) 

B.S., M.D., North Carolina 

C. Glenn Sawyer (1952) 

M.D., Bowman Gray. 

Modesto Scharyj (1962) 

B.A., Cracow; M.D., Vienna, Austria. 

Herman E. Schmid, Jr. (1960) 

B.S., M.S., M.D., Illinois. 

Louis deS. Shaffner (1951) 

A.B., North Carolina; M.D., Harvard. 

Jerry Sipe (1969) 

B.S., Lenoir Rhyne; Ph.D., Wake Forest. 

William J. Spencer (1967) 

M.D., Bowman Gray. 



Professor of Ophthalmology 

Research Assistant Professor 
of Medicine 

Assistant Professor of Psychiatry 

Assistant Professor of Pathology 
(Physiology) 

Assistant Professor of Pediatrics 

Instructor in Anesthesiology 

Professor of Medicine 

Associate Professor of Pathology 

Professor of Physiology 

Professor of Surgery 

Instructor in Biochemistry 

Assistant Professor of Medicine 



200 



Faculty 

Charles L. Spurr (1957) Professor of Medicine 

B.S., Budsnell; M.S., M.D., Rochester. 

John Allen Stanley (1967) Assistant Professor of Ophthalmology 

A.B., Dartmouth; M.D., Harvard. 

Cornelius F. Strittmatter, IV (1961) Odus M. Mull Professor of 

Biochemistry 

B.S., Juniata; Ph.D., Harvard. 

Norman M. Sulkin (1952) William Neal Reynolds Professor 

of Anatomy 

B.A., M.A., Alabama; Ph.D., Iowa. 

Charas Suwanwela (1970) Visiting Associate Professor 

of Neurosurgery 

M.D., Chulalongkorn, Thailand. 

John D. Tolmie (1970) Assistant Professor of Anesthesiology 

B.A., Hobart; M.D., McGill. Montreal. 

James F. Toole (1962) Walter C. Teagle Professor of Neurology 

B.A., Princeton; M.D., Cornell; LL.B., La Salle. 

Walter H. Traub (1968) Assistant Professor of Pathology 

(Clinical Microbiology) 

M.D., Munich; M.S., Rochester. 

B. Lionel Truscott (1968) Professor of Neurology 

B.A., Drew; M.A., Syracuse; M.S., Ph.D., M.D., Yale. 

Henry C. Turner (1967) Assistant Professor of Anesthesiology 

A.B., M.D., North Carolina. 

John P. Umberger (1958) Instructor in Psychiatry (Psychology) 

B.A., Roanoke; M.A., Iowa. 

Henry L. Valk (1950) Professor of Medicine 

A.B., North Carolina; M.D., Duke. 

Clark E. Vincent (1964) Professor of Sociology 

(Obstetrics and Gynecology) 

A.B., M.A., Ph.D., California at Berkeley. 

B. Moseley Waite (1967) Assistant Professor of Biochemistry 

B.S., Rollins; Ph.D., Duke. 

Michael J. Walsh (1971) Assistant Professor of Pharmacology 

B.S., Maryland; Ph.D., Ohio State. 

Walter A. Ward (1967) Assistant Professor of Otolaryngology 

B.S., Wake Forest; M.D., Bowman Gray. 

L. David Waterbury (1969) Assistant Professor of Pharmacology 

B.S., Michigan; Ph.D., Vermont. 

Finley C. Watts (1967) Research Instructor in Radiology 

(Health Physics) 

B.S., Wake Forest. 

Lester Earl Watts (1965) Associate Professor of Medicine 

Associate in Community Medicine 

M.D., Bowman Gray. 

Richard G. Weaver (1954) Professor of Ophthalmology 

M.D., Washington. 

Joseph E. Whitley (1960) Professor of Radiology 

B.S., Wake Forest; M.D., Bowman Gray. 

201 



Faculty 



Nancy ON. Whitley (1969) 

M.D., Bowman Gray. 

Howard M. Wisotzkey (1969) 

B.A., Dartmouth; M.D., Maryland. 

Richard L. Witcofski (1961) 

B.S., Lynchburg; M.S., Vanderbilt; Ph.D. 

Ernest H. Yount (1948) 

A.B., North Carolina; M.D., Vanderbilt. 



Assistant Professor of Radiology 
(Diagnostic Radiology) 

Assistant Professor of Pathology- 
Neuropathology 

Associate Professor of Radiology 

(Radiological Physics) 

Associate in Neurology 

Wake Forest. 

Professor of Medicine 



202 



STAFFS OF THE LIBRARIES 



Merrill G. Berthrong, A.B., A.M., Ph.D., Director of Libraries 

Richard J. Murdoch, B.A., M.S. in L.S., Assistant to the Director and 
Curator of Rare Books. 

The Z. Smith Reynolds Library 
(General Library) 

Carlton P. West, A.B., A.M., B.S. in L.S., Librarian 

Mrs. Anne M. Nicholson, A.B., B.S., in L.S., Technical Services 
Librarian 

Minnie S. Kallam, B.A., B.S., in L.S., Reference Librarian 

Mrs. Dorothy M. Rowley, B.A., B.S. in L.S., Periodicals Librarian 

James M. Nicholson, M.A., M.S. in L.S., Circulation Librarian 

William K. Ach, A.B., B.S. in L.S., Microtext Librarian 

Mrs. Jeanette M. Smith, B.A., M.A. in L.S., Acquisitions Librarian 

Minnie M. Huggins, B.A., B.S. in L.S., Documents Librarian 

John R. Woodard, Jr., B.A., Director of the Ethel Taylor Crittenden 
Collection in Baptist History 

Mrs. Margaret V. Shoemaker, B.S., A.B. in L.S., Assistant Catalog 
Librarian 

Library of the School of Law 

Mrs. Vivian L. Wilson, A.B., B.S. in L.S., Librarian 

Bowman Gray School of Medicine 
Main Library and Allied Health Library 

Mrs. Erika Love, B.A., M.A. in L.S., Librarian 
Mrs. Ellen Howard, B.A., M.S. in L.S., Chief, Public Services 
Mrs. Soo Lee, B.A., M.S. in L.S., Chief, Technical Services 
Cheryl Schran, B.A., M.S. in L.S., Allied Health Librarian 
Mrs. Barbara DeWeerd, B.A., M.S. in L.S., Interloan Librarian 
Mrs. Yvonne Moossy, B.S., M.S. in L.S., Special Services Librarian 

Babcock Graduate School of Management 
Mrs. Jean B. Hopson, B.S., M.A. in L.S., Librarian 

203 



COACHING STAFF 



G. Eugene Hooks (1956) Director of Athletics 

B.S., Wake Forest; M.Ed, North Carolina; Ed.D., George Peabody. 

Jessie I. Haddock (1954) Associate Director of Athletics and Golf Coach 

B.S., Wake Forest. 



Calvin C. Stoll (1969) 

B.A., Minnesota. 

John W. McCloskey (1966) 

B.S., M.S., Pennsylvania. 

Neil Johnston (1966) 

B.S., Ohio State; M.S., Temple. 

Harold C. Rhea (1968) 



Football Coach 

Basketball Coach 

Baseball Coach, Asst. Basketball Coach 



Track Coach; Instructor in 
Physical Education 

B.S., Midland Lutheran; M.A., Ed.D., Colorado State. 



Leo Ellison, Jr. (1957) 

B.S., M.S., Northwestern State College. 

Thomas F. Harper (1969) 

B.A., M.A., Kentucky. 

Ronald Mills Stark (1969) 

B.S., M.A., Missouri State. 

Oval Lee Jaynes (1969) 

B.S., Appalachian. 

William Beattie Feathers (1961) 

B.S., Tennessee. 

Norman Parker (1969) 

B.S., M.A., Eastern Michigan. 

James H. Leighton, Jr. (1962) 

A.B., Presbyterian College. 

Robert T. Bartholomew (1969) 

B.A., Wake Forest. 

Lewis Martin (1958) 
Dal Lynch (1966) 
Wright Anderson (1970) 

A.B., Elon; M.A., North Carolina. 



Walter Noell (1970) 

B.A., Wake Forest; M.A. 

Bradley Mills (1971) 

A.B., Kentucky. 

Billy Mitchell (1971) 

A.B., Kentucky. 



East Carolina. 



Swimming Coach; Instructor in 
Physical Education 

Assistant Football Coach 

Assistant Football Coach 

Assistant Football Coach 

Assistant Football Coach 

Assistant Football Coach 

Tennis Coach 

Director of Deacon Club 

Trainer 

Athletic Equipment Manager 

Freshman Football Coach 

Assistant Basketball Coach 

Assistant Football Coach 

Assistant Football Coach 



204 



COMMITTEES OF THE FACULTY 

1971-72 
Effective September 1, 1971 

The terms of members, except where otherwise shown, expire on 
August 31 of the year indicated. Each committee selects its own chairman 
except where the chairman is designated. All members of a committee 
vote except as otherwise indicated. 

Admissions 

Non-voting. Director of Admissions, Assistant Dean of the College, Dean 
of Women, and one student in Wake Forest College. 

Voting. 1974 Gentry, O'Flaherty; 1973 Noftle, Phillips; 1972 Olive, J. H. 
Smith, and one student in Wake Forest College. 

Advisory Council to Lower Division 

Waddill, Chairman; Andronica, Angell, Baird, Barefield, Brehme, Broyles, 
Cage, Catron, Cook, Covey, Dimmick, Gossett, Harris, Hayes, Hester, 
Himan, Hood, Horowitz, Kuhn, McDowell, J. G. May, W. G. May, 
Milner, Mitchell, Noftle, Olive, L. H. Potter, Reeves, P. S. Robinson, 
Rodtwitt, Sanders, F. L. Scott, Sears, Sinclair, C. W. Smith, J. H. Smith, 
Steintrager, Sullivan, A. S. Tillett, Weigl, West, G. P. Williams, Wolfe, 
Woodmansee, Wyatt. 

Athletics 

Administrative: Vice President for Business and Finance, Dean of the 
College, Faculty Representative to ACC; 1976 Baxley, Crisp; 1975 Bryant, 
Christman; 1974 Drake, Gay; 1973 Ellison, Richman; 1972 Burroughs, 
Hylton. 

Buildings and Grounds 

Administrative: Provost, Dean of the College, Treasurer, Registrar, Di- 
rector of the Physical Plant; 197*6 Owen, 1975 Seelbinder, 1974 Cook, 1973 
Tedford, 1972 Allen and two students from Wake Forest College (one 
voting and one non-voting.) 

Curriculum 

Provost, Dean of the College, Dean of the School of Business, Registrar, 
and the chairman of each department of Wake Forest College as follows: 
Art, Biology, Business and Accountancy, Chemistry, Classical Languages, 
Economics, Education, English, German, History, Mathematics, Military 
Science, Music, Philosophy, Physical Education, Physics, Political 
Science, Psychology, Religion, Romance Languages, Sociology and An- 
thropology, Speech Communication and Theatre Arts. 

205 



Committees 



Executive 
Non-voting. Provost, Assistant Dean of the College, Dean of Students, 
Dean of Men, Dean of Women, and one student in Wake Forest College. 
Voting. Dean of the College, Dean of the School of Business, the following 
faculty members: 1974 Sears, Wagstaff; 1973 Brehme, Shaw; 1972 Fraser, 
Gossett; and one student in Wake Forest College. 

Faculty Marshals 
1974 Reeves, 1973 Pollock, 1972 Olive. 

Graduate Council 
Dean of the Graduate School, Chairman; Provost, Coordinator of Gradu- 
ate Studies of the Bowman Gray School of Medicine; 1975 Waddill, 1974 
Fosso, 1973 Baird, 1972 Bamett, 1971 Cowgill, G. P. Williams. 

Honors 
Dean of the College, Coordinator of the Honors Program, 1975 Weigl, 
1974 Beck, 1973 Fosso, 1972 Fleer, and two students in Wake Forest 
College (one voting and one non-voting.) 

Library Planning 
Regular. Director of Libraries, Librarian, 1974 Amen, Barrow; 1973 
Shorter, A. S. Tillett; 1972 Covey, Talbert, and two students in Wake 
Forest College (one voting and one non-voting). 

Occasional. Provost, Dean of the Graduate School, Dean of the College, 
Dean of the School of Business, Chairmen of all departments (as under 
Curriculum Committee above). 

Men's Judicial Board 
Non-voting. Dean of Students (or his designated representative) as secre- 
tary. 

Voting. 1974 Elmore, Lewis; 1973 Baxley, Helm; 1972 J. A. Hall, Wood- 
mansee; and six students in Wake Forest College. 

Nominations 
1974 Griffin, Sawyer; 1973 Brown, Cage; 1972 Preseren, Shields. 

Orientation 
Chairman of the Advisory Council to the Lower Division, Chairman; 
Dean of the College, Dean of Students, Dean of Men, Dean of Women, 
President of the Student Government. 

Publications 
Dean of the College, Treasurer, Director of Communications; Faculty ad- 
visers of Old Gold and Black, Howler, and Student; 1974 Bonnette, 1973 
Kenion, 1972 Barefield. 

206 



Committees 



ROTC Board 

Coordinator Helm, Professor of Military Science, 1974 Shoemaker, 1973 
Falkenberg, 1972 Zuber. 

Scholarship and Student Aid 

Director of Admissions and Financial Aid, Assistant Dean of the College, 
Dean of Women, the following faculty members: 1974 Covey, Hegstrom; 
1973 McDowell, Richards; 1972 Hayes, Syme; and two students in Wake 
Forest University (one voting and one non-voting). 

Student Life 

Non-Voting. Provost, Dean of the College, Dean of Students, Dean of 

Women, Dean of Men, Chaplain. 

Voting. 1974 Angell, M. F. Robinson, Welker; 1973 Moorhouse, Sanders, 

Sullivan; 1972 Crisp, Reeves, Reinhardt; and six students in Wake Forest 

College. 

Teacher Education 

Chairman of the Department of Education, Dean of the Graduate School, 
Dean of the College; 1974 Barefield, Turner; 1973 Raynor, Rhea; 1972 
Campbell, W. G. May. 

Traffic Commission 

Director of the Physical Plant; 1974 King, Wyatt; 1973 Andronica, Olive; 

1972 Gulley, E. W. Hamrick; and six students in Wake Forest College. 

University Senate 

President, Provost, Vice President for Business and Finance, Dean of the 
College, Dean of the School of Law, Dean of the Bowman Gray School of 
Medicine, Dean of the Charles H. Babcock School of Business Adminis- 
tration, Dean of the Graduate School, Director of Libraries, Director of 
Development, and the following: 

Representatives of Wake Forest College: 1974 Pritchard, Shorter; 1973 
Banks, Schoonmaker; 1972 Barnett, Hills; 1971 Carter, Nowell. 
Representatives of the School of Law- 1973 Webster; 1971 Lee. 
Representatives of the Bowman Gray School of Medicine: 1974 Meredith; 

1973 Rapela; 1972 Prichard; 1971 Bo. 

Representatives of the School of Business Administration: 1973 Hylton, 
1971 Scott. 

Representatives of the Graduate School: 1974 Seelbinder, 1973 L. R. 
Tillett, 1972 Shields, 1971 Flory. 



207 



DEGREES CONFERRED 



209 



DEGREES CONFERRED JUNE 8, 1970 

Doctor of Philosophy 

Preston Hackney Dorsett Don Carl Jones 

James John Richter 



Blake Patrick Boyle 
William Charles Gordon 
Stanley Steven Gryskiewicz, Jr. 
Charles Edward Kirkpatrick 
Karol Lynn Benewicz Knoblock 
James E. Lawler 
John Aaron Mann 



Master of Arts 

Robert Edward Morcock 

Rebecca Wall Nail 

David J. Parrish 

Joseph Anthony Roderiguez 

Elsie Faye Russ 

James Robert Shirley 

Norman Edward Wooten 



Master of Arts in Education 
Teresa Anne Franson Martha Rose Hamrick 



Master of Science 



Noel David Marion Lehner 



Patrick James Manning 



Vernon Leon Moore 



Doctor of Medicine 



Charles Freeman Alexander, III 
Robert Gray Austin, Jr. 
Sidney Charles Bean 
Ira Michael Bernstein 
Philip Gordon Bickers 
Daniel William Blue 
Judith Frances Bounous 
William Alex Brady 
Henry Allen Brandon, Jr. 
William Ray Brown, Jr. 
Charles Allen Bullaboy 
William Joseph Casey, Jr. 
Charles Hoy Chambers 
Carolyn Ray Cort 
David Arthur Cort 
John Woodrow Davis, Jr. 
William Lee Davis 
Salvatore Gregory Dizzia 
Joey William Eakins 
Wilson Oliver Elkins 
Charles Thurman Ellithorpe 
Carolyn Black Ferree 
James Thomas Fowler, III 



John Alderman Freeman, Jr. 
Jarrett Gordon Gregory 
Jimmy Gilbert Harris 
Weldon Edward Havins, Jr. 
Michael Jack Hensley 
David Lowell Heymann 
Haywood Northrop Hill, Jr. 
Glenn Richard Johnston 
Richard Arden Kerecman 
Donald Gerald Leonard 
Gary Michael Lum 
David Whitney McAllister 
Hersey Eugene Miller 
John Calvin Morrison 
Lewis Henry Nelson, III 
Paul Samuel Pegram, Jr. 
Michael Eric Perry 
Jackson Lee Pittman 
Robert Narraway Powell 
Lovett Pratt Reddick 
Douglas Lloyd Rogney 
Edward Clifton Russell 
Mark Michael Sapirstein 



210 



Degrees Conferred 



James Sarkis Sarkisian 
Robert Luther Shuman 
Louis Philip Stein 
Richard Henry Stewart 



Donna Rook Stroud 
Charles Siewers Turner 
James Robert Woods, Jr. 
Monty Woods 



Juris Doctor 



John Russell Barlow, II 
Hunter Spencer Barrow 
Carl Edward Bell 
Raymond Terry Bennett 
Ronald Gene Braswell 
John Elam Carriker 
Harry Hilliard Clendenin, III 
Amos Gilmore Crumpler, Jr. 
Lucie Shervette Crumpler 
James Nichol Deinlein 
Leslie Benton Farmer 
Edward Thornton Floyd 
Mark Ellis Galloway 
Lawrence Gilmore Gordon, Jr. 
Richard Stewart Gordon 
David Thomas Greer 
Edgar Bernard Gregory 
Robert Alexander Hannah 
Jake Carson Helder 
Malcolm Jones Howard 
Howard Vinson Hudson, Jr. 
Max Edward Justice 
Thomas Jeffery Keith 
William Allen Klopman, Jr. 
Robert Keller Leonard 
Michael Joseph Lewis 



Roscoe Lindsay, Jr. 
John Halsted Loughridge, Jr. 
Richard Reed Lyle 
William Ernest Marshall, Jr. 
William Lester Meek, II 
William Joseph Nolan, III 
Hugh Jones Norris, Jr. 
Robert Wayne Odom 
Warren Leonard Pate 
Richard Mack Pearman, Jr. 
James Samuel Pfaff 
Ronald Martin Price 
John Morris Rich 
Gregory William Schiro 
Chester Gitt Schultz 
John Joseph Schramm, Jr. 
John Joyner Snow, Jr. 
James Eugene Snyder, Jr. 
Richard Lynn Stanley 
Robert Clifton Stephens, Jr. 
Robert Warren Sumner 
James Samuel Williams 
James Lynwood Wilson 
Robert Warren Wolf 
John George Wolfe, III 



Bachelor of Arts 



Laura Susan Abernathy 
Shelley Corrine Abernathy 
Linda Hinson Adams 
Michael Lee Adams 
Roger David Alden 
Dorothy Suzanne Alexander 
Suellen Anderson 
William Matthias Angle 
Charles Morgan Bailey 
John M. Baker 
Elizabeth Caldwell Beatty 
Paul Aaron Belvin 
Robert Laurence Bingham 
Laura Elizabeth Wall Black 



Charles Fred Blackburn, III 

Ronald Gay Blanchard 

Raymond Harry Bogaty 

Nancy Moate Boushy 

Patsy Robin Bovender 

Dennis Grant Bowlin 

Barry L. Brelow 

William Donald Brewer, Jr. 

Robert Terry Bryant 

Heath Denton Bumgardner, Jr. 

John Robert Burger 

Gary Wayne Burke 

Linda Dianne Burnett 

Kenneth Oakley Bush 



211 



Degrees Conferred 



James Timothy Butler 
Steven Elmore Byerly 
Paul Harrell Cale, Jr. 
Clyde Lee Callaway, Jr. 
Rene Yvonne Carrie 
Grover Anderson Carrington 
John Michael Carroll 
Ronald Vernon Carter 
Robert N. Clarke 
Jeffrey Lawrence Collins 
Stephen Wray Comer 
Karen DuPre Conger 
David Andrew Connors, III 
Daniel Milton Copeland 
Leila Byrd Corrie 
Wayne Ray Coussens 
Rhonda Gayle Cox 
Alice Beth Craddock 
Roger Alan Crockett 
James Estes Cross, Jr. 
Catherine Ellen Cumby 
James William Curl, Jr. 
Michael Sean Cur ran 
Patricia Lynne Dailey 
Stephen Porter Darnell 
Charles Robert Dashiell, Jr. 
William Hersey Davis, III 
Beverly Dent Dobner 
Wilton Russell Duke, Jr. 
Katherine Margaret Dunlap 
Robert George Dunning 
Christine Joy Ekvall 
Mary Anita English 
Kenneth Ralph Erickson, Jr. 
Susan Claire Evans 
Elizabeth Jane Everhart 
David Gaertner Fergusson 
Susan Diane Fischer 
Thomas Smith Fleming, Jr. 
Anderson Gayle Floyd, Jr. 
Charles Edward Floyd 
Carole Keith Grimsley Floyd 
Douglas Wayne Ford 
Laura Christian Ford 
Stuart Dean Foster 
Carolyn Ruth Fox 
Ellis Oakley Frost 
Charles Stephen Gaddy 
David Charles Gasque 



Ricky Charles Gentry 
Gretchen Caroline Gerhardt 
Richard Lee Goard 
Dennis Wayne Goins 
Gary Andrew Graham 
John Charles Greenhaugh 
Kay Hartzoge Gresham 
Doris Elizabeth Groff 
Karl Owen Haigler 
Eleanor Cheryl Hall 
David Lee Hartley 
James Douglas Hartzog 
George W. Haskin 
Susan Marie Haurand 
Denson Gray Hauser, Jr. 
David Kenneth Hayes 
Teri Strug Hayes 
Katherine Holliday Heath 
Martha Lee Heckerman 
Kenneth Shell Hemphill 
James Howard Herstine 
Jeanne Carol Hester 
Carl Woodall Hibbert 
Betty Harkness Hicks 
Laurel Marlene Hill 
Deborah Hope Hodge 
Charles Henry Hodierne, III 
Nancy Cox Holbrook 
Charles Milton Holland 
John Alexander Holthouser 
Mary Jo Hord 
Guy Thomas Horner, Jr. 
George Robert Horton 
Mary Lynch Horton 
James Dallas Howell, III 
Rebekah Lou Howell 
Jerry Deams Hoyle 
Edward Stevenson Hurley 
Betty Frances Hyder 
Harold Ross Inman 
Joseph C. Inman, Jr. 
Martha Louise Gunby Ivey 
Barbara Gayle Jackson 
Evander Gilbert Jeffords 
Thomas Parks Jennings 
Vaughn Edward Jennings, Jr. 
Barbara Brock Jobe 
Brock William Jobe 
Linda Ann Johnson 



212 



Degrees Conferred 



Robert Francis Johnson 
Morris Wiley Jones, Jr. 
Paul Winthrop Jones, III 
Thomas Pruitt Jones 
Robert Douglas Kater 
David Glenn Kellum 
James Michael Kelly 
Thomas Max Kettlehake 
Samuel Cromer King, Jr. 
James Brady Kinlaw, Jr. 
Susan Irene Kinsey 
Robert Paul Klosterman 
Donald Joseph Kobos 
Robert Dumais Kornegay, Jr. 
Burnell Handwerk Krause, Jr. 
Claudia Ann Krest 
Susan Jane Krusell 
George W. S. Kuhn, III 
Bruce Allen Kushner 
James Walter Kyle 
William Edward Lamb 
Joe Gray Lawrence, Jr. 
Richard Gordon Leader 
Willard H. Leavitt, Jr. 
Everette Oden Ledbetter, II 
John Michael Leffler 
Michael Meredith Long 
Samuel Henry Long, III 
Barbara Gae Luker 
Thomas John Lynch 
John Hugh Lytton, Jr. 
Harold Paul McCoy, Jr. 
James Christopher McDuffie 
Gary Sanford McHam 
Hugh Forrest McManus, III 
Claude Ackle McNeill, III 
Roger Phillip Main 
Earl Lewis Marsalis 
Donna Lee Marshall 
Gloria Howard Martin 
John Dunbar Matsinger, Jr. 
John Paul Matson 
Susan Lynn Mauger 
David Matteson Meech 
Thomas Fleetwood Mefford 
Deanne Evelyn Mellen 
Larry McKinley Melton 
Sophocles Cratinos Michaelides 
Clara Jean Michaels 



William Clarence Moose 
Michael Stephen Mulkey 
Susan Elizabeth Nance 
Robert Wayne Nixon 
Beverly Watkins Norwood 
Sarajane Oakley 
Penny Susan Olin 
William Rayford Oliver 
Cynthia Louise Olsen 
Nancy Sue Outlaw 
Mary Helen Owen 
Janice Lynn Crosswhite Page 
Jeanne Ann Parks 
David Allen Parris 
Judith Louise Pike 
Dennis Lee Pinkleton 
Floyd Eugene Plott, Jr. 
Franklin Roosevelt Plummer 
Elizabeth Tyler Porter 
Stephen Miles Powell 
Beverly Jeanne Preston 
Nancy Jean Price 
Joe Lee Puckett, III 
James Leland Putnam 
Edward Sims Rankin 
Jimmy Dean Reeves 
Dorothy Becton Reinhardt 
Douglas McBane Renegar 
Craig George Robinson 
James Barnett Robinson, Jr. 
Donald Lynwood Ross 
Leila Ruth Routh 
Floyd Ray Rummage, Jr. 
Lee Kathleen Ryder 
Ruth Ellen Sanford 
Janet Clyde Sawyer 
Maria Lynn Schambach 
Marian Scherer 
Robert Christopher Schock 
Wesley Bryan Seamon 
William Martin Sedberry 
James Stephen Sheffer 
Shirley Gazsi Sheola 
Richard Allen Shoaf 
Mack Ray Shuping 
Elizabeth Guthrie Sides 
Karen Hancock Simmons 
Betty Jane Smith 
Tamara Layne Smith 



213 



Degrees Conferred 



Willie Daniel Spivey 
Larry Arthur Stancill 
Charmelle Staples 
Mary Linda Taylor Starmer 
James Thomas Stone 
Marcia Barrow Stone 
Mary Kay Stoudenmire 
A. Jackson Strickling 
Thomas Callie Tadlock, Jr. 
Margaret Glenn Taylor 
Phillip Dean Taylor 
Stephen C. Taylor 
William Lloyd Taylor 
William Smith Thomas, III 
Murray Joseph Thompson 
Naomi Ruth Thorp 
James Wilson Trent, Jr. 
Sarah Elysabeth Troutman 
Lillian Durant True 
Susan Elaine Turner 
Eugenia Anne Melvin Tuten 
Robert Donal Umbel 
Edmund Theodore Urban 
David Oren VanDelinder 
John Perry VanZandt, III 
Kristen Hope Vaughan 



Walter Ray Vernon, Jr. 
Janis Louise Vince 
Linda Jean Pierce Walker 
Richard Carr Walker 
Carroll Charles Wall, III 
Roscoe LeGrand Wall, III 
Michael Bruce Wallace 
John Douglas Walsh 
Garland Monroe Waters 
Jane Bell Weathers 
Edwin Leo Welch, Jr. 
George Kenneth West 
Beverly Jean White 
Dayle Diane White 
Maynard Charles White 
Molly Lynn Hirons White 
Stephen Franklin White 
Melvin Stanley Whitley 
Sharron Ann Wiist 
Raboteau Terrell Wilder, Jr. 
James Davis Williams 
Gary Worth Williard 
Thomas Joseph Woolley, Jr. 
Roy Wayne Wright 
Stuart Thurman Wright 
Julius Smith Young, Jr. 



Bachelor of Science 



Tommy Newell Abernethy 

Daniel Ross Ackley 

Susan Jean Alligood 

Mary Jacqueline Andrews Allison 

William Pleasant Andrews 

Sally Ann Whitehurst Atkinson 

Benjamin Thompson Aycock, Jr. 

William Walter Bachovchin 

John Frederick Barden 

Jane Barnes 

Patrick Douglas Barnes 

Lois Ann Bergman 

James Wallace Bishop 

Robert Wright Blanton 

Donald Haywood Bobo 

Guy Russell Boleman, III 

Robert Milton Brenner 

Henry Michael Britt 

Audrey Nancy Britton 

Ellen Sue Brockett 



Crystal Laurie Burns 

Robert Wesley Callahan 

Frank Daniel Cannon, Jr. 

James Delaney Carlton 

Robert Alexander Caskey, II 

Dominic KoMan Chan 

Clyde David Chapman, Jr. 

Rebecca Edwards Clack 

Robert Hugh Corbett 

Candace Ruth Corvey 

Katherine Davis Woolley Crawford 

Nancy Paige Cummings 

Richard Alan Curb 

John Almy Danforth 

Thomas Edward Deacon 

Joseph Jacob Dobner 

Wiley Jacob Doby, Jr. 

Stephen Boyd Earle 

James Malcolm East 

Nancy Carolyn Elliott 



214 



Degrees Conferred 



Dorus Edgar Faires 
Larry Eugene Freeman 
Vickie Ann Gentry 
Steven Charlie Grubb 
Larry Fricke Habegger 
Barry Thomas Hackshaw 
Bahnson David Hall 
Nancy Jo Hampton 
Richard Everett Hardison 
Hollis Joan Hawkins 
Daniel Ralph Hobbs 
James Walker Hobbs 
Karen Lee Hollifield 
Richard Allison Honeycutt 
John Anthony Hyatt 
Nelson Nolan Isenhower 
Nicholas P. Iannuzzi, III 
Wayne Thomas Jarman 
Freda Lee Jones 
Carol Sue Jordan 
Richard Grant Joslin 
Bruce Lewis Jubanowsky 
Carl Norman King 
Bryant Eugene LaFoy 
Charles Butler Lassiter 
Willie Jay Laughridge, III 
Edmond Harold Liles 
Sarah Leigh Lipford 
Joel August Ludlum 
Robert Kent McCarn 
Ronald Scott McCord 
Florence Elizabeth McDonald 
Robert Mills McGirt 
Jolynne McNeil 
Doreen Hammer Mabe 
Leslie Wilson Manning, Jr. 
Alfred Raymond Martin 
Ann Cleveland Poot Miller 
Joel Byron Miller 
Frances Jane Miller 
Judith Claire Morrow 
David Kirby Morton 
Timothy Erwin Moyer 
James Harry Naphas 
Joan Maria Nelson 
Ernest Y. Nichols 
Stanley Gene Oetken 
Suellyn Parkinson 



Margaret Lucille Parrish 
Ann Louise Peale 
Frederick Cabell Philpott 
Joseph Michael Plunkett 
Larry Frank Pons 
Susan Elena Powers 
Mary Ann Pragnall 
Josephine Anna Preston 
Janice Gayle Reavis 
Scott Eldridge Reed 
Jimmy Darrell Saine 
William Herl Scheib 
John Randolph Searle 
Donald Thornton Shafer 
Bruce Edward Sharpe 
Beverly Ann Shaw 
Douglas Wayne Shiflett 
Adelaide Alexander Sink 
David Gregory Slaton 
Gregory James Smith 
James Bernard Spears, Jr. 
Frank Henry Stelling 
Joel Edwin Stephens 
Kristen Stertzbach 
Marilyn Elaine Stiff 
Patricia Ann Strickland 
Rebekah Elizabeth Sueur 
John Ellwood Tantum 
James Quentin Taylor, Jr. 
Milton Lee Teague, Jr. 
Richard Edward Thomas 
Wayne Woltz Tolbert 
John Jay Triplett, Jr. 
Joel Van Tuttle 
Melinda Ann Underwood 
John Barrett Walker, III 
Bruce Douglas Walley 
Demming Morton Ward 
Christine Severn Waters 
John Henry Vernon Watts 
R. Kenneth Weeks, Jr. 
Alan Preston White 
Dayle Diane White 
Robert Bruce Wilson 
Rebecca Sue Wilson 
Christine Yeager Williams 
Peggy Einstein Yountz 



215 



Degrees Conferred 



Bachelor of Business Administration 



Dan Edward Abernethy 
Charlsie Barr Bailey 
Jack Rankin Baldwin, Jr. 
Daniel William Baxley 
Franklin Andrew Beck 
Charles Archer Binford 
Thomas E. Bowers, Jr. 
Grayson Hewitt Brown 
Douglas Pratt Buckley 
Michael Roger Clemmons 
Mary Kay Comwell 
Virginia Ann Eastin 
Robert Philip Flood, Jr. 
Joan Wimer Gasaway 
Gregory Cephus Gaskins 
Hampton Grey Goode, Jr. 
John Robert Harper, Jr. 
Allen Willard Hawkins, Jr. 
Joseph Samuel Holbrook, Jr. 
Joe Robinson Honeycutt, Jr. 
Stephen Franklin Howerton 
Robert Gail Jacobsen 
Michael Evans Jones 



Stevens Bain Keiger 

Michael Russell Knight 

Sherwood Lee Love 

Dennis Henry Melvin 

Michael Benjamin Neale 

Wison Haywood Phillips, Jr. 

Donald Kenneth Polifka, Jr. 

Randy L. Price 

John Samuel Queen 

Walter Franklin Rose, Jr. 

Paul C. Savage 

Cyrus Thompson Sloan, III 

Richard Michael Spencer 

Charles Francis Sugg 

Joel Craig Swaim 

John Leslie Tilley 

Steven Daryl Tomlinson 

William Crawford Townsend, Jr. 

James Boswell Vosters, Jr. 

Lawrence C. Walt 

Richard Allen Whittington 

Floyd Lee Williams 

Barbara Ann Witt 



HONORARY DEGREES 

Doctor of Humane Letters 
Htin Aung 

Doctor of Laws 

Albert Louis Butler, Jr. 

Lex Marsh 

Arnold D. Palmer 

Doctor of Letters 
Bill D. Moyers 



216 



Awards and Honors 



AWARDS AND HONORS 
1. From the School of Arts and Sciences 
Graduating with Honors in: 

Arts and Sciences: Richard Allen Shoaf 

Biology: Frank Daniel Cannon, Jr., Sara Leigh Lipford, Margaret 

Lucille Parrish, Marilyn Elaine Stiff, Bruce Douglas Walley, Alan 

Preston White 
Economics: Dennis Wayne Goins, Sophocles Cratinos Michaelides 
German: Dorothy Becton Reinhardt 
History: David Lee Hartley, Brock William Jobe 
Political Sciences: Karl Owen Haigler, Robert Douglas Kater 
Psychology: Bruce Allen Kushner 
Religion: Larry McKinley Melton 
Romance Languages: Melvin Stanley Whitley 
Speech: Laura Susan Abernathy 

The A.C.C. Award for Excellence in Scholarship and Athletics: Joseph 
Jacob Dobner 

The Tom Baker Award in Debate: Wayne Woltz Tolbert 

The Tom Baker Award in Publications: Claude Ackle McNeill, III 

The Forrest W. Clonts Award for Excellence in History: Brock Wil- 
liam Jobe 

The J. B. Currin Medal in Religion: Wesley Ray Cook. 

The American Bible Society Award for Excellence in Biblical Scholar- 
ship: James Timothy Butler 

The Claude H. Richards Award for Excellence in Political Science: 
Karl Owen Haigler 

Elected to Associate Membership in the Society of Sigma Xi: Marilyn 
Elaine Stiff 



Seniors elected to Phi Beta Kappa, Spring 1970 



Laura Susan Abernathy 
Suellen Anderson 
Deborah Lou Best 
Linda Dianne Burnett 
James Timothy Butler 
Alice Beth Craddock 
Nancy Paige Cummings 
Carole Grimsley Floyd 
Laura Christian Ford 
Richard Everett Hardison 
Kenneth Shell Hemphill 
Vicki Gentry Ho r ton 
Joe Gray Lawrence, Jr. 
Gloria Howard Martin 
Sophocles Cratinos Michaelides 



Joel Byron Miller 
William Clarence Moose 
Margaret Lucille Parrish 
Douglas Wayne Shiflett 
Richard Allen Shoaf 
Adelaide Alexander Sink 
Carolyn Jean Snider 
Marilyn Elaine Stiff 
Rebekah Elizabeth Sueur 
Joel Van Tuttle 
Melinda Ann Underwood 
Dayle Diane White 
Melvin Stanley Whitley 
Raboteau Terrell Wilder, Jr. 



217 



Awards and Honors 



2. From the Charles H. Babcock School of Business Administration 
The Lura Baker Paden Medal: Joan Wimer Gasaway 

The Delta Sigma Pi Scholarship Key: Douglas Pratt Buckley 

The A. M. Pullen and Company Medal: Hampton Grey Goode, Jr. 

The North Carolina Association of C.PA.'s Medal: Wilson Haywood 

Phillips, Jr. 
The Wall Street Journal Award: Joan Wilmer Gasaway 

Seniors elected to Beta Gamma Sigma 

Douglas Pratt Buckley Robert Philip Flood, Jr. 

Mary Kay Cornwell Joan Wimer Gasaway 

Virginia Ann Eastin Hampton Grey Goode, Jr. 

3. From The School of Law 

The North Carolina National Bank Award, First Prize (Wake 

Forest) : Robert Clifton Stephens, Jr. 

Also, Winner Second State- Wide Prize 
The North Carolina National Bank Award, Second Prize (Wake 

Forest) : Raymond Terry Bennett 
The Nathan Burkan Memorial Copyright Competition: Robert Wayne 

Odom 
The Warren A. Seavey Award: Harry Hilliard Clendenin, III 

4. From The Bowman Gray School of Medicine 
The Faculty Award: William Joseph Casey, Jr. 
The Pediatric Merit Award: Charles Allen Bullaboy 

The Obstetrics-Gynecology Award: Paul Samuel Pegram, Jr. 

The Annie J. Covington Memorial Award: Donald Gerald Leonard 

The Upjohn Achievement Award: Paul Samuel Pegram, Jr. 

Seniors elected to Alpha Omega Alpha 

Charles Freeman Alexander, III David Lowell Heymann 

Sidney Charles Bean Paul Samuel Pegram, Jr. 

William Joseph Casey, Jr. Lovett Pratt Reddick 

Jimmy Gilbert Harris Monty Woods 
Michael Jack Hensley 

5. From the Department of Military Science 

The Superior Cadet Decoration: Cadet Captain Nelson N. Isenhower 
The ROTC Certificate of Meritorious Leadership: Cadet Major Scott 

E. Reed 
The American Ordnance Association Award: First Lieutenant Murray 

J. Thompson 

218 



Graduation Distinctions 



The Reserve Officers' Association Medal: Cadet Major John C. Green - 
haugh 

The Professor of Military Science Award: Cadet Captain Joseph J. 
Dobner 
The American Legion Award for Scholarship: Cadet Captain Charles 
B. Lassiter 

The American Legion Award for Military Excellence: Cadet Captain 
Raymond T. Bennett 

The Daughters of the American Revolution ROTC Medal: Cadet Cap- 
tain Joe G. Lawrence, Jr. 

The Sons of the American Revolution "Minute Man" Medal: Cadet 
Captain Roger P. Main 



6. Graduation Distinctions 



Summa Cum Laude 
Richard Allen Shoaf 



Magna Cum Laude 



Laura Susan Abernathy 
James Timothy Butler 
Alice Beth Craddock 
Nancy Paige Cummings 
Vicki Ann Gentry 
Richard Everett Hardison 
Kenneth Shell Hemphill 
Joe Gray Lawrence 



William Clarence Moose 
Adelaide Alexander Sink 
Marilyn Elaine Stiff 
Rebekah Elizabeth Sueur 
Melinda Ann Underwood 
Melvin Stanley Whitley 
Raboteau Terrell Wilder, Jr. 



Cum Laude 



Susan Jean Alligood 
Suellen Anderson 
Paul Aaron Belvin 
Lois Ann Bergman 
Dennis Grant Bowlin 
Ellen Sue Brockett 
Douglas Pratt Buckley 
Linda Dianne Burnett 
Frank Daniel Cannon, Jr. 
Rene Yvonne Carrie 
Ronald Vernon Carter 
Bart Aaron Charlow 

(Jan. 28, 1970) 
Janet Louise Clark 

(Jan. 28, 1970) 
Harry Hilliard Clendenin, III 
Mary Kay Cornwell 



Leila Byrd Corrie 

Candace Ruth Corvey 

Katherine Davis Woolley Crawford 

Joseph Jacob Dobner 

Virginia Ann Eastin 

Christine Joy Ekvall 

Nancy Carolyn Elliott 

Susan Claire Evans 

Dorus Edgar Faires 

Carole Keith Grimsley Floyd 

Jean Adair Fogleman 

(Aug. 29, 1969) 
Judith Gilmore Ford 

(Jan. 28, 1970) 
Laura Christian Ford 
Joan Wimer Gasaway 
Ricky Charles Gentry 



219 



Graduation Distinctions 



Dennis Wayne Goins 
Karl Owen Haigler 
Robert Alexander Hannah 
David Lee Hartley 
David Kenneth Hayes 
Jeanne Carol Hester 
Laurel Marlene Hill 
John Anthony Hyatt 
Nelson Nolan Isenhower 
Martha Louise Gunby Ivey 
Thomas Parks Jennings 
Vaughn Edward Jennings, Jr. 
Brock William Jobe 
Mary Roynon Johnson 

(Jan. 28, 1970) 
Max Edward Justice 
Robert Douglas Kater 
James Brady Kinlaw, Jr. 
Susan Irene Kinsey 
Charles Butler Lassiter 
Sarah Leigh Lipford 
Gloria Howard Martin 
Florence Elizabeth McDonald 
Donna Lee Marshall 
Deane Evelyn Mellen 
Larry McKinley Melton 
Sophocles Cratinos Michaelides 
Clara Jean Michaels 
Ann Cleveland Poot Miller 



Joel Byron Miller 
Suellyn Parkinson 
Jeanne Ann Parks 
Margaret Lucille Parrish 
Ann Louise Peale 
Joseph Michael Plunkett 
Elizabeth Tyler Porter 
Mary Ann Pregnall 
Nancy Jean Price 
Dorothy Becton Reinhardt 
Donald Lynwood Ross 
Robert Christopher Schock 
Douglas Wayne Shiflett 
Betty Jane Smith 
Carolyn Jean Snider 

(Aug. 29, 1969) 
Kristen Stertzbach 
Naomi Ruth Thorp 
James Wilson Trent, Jr. 
Joel Van Tuttle 
Bruce Douglas Walley 
John Henry Vernon Watts 
Alan Preston White 
Beverly Jean White 
Dayle Diane White 
James Samuel Williams 
James Lynwood Wilson 
Julius Smith Young, Jr. 



220 



DEGREES CONFERRED JANUARY 28, 1970 



Master of Arts 



Glenda Shaffer Angel 
William Holmes Chapman, III 
Nancy Miller Culp 
Marion Krieger 
Philip Wheeler Leon 
Jane McCown McKinney 



William Martin Marsh 

Beverly Burch Smith 

Lorraine Barney Spencer 

Akhauri Ratish Nandan Strivastaua 

Wyndham Lee Wilkinson 

Bettie Hardin Wilson 



Master of Science 
Betty Lou Lowrance 

Bachelor of Arts 



Floyd Mickey Andrews 

James William Bodie 

Bart Aaron Charlow 

Janet Louise Clark 

Edward Taylor Dentry, III 

William Howard Dillman 

Luther Randolph Doffermyre, III 

Judith Gilmore Ford 

Donald William Gallagher, Jr. 

Mark Ellis Galloway 

Glenda Gilmore Hanner 

Linda Tilghman Heidgerd 

Cathy Suzanne Holden 

Mary Roynon Johnson 

Glennon James Karr 



Alfred Talbot McCulloch 
David Alger McNaught 
Douglas Joseph Masters 
Robert Bruce Miller 
David Louis Ott 
Brenda Lee Fasnacht Overman 
Kirk Edgar Patchel 
Daniel M. Peterson 
Garland Duke Ricks, III 
Betty Burt Rorie 
Carolyn Hertzler Spindler 
Martha Cummings Wells 
Patricia Elaine Whitman 
Robert Harding Williams, Jr. 
Robert Theodore Williams 



John Brockman Bland 
Sharon Marie Crews 
Thomas Nelson Hickman 



Bachelor of Science 

Robert Carl Oplinger 
Martha Jo Brookbank Staton 
Jerry Lee Williams 



Bachelor of Business Administration 
Thomas Stuart Gibson Gary Herman Schroeder 

Danny Aubrey Inge David Walter Shelton 

Michael Guy Kelly Steven Richard Teitelman 

Michael Dover Markham Marion Daniel Turbeville 

GRADUATION DISTINCTIONS 

Cum Laude 

Bart Aaron Charlow 

Janet Louise Clark 

Judith Gilmore Ford 

Mary Roynon Johnson 



221 



SUMMER DIVISION OF THE CLASS OF 1970 

Friday, August 22 

DEGREES CONFERRED 

Doctor of Philosophy 

Robert Herman Broyles 
Reginald Denny Carter 



Kathleen M. Batchelder 
Paul Edwin Beavers 
Raymond Eugene Burrell 
George E. Carter, Jr. 
Patricia Flynt 
James E. Freeman 
Lucy Holton Gordon 
Albert Gulkin 



Master of Arts 

Edward Leal Hadden, Jr. 
Jane M. Olmsted 
Patricia E. Sinicrope 
Anna Louise Stout 
Mary Elizabeth Stuart 
Frances Rice Swaim 
Kathleen Peoples Tanner 
Laura Kate Viernstein 
Everett C. Wilkie, Jr. 



Master of Arts in Education 

Joan Lobis Brown Pamela Turner Roberts 

Debbie Michael Cohen Colleen Joy Roudabush 

Elaine Teresa Fuller Jane Weldon Woodward 

Jeane Brown Horsley Candace Young 



Master of Science 



Lynn Thomas Callahan, III 
Eldon Elmore Eckard 



Wayne Francis Green 
Patsy Wang 



Bachelor of Arts 



Joyce Trigg Adair 
Daniel Dallas Baker 
Stephen Louis Barsotti 
Christine Diane Beavers 
Deborah Lou Best 
William Frank Bley, Jr. 
Elizabeth McCanless Brown 
Roy D. Brown 
J. Albert Bugbee, Jr. 
James Day Chapman 
William Fred Cooke 
Antonio M. DeAngelo, Jr. 
Thomas M. Denton, Jr. 



Jerry Lee Dickerson 
Linda Jane Edwards 
Dewey William Foster, Jr. 
Cynthia Poston Freeman 
Lee Parker Furr 
Daryl Wade Garton 
Otto V. Hamrick, III 
Robert Lee Johnson 
Jay Hubert Kegerreis 
James Hughes Lambert 
Sidney Johnston Lane 
Eugene Freed Layman, III 
Pamela Lee McDonald 



222 



Degrees Conferred 



Bruce Kearney McQuillen 
Virginia Elizabeth Niblock 
Peter Henry Ottmar 
Richard Frank Porter 
Susan Marion Riggs 
Elmer Ray Spun* 
William Richard Stout, Jr. 



David Wolfe Stanley 
William Hollis Stracener, Jr. 
Carl Vann Tyner, II 
Thomas Lewis Walsh 
James Carlton Warren 
Eloise Home Webster 
Carole Wells Wright 



Dennis Gregory Carrick 
Brewer Moody Ezzell 
Lynn Henry Hallman 



Bachelor of Science 

Roger Allen Hull 
Michael Ray Phillips 
William Lamont Saunders 



Bachelor of Business Administration 

William George Allen Thomas Stephen Gaetje 

Wayne Leslie Dodson Larry Wayne Hicks 

George Walter Kester 

GRADUATION DISTINCTIONS 

Cum Laude 

Deborah Lou Best 

Virginia Elizabeth Niblock 

Thomas Lewis Walsh 

Graduating with Honors in Psychology: Deborah Lou Best 



223 



ROTC GRADUATES COMMISSIONED IN 
THE UNITED STATES ARMY RESERVE 



Danny A. Inge 
Michael G. Kelly 



January 1970 

Alfred T. McCulloch 
Kirk E. Patchel 



Daniel M. Peterson 



March 1970 

James S. Sheffer* 



Carlton C. Billingsley, Jr. 
Howard C. Colvard, Jr. 
William C. Gordon 



May 1970 

Jake C. Helder 

John H. Loughridge, Jr.' 

Robert W. Odom 



Robert C. Stephens, Jr. 



Franklin A. Beck 
Raymond T. Bennett* 
Ronald G. Blanchard 
Thomas E. Bowers, Jr. 
Robert W. Callahan 
Michael S. Curran* 
Stephen P. Darnell 
Douglas W. Ford 
Greg C. Gaskins 
John C. Greenhaugh* 
Karl O. Haigler* 
Joseph S. Holbrook, Jr. 
Nelson N. Isenhower* 
Robert G. Jacobsen 
Evander G. Jeffords 
Samuel C. King, Jr.* 
Michael R. Knight 
George W. S. Kuhn, III* 



June 1970 

Bryant E. LaFoy* 
Charles B. Lassiter* 
Joe G. Lawrence, Jr.* 
Roger P. Main* 
David A. Parris 
Franklin R. Plummer 
Stephen M. Powell 
Scott E. Reed* 
Donald L. Ross 
Thomas C. Tadlock, Jr.* 
James Q. Taylor, Jr. 
William L. Taylor 
Milton L. Teague, Jr.* 
Murray J. Thompson* 
James B. Vosters, Jr. 
John H. V. Watts 
Floyd L. Williams 
Thomas J. Woolley, Jr. 
Roy W. Wright 



Ronald V. Carter* 
Joseph J. Dobner* 
Dewey W. Foster, Jr. 



July 1970 

David M. Meech 
Peter H. Ottmar 
Thomas L. Walshf 



August 1970 
Antonio M. DeAngelo, Jr. 



Distinguished Military Graduates. 

Distinguished Military Graduates Commissioned in Regular Army. 



224 



ROTC GRADUATES COMMISSIONED IN 
THE UNITED STATES MARINE CORPS 



June 1970 
Lawrence C. Walt 



225 



ENROLLMENT - FALL 1970 



Graduate School 

Wake Forest College: 

Regular 

Unclassified 

Bowman Gray School of Medicine: 

Regular 

Unclassified 



Men 


Women 


Total. 


93 


81 


174 


21 


30 


51 


36 


14 


50 


3 


1 


4 



153 126 279 279 



Wake Forest College 

Seniors 356 

Juniors 337 

Sophomores 427 

Freshmen 535 

Unclassified 15 



School of Law 

Third Year . 
Second Year 
First Year . . 



Bowman Gray School of Medicine 

Fourth Year 

Third Year 

Second Year 

First Year 



148 


504 


161 


498 


197 


624 


229 


764 


18 


33 



1,670 753 2,423 2,423 



Charles H. Babcock School of Business 








Seniors 


64 


3 


67 


Juniors 


49 





49 



113 3 116 116 



57 





57 


75 


2 


77 


96 


5 


101 



228 7 235 235 



58 


1 


59 


59 


2 


61 


73 


3 


76 


71 


6 


77 



261 12 273 273 

3,326 



226 



Summer Session of 1970 

Men Women Totals 



First Term: 



Graduate Students 

Regular 99 88 187 

Unclassified 17 40 57 

Undergraduates 

Regular 367 130 497 

Unclassified 116 133 249 

Law Students 14 1 15 

Second Term: 

Graduate Students 

Regular 51 55 106 

Unclassified 5 16 21 

Undergraduates 

Regular 308 98 406 

Unclassified 55 94 149 

1,032 655 1,687 

Duplicates, attended both terms 273 153 426 

759 502 1,261 

Duplicates, Summer School 

and Regular Session 424 150 574 

335 352 687 687 

4,013 



227 



Registration 

Registration by Departments 

Accounting 316 

Anthropology 329 

Art 134 

Asian Studies 163 

Biology 951 

Business 85 

Business Administration 131 

Chemistry 407 

Classical Languages: 

Greek 54 

Latin 238 

Classics 18 

Economics 444 

Education 533 

English 1,654 

German 236 

History 1,337 

Honors 16 

Mathematics 1,125 

Military Science 155 

Music 369 

Philosophy 433 

Physical Education 1,115 

Physics 316 

Political Science 506 

Psychology 803 

Religion 772 

Romance Languages: 

French 530 

Russian 12 

Spanish 377 

Social Science 58 

Sociology 401 

Speech 278 



228 



Geographical Distribution 



Counties in North Carolina 



Alamance 47 

Alexander 8 

Alleghany 2 

Anson 4 

Ashe 7 

Avery 3 

Beaufort 5 

Bladen 3 

Brunswick 1 

Buncombe 21 

Burke 13 

Cabarrus 29 

Caldwell 20 

Carteret 8 

Caswell 2 

Catawba 23 

Chatham 5 

Chowan 2 

Cleveland 45 

Columbus 8 

Craven 5 

Cumberland 28 

Davidson 59 

Davie 13 

Duplin 7 

Durham 15 

Edgecombe 8 

Forsyth 402 

Franklin 12 

Gaston 33 

Gates 3 

Granville 7 

Greene 2 

Guilford 104 

Halifax 14 

Harnett 14 

Haywood 14 

Henderson 11 

Hertford 7 

Hoke 8 

Iredell 30 

Jackson 1 

Johnston 15 

Jones 4 

Lee 12 



Lenoir 11 

Lincoln 7 

McDowell 8 

Macon 4 

Madison 3 

Martin 6 

Mecklenburg 122 

Mitchell 3 

Montgomery 5 

Moore 2 

Nash 13 

New Hanover 23 

Northampton 4 

Onslow 4 

Orange 7 

Pasquotank 6 

Pender 4 

Perquimans 3 

Person 11 

Pitt 16 

Randolph 17 

Richmond 5 

Robeson 18 

Rockingham 31 

Rowan 26 

Rutherford 13 

Sampson 14 

Scotland 8 

Stanley 13 

Stokes 14 

Surry 33 

Swain 2 

Transylvania 4 

Union 15 

Vance 5 

Wake 64 

Warren 4 

Washington 1 

Watauga 6 

Wayne 11 

Wilkes 32 

Wilson 11 

Yadkin 12 

Yancey 1 



229 



Geographical Distribution 



States 



Alabama 
Alaska . . 
Arkansas 
Arizona . 



6 

1 

3 

3 

California 18 

Colorado 3 

Connecticut 34 

Delaware 34 

District of Columbia 10 

Florida 110 

Georgia 69 

Illinois 42 

Indiana 12 

Iowa 2 

Kansas 2 

Kentucky 29 

Louisiana 2 

Maine 1 

Maryland 175 

Massachusetts 25 

Michigan 9 

Minnesota 5 



Montana 2 

Missouri 6 

New Hampshire 10 

New Jersey 179 

New York 90 

North Dakota 3 

Ohio 53 

Oklahoma 4 

Pennsylvania 165 

Rhode Island 4 

South Carolina 90 

Tennessee 49 

Texas 3 

Utah 7 

Virginia 283 

Washington 3 

West Virginia 38 



Wisconsin 

Canel Zone 
Puerto Rico . . . 
APO Addresses 
FPO Addresses 



Foreign Countries 



Australia . . 
Bolivia 
Canada . . . 
Columbia . . 
East Africa 
Germany . . 
Greece 
Hong Kong 
Haiti 



Iran 

Nigeria . . . 

Peru 

Somalia . . . 
Switzerland 
Taiwan . . . 
Tasmania 
Thailand . . 



230 



INDEX 



Academic Requirements 

Minimum 55, 64 

Accounting 88 

Accreditation 7 

Administration 175 

Admission Requirements 21 

Advanced Placement ... 23 
Advanced Standing 

Admission 24 

Advisers 51, 205 

Anthropology 144 

Application Fee 21 

Armv R.O.T.C 115 

Army R.O.T.C. 

Commissions 224 

Art 82 

Art Museum 19 

Asian Studies Program . . 151 
Athletics 

Equipment 15 

Intercollegiate 49 

Staff 204 

Attendance 

Requirements 53 

Auditing 51 

Awards 45, 217 

Basic Course 

Requirements 65 

Biology 83 

Bowman Gray School 

of Medicine 168 

Buildings, Academic .... 14 

Buildings, Residence ... 16 

Buildings and Grounds . . 14 

Business Administration 154 
Business and 

Accountancy 86 

Calendar 3 

Chapel Service 12 

Charges 25 

Charles H. Babcock 

School of Business 

Administration 154 

Chemistry 89 

Choir Work Grants 41 

Class Schedule 79 

Classical Languages .... 91 

Classics 93 

Classification 50 

Coaching Staff 204 

College Union 49 

Commencement 

Exercises 3, 210 

Committees of the 

Faculty 205 

Course Conditions 

Removal Procedure ... 52 

Seniors 57 



Course Numbers 79 

Courses of Instruction 

The College 79 

Maximum Number ... 69 
School of Business 

Administration 154 

Credit Load 50 

Dean's List 58 

Debate and Speech .... 44 
Degrees 

Bachelor of Arts 63 

Bachelor of Business 

Administration 159 

Bachelor of Science ... 63 

Combined 71 

Doctor of Medicine . . . 168 

Juris Doctor 166 

Master of Arts 162 

Degrees Conferred 210 

Dentistry 75 

Deposits 22, 26 

Divisional Course 

Requirements 65 

Dormitories 16 

Economics 94 

Education 96 

Endowment 12 

Engineering 75 

English 101 

Enrollment Summary . . . 226 

Examinations 52 

Experiment in 

Int'l Living 59 

Faculty 180 

Fees 25 

Fine Arts 106 

Food Services 29 

Forensics 43 

Forestry 77 

Fraternities 47 

French 138 

Geographical 

Distribution 229 

German 106 

German Exchange 

Scholarship 40 

Grading System 52 

Graduate School 162 

Graduate School of 

Management 156 

Graduation 

Distinctions 58, 219 

Fee 27 

Requirements 63 

Greek 92 

Health Service 60 

Hindi 141 

Historical Sketch 8 



231 



Index 



History 108 

Honor Societies 47 

Honor System 42 

Honors Program 

Departmental 82 

Interdisciplinary 80 

Housing 29 

Humanities 112, 151 

Interdepartmental 

Courses 151 

Journalism 103 

Latin 92 

Law 71, 163 

Libraries . . . .* 17, 203 

Loan Funds 38 

Majors 68 

Management 155 

Mathematics 112 

Medals 45, 217 

Medical Record 

Administration 74 

Medical Sciences 72 

Medical Technology .... 73 

Medicine 168 

Men's Judicial Board ... 43 

Microbiology 74 

Military Science 115 

Ministerial Students .... 40 

Music 115 

Navy R.O.C. Program . . 62 

Open Curriculum 68 

Pass-Fail Grades 53 

Phi Beta Kappa 48 

Philosophy 120 

Physical Education 

Courses 67, 122 

Equipment 15 

Physician Assistant 

Program 74 

Physics 125 

Piedmont University 

Center 20 

Placement Office 61 

Political Science 127 

Prerequisites 79 

Probation 57 

Psychological Center .... 60 

Psychology 132 

Publications 45 



Purposes and Objectives 11 

Quality Points 52 

Radio 45, 149 

Reading Improvement . . 60 

Readmission . 57 

Recreational Activities . . 48 
Registration 

Dates 3 

Procedure 51 

Regulations 54 

Religion 134 

Religious Program 12 

Reports 58 

Requirements, 

Academic 55, 64 

Romance Languages .... 138 

Room Regulations 30 

Russian 141 

Salem College Courses . . 152 

Scholarships 31 

Senior Orations 43 

Senior Testing Program . 70 

Social Science 143, 151 

Sociology and 

Anthropology 144 

Spanish 142 

Spanish Exchange 

Scholarship 41 

Speech 147 

Speech Institute 44 

Student Employment ... 41 

Student Government ... 42 

Study Abroad 59 

Summer Session 

Elsewhere 59 

Summer Term 172 

Teacher Certificate 

Requirements 97 

Theater 45, 150 

Transcripts 59 

Trustees 174 

Tuition 25 

Upper Division 66 

Veterans 62 

Winter Term 64 

Withdrawal 

From College 28, 55 

From Course 54 



232 




Address Correction Requested 
Return Postage Guaranteed 

WAKE FOREST UNIVERSITY 
WINSTON-SALEM, N. C. 27109